Sei sulla pagina 1di 63

THE GLOSSARY OF

PROSTHODONTIC
TERMS

A accelerator n (1611) 1: a substance that speeds a chemical reac-


Abbe flap [Robert Abbe, New York, N.Y. surgeon, 1851-1928]: tion 2: in physiology, a nerve, muscle, or substance that quickens
eponym for a lip switch operation. A triangular, full thickness flap movement or response
from the lower lip used to fill in a deficit in the upper lip. Specif- accretion n (1615) 1: the process of enlargement or growth by a
ically applied to the midportion of the upper or lower lipcalled gradual build-up 2: in periodontics, the accumulation on teeth or
also lip switch operation dental implants of foreign material such as plaque, calculus, and
Abbe, R. A new plastic operation for the relief of deformity due to double materia alba
harelip. Med Rec 1898;53:477. acentric relation: see ECCENTRIC RELATION
abduct vt (1834): to draw away from the median planecomp achromatic adj (1766) 1: lacking in hue and saturation, therefore
ADDUCT falling into a series of colors that varies only in lightness or bright-
aberrant adj (ca. 1798) 1: a deviation from the normal or usual ness 2: possessing no hue; being or involving black, gray, or white
course, form, or location 2: straying from the normal way achromatopsia n 1: monochromatism 2.: a type of monochroma-
abfraction n (1991): the pathologic loss of hard tooth substance tism in which all colors are perceived as achromatic, called also
caused by biomechanical loading forces. Such loss is thought to achromatism, total color perception deficiency
be due to flexure and chemical fatigue degradation of enamel acid-etched bonded splint: see RESIN-BONDED SPLINT
and/or dentin at some location distant from the actual point of acid-etched bridge: see RESIN-BONDED PROSTHESIS
loadingcomp ABLATION, ABRASION, ATTRITION, ERO- acid-etched fixed partial denture: see RESIN-BONDED PROS-
SION THESIS
ablation n (15c) 1: separation or detachment; extirpation; eradica- acquire vt acquired; acquiring (15c) 1: to obtain as ones own;
tion 2: removal of a part, especially by cuttingsee ABFRAC- to come to have as a new or additional trait, characteristic or capa-
TION, EROSION bility 2: attained with time
abrade vt (1677): to rub away the external covering or layer of a acquired centric: see ECCENTRIC RELATION, MAXIMAL
partcomp ATTRITION, EROSION INTERCUSPAL POSITION
abrasion n (1656) 1: the wearing away of a substance or structure acquired centric occlusal position: see ECCENTRIC RELATION,
(such as the skin or the teeth) through some unusual or abnormal MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION
mechanical process 2: an abnormal wearing away of the tooth acquired centric position: see ECCENTRIC RELATION, MAXI-
substance by causes other than masticationcomp ATTRITION, MAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION
EROSION acquired centric relation: see ECCENTRIC RELATION, MAXI-
1abrasive n (1853): a substance used for abrading, smoothing, or MAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION
polishing acquired eccentric relation: any eccentric relationship position of
2abrasive adj (1875) 1: tending to abrade 2: causing irritation the mandible relative to the maxilla, whether conditioned or
abrasively adv, abrasiveness n learned by habit, which will bring the teeth into contact
abrasivity n (1998): the property of one material to wear away acquired occlusal position: the relationship of teeth in maximum
another material by means of frictional contact intercuspation regardless of jaw positionsee MAXIMAL
absorbed dose: the amount of energy from ionizing radiation INTERCUSPAL POSITION
absorbed per unit mass of matter, expressed in gray units acquired occlusion: see MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION
absorptance n (ca. 1931): the ratio of the radiant energy absorbed acrylic resin 1: pertaining to polymers of acrylic acid, methacrylic
by a body to that incident on it acid, or acrylonitrile; for example, acrylic fibers or acrylic resins 2:
absorption n (1741) 1: the uptake of substances into or through any of a group of thermoplastic resins made by polymerizing
tissues, eg, mucosa, skin, and intestine 2: in radiology, the uptake esters of acrylic or methylmethacrylate acids
of energy by matter with which the radiation interactssee A. OF acrylic resin base: a denture base made of acrylic resin
RADIATIONcomp ADSORPTION activated resin obs: see AUTOPOLYMERIZING RESIN
absorption of radiation: collision-like interactions between the indi- 1activator n: a removable orthodontic device intended to stimulate

vidual particulate or quantum components of a beam of radiation perioral muscles


and the subatomic parts of matter that occur at random during 2activator (1998): 1: any chemical agent which triggers an initiator

irradiation. Each interaction may result in partial or complete chemical to begin a chemical reaction 2: a substance used in small
transfer of energy proportions to increase the effectiveness of an accelerator chemical
abutment n (1634) 1: that part of a structure that directly receives acute closed lock: a form of temporomandibular joint dysfunction
thrust or pressure; an anchorage 2: a tooth, a portion of a tooth, characterized by limitation in jaw movement of a short duration
or that portion of a dental implant that serves to support and/or with pain, limitation of jaw opening to 25 to 30 mm (as measured
retain a prosthesisusage see ANGULATED A., HEALING A., in the incisor area) and, with jaw opening, a deflection of the
IMPLANT A., INTERMEDIATE A., ONE PIECE A., PREPA- mandible toward the affected joint
RATION PIECE A., STANDARD A., TWO PIECE A. acute pain: pain having a brief and relatively severe course
abutment clamp (1998): any device used for positioning a dental adaptation n (1610) 1: the act or process of adapting; the state of
implant abutment upon the dental implant body being adapted 2: the act of purposefully adapting two surfaces to
accelerant n (1916): a substance used to accelerate a process (as in provide intimate contact 3: the progressive adjustive changes in
enhancing the speed of a chemical reaction) sensitivity that regularly accompany continuous sensory stimula-

48 THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1


THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

adaptation alloplastic material


tion or lack of stimulation 4: in dentistry, (a) the degree of fit extracted from Gelidium cartilagineum, Gracilaria confervoides,
between a prosthesis and supporting structures, (b) the degree of and related red algae. It is a mucilaginous substance that melts at
proximity of a restorative material to a tooth preparation, (c) the approximately 100C and solidifies into a gel at approximately
adjustment of orthodontic bands to teeth 40C. It is not digested by most bacteria and is used as a gel in
adaptation syndrome: a syndrome characterized by alterations in dental impression materials and a solid culture media for microor-
response as an accommodation to the environment ganisms.
adaptive occlusion: see MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION age atrophy: the normal diminution of all tissues due to advanced age
additive color mixture: the perceived color that results when the agenesis n (ca. 1879): absence, failure of formation, or imperfect
same area of the retina of the eye is illuminated by lights of dif- development of any body partsee CONDYLAR AGENESIS
ferent spectral distribution such as by two colored lightscomp agnathia n: a developmental anomaly characterized by absence of
SUBTRACTIVE COLOR SYSTEM the mandible
adduct vt (1836): to draw toward the median plane or toward the agnosia n (ca. 1900): diminution or loss of the ability to recognize
axial linecomp ABDUCT the import of sensory stimuli; the varieties correspond with the
adherence n (1531): the act, quality, or action of adhering; persis- senses and are distinguished as auditory, gustatory, olfactory, tac-
tent attachment tile, and visual
adhesion n (1624) 1: the property of remaining in close proximity, agonist n (ca. 1626) 1: in physiology, a muscle that is controlled by
as that resulting from the physical attraction of molecules to a the action of an antagonist with which it is paired 2: in anatomy,
substance or molecular attraction existing between the surfaces of a prime mover 3: in pharmacology, a drug that has an affinity for
bodies in contact 2: the stable joining of parts to each other, and stimulates physiologic activity in cell receptors normally stim-
which may occur abnormally 3: a fibrous band or structure by ulated by naturally occurring substances
which parts abnormally adherecomp CAPSULAR FIBROSIS, air abrasion: see AIRBORNE PARTICLE ABRASION
FIBROUS A., INTRACAPSULAR A., MYOFIBROTIC CAP- air-bone gap: in audiology, the difference in patient acuity to sound
SULAR CONTRACTURE produced by air and through bone that reflects hearing loss due
1adhesive adj (1670): sticky or tenacious to middle ear dysfunction or pathology
2adhesive n (1912) 1: any substance that creates close adherence to airborne particle abrasion: the process of altering the surface of a
or on adjoining surfaces 2: a luting agentsee DENTURE A., material through the use of abrasive particles propelled by com-
MAXILLOFACIAL PROSTHETIC A. pressed air or other gases
adhesive capsulitis: within the temporomandibular joint, any situa- air chamber: see RELIEF AREA
tion in which the disk is in normal position, joint space volume is air conduction: the normal process of conducting sound waves
decreased, and motion is restricted through the ear canal to the tympanic membrane
adhesive failure (1998): bond failure at an interface between two air dose: in therapeutic radiology, the amount of energy absorbed
materials due to a tensile or shearing forcesee COHESIVE per unit mass of tissue at a given site, in air
FAILURE Akers clasp [Polk E. Akers, Chicago, III, dentist]: eponym for a one-
adiadochokinesia n: inability to perform rapid alternating piece cast partial denture with cast clasps. He is said to have
movements such as opening and closing the jaws or lips, raising improved and standardized the one-piece casting method for fab-
and lowering the eyebrows, or tapping the finger ricating gold partial dentures in the early 1920ssee SUPRAB-
adipose atrophy: reduction of fatty tissue ULGE CLASP
adjustable anterior guidance: an anterior guide on an articulator Akers PE. Partial dentures. J Amer Dent Assoc 1928;15:717-22.
whose surface may be altered to provide desired guidance of the ala n, pl alae (1738): a wing or a wing like anatomic part or
articulators movement mechanism; the guide may be pro- processalar adj
grammed (calibrated) to accept eccentric interocclusal records ala nasi n: in anatomy, the cartilaginous processes forming the wing-
adjustable articulator: an articulator that allows some limited like flares of each nares
adjustment in the sagittal and horizontal planes to replicate ala-tragus line: a line running from the inferior border of the ala of
recorded mandibular movementssee ARTICULATOR the nose to some defined point on the tragus of the ear, usually
adjustable axis face-bow: see FACE-BOW considered to be the tip of the tragus. It is frequently used, with
adjustable occlusal pivot obs: an occlusal pivot that may be adjusted a third point on the opposing tragus, for the purpose of estab-
vertically by means of a screw or other device (GPT4) lishing the ala tragus plane. Ideally, the ala-tragus plane is consid-
adjustment n (1644) 1: the act or process of modifying physical ered to be parallel to the occlusal plane. The occlusal plane is at
parts 2: in dentistry, a modification made on a dental prosthesis an angle of approximately 10 degrees relative to the Frankfort
or natural tooth to enhance fit, function, or acceptance by the horizontal plane, when viewed in the midsagittal planesee
patientsee OCCLUSAL A. CAMPERS LINE
adsorption n (1882): the adhesion, in an extremely thin layer, of alginate n (ca. 1909): see IRREVERSIBLE HYDROCOLLOID
molecules to the surfaces of liquids or solids with which they are allodynia n: pain resulting from a non-noxious stimulus to normal
in contactcomp ABSORPTIONadsorptive adj skin or mucosa
adult speech aid prosthesis: a definitive prosthesis that can improve allogeneic adj (1963): in transplantation biology, denoting indi-
speech in adult cleft palate patients either by obturating (sealing viduals (or tissues) that are of the same species however antigeni-
off) a palatal cleft or fistula or occasionally by assisting an incom- cally distinctcalled also homologous
petent soft palate. Both mechanisms are necessary to achieve allogeneic graft: see HOMOGRAFT
velopharyngeal competencysyn PROSTHETIC SPEECH allograft n (1964): a graft of tissue between genetically dissimilar
APPLIANCE, SPEECH AID, SPEECH BULB members of the same speciescalled also allogeneic graft and
afterimage n (1874): in visual acuity, a prolongation or renewal of homograft
a visual sensory experience, ascribable to residual excitation after alloplast n 1: an inert foreign body used for implantation within
external stimuli have ceased to operate tissue 2: a material originating from a nonliving source that sur-
afterloading technique: in therapeutic radiology, the use of applica- gically replaces missing tissue or augments that which remains
tors for brachytherapy so designed that they may be quickly alloplastic graft: a graft using an inert material
loaded with radioactive sources after placement within the patient alloplastic material: any nonbiologic material suitable for implanta-
agar n (1889): a complex sulfated polymer of galactose units, tion as an alloplast

JANUARY 1999 49
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

alloy angle of gingival convergence


alloy n (14c): a mixture of two or more metals or metalloids that are or whole to something else; ie, a replica of a portion of an implant
mutually soluble in the molten state; distinguished as binary, body made of brass, aluminum, steel, or plastic 2: an organ simi-
ternary, quaternary, etc., depending on the number of metals lar in function to an organ of another animal or plant but with dif-
within the mixture. Alloying elements are added to alter the hard- ferent structure and originspelled also analogue
ness, strength, and toughness of a metallic element, thus obtain- anamnesis n, pl -neses (ca. 1593) 1: a recalling to mind; a remi-
ing properties not found in the pure metal. Alloys may also be niscence 2: the past history of disease or injury based on the
classified on the basis of their behavior when solidified usage see patients memory or recall at the time of interview and examina-
BASE METAL, NOBLE METAL tion 3: a preliminary past medical history of a medical or psychi-
alloying element (1998): metallic or nonmetallic elements added to atric patient
or retained by a pure metal for the purpose of giving that metal anatomic crown: the portion of a natural tooth that extends coronal
special properties from the cementoenamel junctioncalled also anatomical crown
alpha particle n (1903): a positively charged nuclear particle identi- anatomic landmarks: a recognizable anatomic structure used as a
cal with the nucleus of a helium atom that consists of two protons point of reference
and two neutrons and is ejected at high speed in certain radioac- anatomic occlusion: an occlusal arrangement wherein the posterior
tive transformations artificial teeth have masticatory surfaces that closely resemble
altered cast: a master cast that is revised in part before processing a those of the natural healthy dentition and articulate with similar
denture basecalled also corrected cast, modified cast natural or artificial surfacescalled also anatomical occlusion
altered cast partial denture impression: a negative likeness of a por- anatomic teeth 1: artificial teeth that duplicate the anatomic forms of
tion or portions of the edentulous denture bearing area(s) made natural teeth 2: teeth that have prominent cusps on the masticat-
independent of and after the initial impression of the natural ing surfaces and that are designed to articulate with the teeth of the
teeth. This technique utilizes an impression tray(s) attached to the opposing natural or prosthetic dentition 3: anatomic teeth have
removable partial denture framework or its likeness cuspal inclinations greater than 0 degrees and tend to replica nat-
aluminum oxide 1: a metallic oxide constituent of dental porcelain ural tooth anatomyusage cusp teeth (30 to 45 degrees) are con-
that increases hardness and viscosity 2: a high strength ceramic sidered anatomic teeth. Modified occlusal forms are those with a
crystal dispersed throughout a glassy phase to increase its strength 20-degree cusp incline or lesscalled also anatomical teeth
as in aluminous dental porcelain used to fabricate aluminous Boucher CO. J Prosthet Dent 1953;3:633-56.
porcelain jacket crowns 3: a finely ground ceramic particle (fre- anatomy n, pl -mies (14c) 1: a branch of morphology that involves
quently 50 m) often used in conjunction with air-borne particle the structures of organs 2: the structural makeup esp. of an organ
abrasion of metal castings before the application of porcelain as or any of its parts 3: separating or dividing into parts for exami-
with metal ceramic restorations nationanatomic or anatomical adj
aluminous porcelain: a ceramic material composed of a glass matrix ANB angle: in cephalometric analysis, the angle formed between the
phase with 35% or more of aluminum oxide, by volume nasion point A line and the nasion point B line
alveolar adj (1799): that part of the jaws where the teeth arise anchorage area: that area which, by its situation, configura-
alveolar augmentation: any surgical procedure used to alter the con- tion and/or preparation, is suitable for the retention of a
tour of the residual alveolar ridge prosthesis
alveolar bone: the bony portion of the mandible or maxillae in anchorage component: see ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT
which the roots of the teeth are held by fibers of the periodontal BODY
ligamentcalled also dental alveolus anchorage element: see ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT
alveolar crest: see RESIDUAL RIDGE CREST ABUTMENT ELEMENT(S)
alveolar mucosa: the mucosal covering of the alveolar process, loose- Anderson splint [Roger Anderson, American orthopedic surgeon,
ly attached to the bone 1891-1971]: eponym for a skeletal traction splint with pins
alveolar process: the cancellus and compact bony structure that sur- inserted into proximal and distal ends of a fracture. Reduction is
rounds and supports the teeth obtained by an external plate attached to the pinscalled also
alveolar reconstruction: any surgical procedure used to recreate a byphasic splint
severely resorbed residual alveolar ridge Anderson R. Ambulatory method of treating fractures of the shaft of the
alveolar resorption: see RESIDUAL RIDGE RESORPTION femur. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1936;62:865.
alveolar ridge: see RESIDUAL RIDGE Andrews bridge: the combination of a fixed partial denture incor-
alveolectomy n: see OSTEOTOMY porating a bar with a removable partial denture that replaces teeth
alveoloplasty n: see OSTEOTOMY within the bar area, usually used for edentulous anterior spaces.
alveolus n, pl -li (ca. 1706): one of the cavities or sockets within The vertical walls of the bar may provide retention for the remov-
the alveolar process of the maxillae or mandible in which the able component. First attributed to James Andrews, DDS, Amite,
attachment complex held the root of a tooth after the tooths LA
removal Everhart RJ, Cavazos E Jr. Evaluation of a fixed removable partial denture:
amorphous: without crystalline structure; having random arrange- Andrews Bridge System. J Prosthet Dent 1983;50(2):180-4
ment of atoms in space anesthesia n (ca. 1721): loss of feeling or sensation; also spelled
analgesia n (ca. 1706): absence of sensibility to pain, designating anaesthesia
particularly the relief of pain without loss of consciousness anesthesia dolorosa: pain within an area or region that is anesthetic
1analgesic adj: relieving pain or anesthetized
2analgesic n: an agent that alleviates pain without causing loss of 1anesthetic adj (1846) 1: capable of producing anesthesia 2: lack-

consciousnesssee A. BLOCKING AGENT, A. DIAGNOSTIC ing awareness or sensitivity


BLOCK 2anesthetic n (1848) 1: a substance that produces anesthesia 2:

analgesic blocking agent: any analgesic that blocks or prohibits sen- something that brings relief
sory perception angle of gingival convergence 1: according to Schneider, the angle
analgesic diagnostic block: the selective use of a local anesthetic of gingival convergence is located apical to the height of contour
injection or application of a topical anesthetic to identify and on the abutment tooth. It can be identified by viewing the angle
localize pain formed by the tooth surface gingival to the survey line and the
analog n (1826) 1: in dentistry, something that is analogous in part analyzing rod or undercut gauge in a surveyor as it contacts the

50 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

angle of gingival convergence anterior open bite


height of contour 2: the angle formed by any surface of the tooth anodontia n: a rare dental condition characterized by congenital
below the survey line of the height of contour, with the selected absence of all teeth (both deciduous and permanent)comp
path of insertion of a prosthesis 3: the angle formed by the tooth HYPODONTIA, OLIGODONTIA
surface below the height of contour with the vertical plane, when anodontism n: see ANODONTIA
the occlusal surface of the tooth is oriented parallel to the hori- anomalous trichromatic vision: a form of defective color vision in
zontal plane which three stimuli are required for color matching, but the pro-
Schneider RL. J Prosthet Dent 1987;58:194-6. portions in which they are matched differ significantly from those
angle of incidence: the angle formed between the axis of a light required by the normal trichromat. There are three forms of
beam and the perpendicular to the objects surface anomalous trichromatic vision: protanomalous, deuteranomalous,
angle of reflection: the angle formed between the axis of a reflected and tritanomalous
light beam and the perpendicular to the objects surface anomaly n, pl -lies (1664) 1: something different, abnormal, pecu-
Angles classification of occlusion [Edward Harley Angle, Ameri- liar, or not easily classified 2: an aberration or deviation from nor-
can orthodontist, 1855-1930]: eponym for a classification system mal anatomic growth, development, or function 3: marked devi-
of occlusion based on the interdigitation of the first molar teeth ation from the normal standard, especially as a result of congeni-
originally described by Angle as four major groups depending on tal defects
the anteroposterior jaw relationship. Class IV is no longer used. ANS: acronym for Anterior Nasal Spine. The outline of the anterior
Class I (normal occlusion or neutroocclusion): the dental relation- nasal spine as seen on the lateral cephalometric radiograph. It is
ship in which there is normal anteroposterior relationship of the used as a cephalometric landmark
jaws, as indicated by correct interdigitation of maxillary and antagonist n (1599) 1: a tooth in one jaw that articulates with a
mandibular molars, but with crowding and rotation of teeth else- tooth in the other jawcalled also dental antagonist 2: a sub-
where, i.e., a dental dysplasia or arch length deficiency. Class II stance that tends to nullify the actions of another, as a drug that
(distocclusion): the dental relationship in which the mandibular binds to cell receptors without eliciting a biologic response 3: a
dental arch is posterior to the maxillary dental arch in one or both muscle whose action is the direct opposite of another muscle
lateral segments; the mandibular first molar is distal to the maxil- Antes Law [Irwin H: Ante, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, dentist]:
lary first molar. Further subdivided into two divisions. Division 1:
eponym, in fixed partial prosthodontics for the observation that
bilateral distal retrusion with a narrow maxillary arch and pro-
the combined pericemental area of all abutment teeth supporting
truding maxillary incisors. Subdivisions include right or left (uni-
a fixed partial denture should be equal to or greater in perice-
laterally distal with other characteristics being the same). Division
mental area than the tooth or teeth to be replaced; as formulated
2: bilateral distal with a normal or square-shaped maxillary arch,
for removable partial prosthodontics, the combined pericemental
retruded maxillary central incisors, labially malposed maxillary lat-
area of the abutment teeth plus the mucosa area of the denture
eral incisors, and an excessive vertical overlap. Subdivisions
base should be equal to or greater than the pericemental area of
include right or left (unilaterally distal with other characteristics
the missing teeth
the same). Class III (mesioocclusion): the dental relationship in
Ante IH. The fundamental principles, design and construction of crown
which the mandibular arch is anterior to the maxillary arch in one
and bridge prosthesis. Dent Item Int 1928;50:215-32.
or both lateral segments; the mandibular first molar is mesial to
anterior adj (1541) 1: in front of or the front part; situated in
the maxillary first molar. The mandibular incisors are usually in
anterior cross bite. Subdivisions include right or left (unilaterally front of 2: the forward or ventral position 3: a term used to
mesial with other characteristics the same). Class IV: the dental denote the incisor or canine teeth or the forward region of the
relationship in which the occlusal relations of the dental arches mouth anterior determinant of occlusionsee DETERMI-
present the peculiar condition of being in distal occlusion in one NANTS OF MANDIBULAR MOVEMENT
lateral half and in mesial occlusion in the other (no longer used) anterior disk displacement: see DISK DISPLACEMENT
Angle EM. Classification of malocclusion. Dental Cosmos 1899;41:248- anterior guidance 1: the influence of the contacting surfaces of ante-
64,350-7. rior teeth on tooth limiting mandibular movements 2: the influ-
angular cheilitis: inflammation of the lip or lips with redness and the ence of the contacting surfaces of the guide pin and anterior
production of fissures radiating from the angles of the mouth guide table on articulator movementsusage see ANTERIOR
called also perleche GUIDE TABLE 3: the fabrication of a relationship of the anteri-
angulated abutment (1998): any endosteal dental implant abut- or teeth preventing posterior tooth contact in all eccentric
ment which alters the long axis angulation between the dental mandibular movementssee ANTERIOR PROTECTED
implant body and the dental implant abutmentsyn ANGLED ARTICULATION, GROUP FUNCTION, MUTUALLY PRO-
ABUTMENT TECTED ARTICULATION
ankyloglossia n: restricted movement of the tongue, often due to anterior guide: see ANTERIOR GUIDE TABLE
the position of the lingual frenulum, resulting in speech impedi- anterior guide pin: that component of an articulator, generally a
ments; may be complete or partialcalled also adherent tongue, rigid rod attached to one member, contacting the anterior guide
lingua frenata, and tongue-tie table on the opposing member. It is used for the purpose of main-
ankylosis n, pl -loses (1713): immobility and consolidation of a taining the established vertical separation. The anterior guide pin
joint or tooth due to injury, disease, or a surgical procedure see and table, together with the condylar elements, direct the move-
BONY A., EXTRACAPSULAR A., FIBROUS A., INTRACAP- ments of the articulators separate members
SULAR A.; spelled also anchylosis anterior guide table: that component of an articulator on which the
anneal vt (1580) 1: to heat a material, such as metal or glass, fol- anterior guide pin rests to maintain the occlusal vertical dimen-
lowed by controlled cooling to remove internal stresses and cre- sion and influence articulator movements. The guide table influ-
ate a desired degree of toughness, temper, or softness to a mate- ences the degree of separation of the casts in all relationshipssee
rial 2: to heat a material, such as gold foil, to volatilize and drive also ANTERIOR PROGRAMMING DEVICE
off impurities from its surface, thus increasing its cohesive prop- anterior nasal spine: a sharp median bony process, adjacent to the
erties. This process is termed degassing 3: to homogenize an inferior margin of the anterior aperture of the nose, formed by
amalgam alloy by heating in an oven the forward prolongation of the two maxillae
annular n (1571): a term used to describe a ringlike anatomic anterior open bite (obs): see ANTERIOR OPEN OCCLUSAL
structure RELATIONSHIP

JANUARY 1999 51
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

anterior open occlusal relationship articulate


anterior open occlusal relationship: the lack of anterior tooth con- apraxia n (1888): the loss of ability to carry out familiar, purposeful
tact in any occluding position of the posterior teeth movements in the absence of paralysis or other sensory or motor
anterior programming device: an individually fabricated anterior impairment, especially the inability to make proper use of an object
guide table that allows mandibular motion without the influence apron n: see LINGUAL PLATE
of tooth contacts and facilitates the recording of maxillo- arbitrary face-bow: a device used to arbitrarily relate the maxillary
mandibular relationships; also used for deprogrammingsee also cast to the condylar elements of an articulator. The position of the
DEPROGRAMMER transverse horizontal axis is estimated on the face before using
anterior protected articulation: a form of mutually protected artic- this devicecomp AVERAGE AXIS FACE-BOW
ulation in which the vertical and horizontal overlap of the anteri- arc of closure: the circular or elliptic arc created by closure of the
or teeth disengage the posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive mandible, most often viewed in the mid-sagittal plane, using a
movementssee CANINE PROTECTED ARTICULATION reference point on the mandible (frequently either mandibular
anterior reference point: any point located on the midface that, central incisors mesial incisal edge)
together with two posterior reference points, establishes a refer- arc therapy: in therapeutic radiology, external beam radiation in
ence plane which the source of radiation is moved about the patient on an
anterior teeth: the maxillary and mandibular incisors and canines arc during treatment. Multiple arcs may be used. In some cases
anterior tooth arrangement: the positioning of the anterior teeth the beam is stationary, and the patient is rotated in a vertical plane
for esthetics and phonetics arch bars: a system of rigid wires and/or other retainers used for
anterior tooth form: the outline form as viewed in any selected intermaxillary fixation in treatment of fractures of the maxillae
plane and other contours of an anterior tooth and mandible and/or stabilization of injured teeth, generally
anteroposterior curve: the anatomic curve established by the attached to the remaining natural dentition and/or occlusal
occlusal alignment of the teeth, as projected onto the median splints
plane, beginning with the cusp tip of the mandibular canine and arch form: the geometric shape of the dental arch when viewed in
following the buccal cusp tips of the premolar and molar teeth, the horizontal plane (square, tapering, ovoid, etc.)
continuing through the anterior border of the mandibular ramus, arch length discrepancy: the abnormal relationship between the size
ending with the anterior most portion of the mandibular condyle. of the mandible and/or maxilla and their component teeth, espe-
First described by Ferdinand Graf Spee, German anatomist, in cially as viewed and analyzed in the occlusal plane
1890see CURVE OF SPEE archwire n: an orthodontic wire placed intraorally for the applica-
antiflux n: materials that prevent or confines solder attachment or tion of force
flow arcon n: a contraction of the words ARTICULATOR and
antimetabolite n (1945): a substance that competes with, CONDYLE, used to describe an articulator containing the
replaces, or antagonizes a particular metabolite condylar path elements within its upper member and the condy-
anti-Monson curve: see REVERSE CURVE lar elements within the lower member
antineoplastic adj (1969) 1: inhibiting or preventing the devel- arcon articulator: an articulator that applies the arcon design. This
opment of neoplasms; inhibiting the maturation and proliferation instrument maintains anatomic guidelines by the use of condylar
of malignant cells 2: an agent having such properties analogs in the mandibular element and fossae assemblies within
antineoplastic drug: an agent used in treatment or palliation of the the maxillary element
symptoms of cancer arrow point tracer 1: a mechanical device used to trace a pattern of
anti-rotation (1998): a structural feature of some endosteal dental mandibular movement in a selected planeusually parallel to the
implant components that prevents relative rotation of fastened occlusal plane 2: a mechanical device with a marking point
parts. This feature may exist between a dental implant body and attached to one jaw and a graph plate or tracing plane attached to
the dental implant abutment, and/or the dental implant abut- the other jaw. It is used to record the direction and range of
ment and dental implant abutment element(s) movements of the mandiblesee GOTHIC ARCH TRACER
antitragus n, pl -gi: a projection of the cartilage of the auricle, in arrow point tracing: see STYLUS TRACING
front of the cauda helicis, just above the lobule, and posterior to arthralgia n (ca. 1848): pain in a joint or joints
the tragus, from which it is separated by the intertragal notch arthritis n (14c): inflammation of a joint or joints
apatite n (1803): calcium phosphate of the composition arthrodial joint: a joint that allows gliding motion of the surfaces
Ca5(PO4)3OH; one of the mineral constituents of teeth and arthrodial movement: gliding joint movement
bones (with Ca CO3) arthrography n 1: roentgenography of a joint after injection of an
aperture n (15c): an opening or open space; a hole opaque contrast material 2: in dentistry, a diagnostic technique
apex n, pl apexes or apices (1601) 1: the uppermost point; the ver- that entails filling the lower, upper, or both joint spaces of the
tex 2: in dentistry, the anatomic end of a tooth root temporomandibular joint with a contrast agent to enable radi-
aphagia n: abstention from eating; inability to swallow ographic evaluation of the joint and surrounding structures; used
aphasia n (1867): defect or loss of the power of expression by writ- to diagnose or confirm disk displacements and perforations
ing, speech or signs, or of comprehending written or spoken lan- arthropathy n (ca. 1860): a disease of a joint
guage due to disease of or injury to the brain arthroplasty n: the surgical formation or reformation of a joint
aphonia n (1778): loss or absence of voice as a result of the failure arthrosis n (1634) 1: a joint or articulation 2: a disease of a joint
of the vocal cords to vibrate properly articular adj (15c): of or relating to a joint
apical adj (1828): of, relating to or pertaining to the top or apex articular capsule: the fibrous ligament that encloses a joint and lim-
apically adv its its motion. It is lined with the synovial membrane
aplasia n: defective development or congenital absence of an organ articular cartilage: a thin layer of hyaline cartilage located on the
or tissue joint surfaces of some bones but not usually found on the articu-
aplastic adj: devoid of form; without development lar surfaces of the temporomandibular joints, which are covered
appliance n (1561): see DEVICE, RESTORATION with an avascular fibrous tissue
apposition n (15c): the condition of being placed or fitted togeth- articular temporomandibular joint: see DISK
er; in juxtaposition or coadaptation 1articulate vb (1691) 1: to join together as a joint 2: the relating

approximation n (15c) 1: the process of drawing together 2: the of contacting surfaces of the teeth or their artificial replicas in the
quality of being close or nearapproximative adj maxillae to those in the mandible

52 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

articulate autologous
2articulate adj (1586): in speech, to enunciate clearly or be clear- (matrix) component, is usually contained within the normal or
ly spoken expanded contours of the crown of the abutment tooth and the
articulating paper: ink-coated paper strips used to locate and mark latter, the male (patrix) component, is attached to a pontic or the
occlusal contacts denture frameworksee FRICTIONAL A., INTERNAL A.,
articulation n (15c) 1: the place of union or junction between KEY and KEYWAY A., PARALLEL A., PRECISION A.,
two or more bones of the skeletonsee CRANIOMANDIBU- RESILIENT A., SLOTTED A.
LAR A., TEMPOROMANDIBULAR A. 2: in speech, the enun- attachment apparatus: in periodontics, a general term used to des-
ciation of words and sentencessee SPEECH A. 3: in dentistry, ignate the cementum, periodontal ligament and alveolar bone
the static and dynamic contact relationship between the occlusal attachment screw (1998): see ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT
surfaces of the teeth during functionsee ANTERIOR PRO- ABUTMENT ELEMENT(S)
TECTED A., BALANCED A., DENTAL A., FUNCTIONAL attenuation of radiation: the reduction of intensity of radiation as a
A., MONOPLANE A., MUTUALLY PROTECTED A. result of scattering and absorption of radiation. Attenuation of
articulator n: a mechanical instrument that represents the tem- electron beams always lowers the average beam energy
poromandibular joints and jaws, to which maxillary and mandibu- attrition n (14c) 1: the act of wearing or grinding down by friction
lar casts may be attached to simulate some or all mandibular move- 2: the mechanical wear resulting from mastication or parafunc-
mentsusage articulators are divisible into four classes Class I tion, limited to contacting surfaces of the teethcomp ABRA-
articulator: a simple holding instrument capable of accepting a sin- SION, EROSION
gle static registration. Vertical motion is possiblesee NONAD- atypical facial pain: a painful syndrome characterized by dull aching
JUSTABLE A. Class II articulator: an instrument that permits hor- or throbbing, rather than paroxysms of pain, such as seen in
izontal as well as vertical motion but does not orient the motion to trigeminal, glossopharyngeal, or postherpetic neuralgia, occur-
the temporomandibular joints. Class III articulator: an instrument ring in areas supplied by various nerve groups, including the fifth
that simulates condylar pathways by using averages or mechanical and ninth cranial nerves and the second and third cervical nerves.
equivalents for all or part of the motion. These instruments allow The distribution of atypical facial pain does not follow the estab-
for orientation of the casts relative to the joints and may be arcon lished pathways of innervation of the major sensory nerves, how-
or nonarcon instrumentssee SEMI-ADJUSTABLE A. Class IV ever (i.e., trigeminal neuralgia). Attacks last from a few days to
articulator: an instrument that will accept three dimensional several months and seem to occur after dental work or sinus
dynamic registrations. These instruments allow for orientation of manipulation, but examination of the teeth, nose, sinuses, ears,
the casts to the temporomandibular joints and simulation of and temporomandibular joints seldom reveals any abnormalities.
mandibular movementssee FULLY ADJUSTABLE A., FULLY A psychogenic etiology has been suggested. This is believed by
ADJUSTABLE GNATHOLOGIC A. some to not be a specific disease entity but rather a symptom, the
artifact n (1821) 1: any characteristic product of human activity, etiology of which has not been determinedcalled also atypical
i.e., any hand-made object that could represent a particular cul- facial neuralgia and facial causalgia
ture or stage in its technologic development 2: a product of an audiogram n (1927): a record of the thresholds of hearing of an
artificial character due to extraneous agencyused in medicine to individual over various sound frequencies
signify details or conditions that are misleading or unnatural due audiology n (1946): the study of the entire field of hearing,
to imperfect materials or techniques including the anatomy and function of the ear, impairment of
artificial crown: a metal, plastic, or ceramic restoration that covers hearing, and the education or reeducation of the person with
three or more axial surfaces and the occlusal surface or incisal hearing loss
edge of a tooth audiometer n (1879): an instrument used to assess hearing at var-
artificial denture: see COMPLETE DENTURE ious intensity levels and frequencies
artificial stone: see DENTAL STONE audition n (1599): the power or sense of hearing
asepsis n (1892) 1: free from infection 2: the prevention of contact auditory discrimination: ability to discriminate between sounds of
with microorganisms different frequency, intensity, and pressure pattern components;
aseptic adj (ca 1859): free of infection or septic material; sterile; free ability to distinguish one speech sound from another
from pathogenic microorganismsaseptically adv augment vb (15c): to make greater, more numerous, larger, or more
asymmetrical adj (1690): characterized by or pertaining to asym- intense
metry augmentation n (14c): to increase in size beyond the existing size.
asymmetry n (1690): absence or lack of symmetry or balance; dis- In alveolar ridge augmentation, bone grafts or alloplastic grafts
similarity in corresponding parts or organs on opposite sides of are used to increase the size of an atrophic alveolar ridge
the body auricular defect: absence or partial absence of the external ear
asymmetry of movement: the condition observed when mandibular auricular prosthesis: a removable prosthesis that artificially restores
movement has a lateral component on opening and closing, espe- part or the entire natural earcalled also artificial ear, ear pros-
cially when viewed in the frontal plane thesis
asymmetry of the mandible: the condition that exists when the auriculotemporal syndrome: sweating and flushing in the preauric-
right and left sides of the mandible are not mirror images of one ular and temporal areas when certain foods are eaten
another auscultation n (ca. 1828): the process of determining the condi-
atrophic fracture: spontaneous fracture due to atrophy tion of various parts of the body by listening to the sounds they
atrophy n, pl -phies (1601) 1: a wasting away 2: a diminution in emit
size of a cell, tissue, organ or partatrophic adjatrophy vb autogenous adj (1846): originating or derived from sources with-
see ADIPOSE A., AGE A., BONE A., DISUSE A., MUSCULAR in the same individual; self-produced; self-generated; autologous
A., POSTMENOPAUSAL A., SENILE A. autogenous graft: a graft taken from the patients own body called
attached gingiva: the portion of the gingiva that is firm, dense, stip- also autograft
pled, and tightly bound to the underlying periosteum, bone, and autograft n (ca.1913): a graft of tissue derived from another site in
tooth or on the body of the organism receiving itcalled also
attachment n (15c) 1: a mechanical device for the fixation, reten- autochthonous graft, autologous graft, and autoplast
tion, and stabilization of a prosthesis 2: a retainer consisting of a autologous adj (ca. 1921) 1: related to self; designating products
metal receptacle and a closely fitting part; the former, the female or components of the same individual organism 2: autogenous

JANUARY 1999 53
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

autonomic nervous system Bennetts side shift


autonomic nervous system: the part of the nervous system that is wide. It may have several uses including a lever, barrier, fasten-
enervates the cardiovascular, digestive, reproductive, and respira- er, handle, or support. In prosthodontics, it serves to connect two
tory organs. It operates outside of consciousness and controls or more parts of a removable partial denture or fixed partial den-
basic life-sustaining functions such as heart rate, digestion, and tureusage see B. CONNECTOR
breathing. It includes the sympathetic nervous system and the bar clasp: a clasp retainer whose body extends from a major connec-
parasympathetic nervous system tor or denture base, passing adjacent to the soft tissues and
autopolymer n: a material that polymerizes by chemical reaction approaching the tooth from a gingivo-occlusal direction
without external heat, as a result of the addition of an activator and bar clasp arm: see BAR CLASP
a catalystautopolymerization vb bar connector: a metal component of greater length than width that
autopolymerizing resin: a resin whose polymerization is initiated by serves to connect the parts of a removable partial dentureusage
a chemical activator see LABIAL B.C., LINGUAL B.C., PALATAL B.C.
average axis face-bow: a face-bow that relates the maxillary teeth to bar retainer obs: a metal bar usually resting on lingual surfaces of
the average location of the transverse horizontal axis teeth to aid in their stabilization and to act as indirect retainers
average value articulator: an articulator that is fabricated to permit (GPT-4)see BAR CONNECTOR
motion based on mean mandibular movementscalled also Class basal adj (1828): pertaining to or situated near the base
III articulator basal bone: the osseous tissue of the mandible and maxillae exclusive
avulsion n (1622): a forcible separation or detachment, as in a tear- of the alveolar processes
ing away of a body part surgically or accidentally basal seat: see DENTURE FOUNDATION AREA
avulsion fracture: a tearing away of a part of a bone, usually adjacent basal surface: see DENTURE BASE
1base vt (1587): the act of placing a lining material under a dental
to a tendon or ligament
axial inclination 1: the relationship of the long axis of a body to a restoration
2base n (14c): any substance placed under a restoration that blocks
designated plane 2: in dentistry, the alignment of the long axis of
a tooth to a horizontal plane out undercuts in the preparation, acts as a thermal or chemical
axial loading: the force directed down the long axis of a body. Edito- barrier to the pulp, and/or controls the thickness of the overlying
rial note Usually used to describe the force of occlusal contact upon restorationcalled also base materialusage adjectives such as
a natural tooth, dental implant or other object, axial loading is insulating b., therapeutic b. may also be used
3base n (19c): the portion of a denture that supports the artificial
best described as the force down the long axis of the tooth or whatev-
er body is being described. Loading the axis is an error in syntax dentition and replaces the alveolar structures and gingival tis-
axis n, pl axes (14c): a line around which a body may rotate or suessee DENTURE B.
about which a structure would turn if it could revolvesee base material obs: any substance of which a denture base may be made,
CONDYLAR A., SAGITTAL A., TRANSVERSE HORIZON- such as acrylic resin, vulcanite, polystyrene, or metal (GPT-4)
TAL A., VERTICAL A. base metal: any metallic element that does not resist tarnish and cor-
axis of preparation: the planned line or path of placement and rosionsee NOBLE METAL
removal for a dental restoration base metal alloy: an alloy composed of metals that are not noble
axis orbital plane: the horizontal plane established by the transverse baseplate n: see RECORD BASE
horizontal axis of the mandible with a point on the inferior bor- baseplate wax: a hard pink wax used for making occlusion rims, wax-
der of the right or left bony orbit (orbitale). This plane can be ing dentures, and other dental procedures
basket endosteal dental implant: a perforated, cylindric, endosteal
used as a horizontal reference point
dental implant, the implant body of which is designed in the form
axle n (14c): a rigid shaft or rod that directs rotary motion
of single, double, and/or triple contiguous cylinder(s)
beading: creating an irregular surface by means of stipples, dots,
B speckles, or the like
back pressure porosity: porosity produced in dental castings beam n, obs: a term once used instead of bar with specific reference
thought to be due to the inability of gases in the mold to escape to the bar connectorusage included cantilever beam, continu-
during the casting procedure ous beam, simple beam (GPT-4)
backing n (1793): a metal support that attaches a facing to a bees wax n (1676): a low-melting wax obtained from honeycomb
prosthesis and used as an ingredient of many dental impression waxes
backscatter or backscattering n (1940): see SCATTERED Beilby layer [Sir George Thomas Beilby, British chemist, 1850-
RADIATION 1924]: eponym for the molecular disorganized surface layer of a
balanced articulation: the bilateral, simultaneous, anterior, and pos- highly polished metal. A relatively scratch-free microcrystalline
terior occlusal contact of teeth in centric and eccentric positions surface produced by a series of abrasives of decreasing coarseness.
see CROSS ARCH B.A., CROSS TOOTH B.A. Beilby GT. Aggregation and flow of solids, 1921.
balanced bite: see BALANCED ARTICULATION bench set: a stage of resin processing that allows a chemical reaction
balanced occlusal contact: see NONWORKING SIDE to occur under the conditions present in the ambient environ-
OCCLUSAL CONTACTS ment; also used to describe the continuing polymerization of
balanced occlusion: see BALANCED ARTICULATION impression materials beyond the manufactures stated set time
balancing condyle: see NONWORKING SIDE CONDYLE Bennett angle obs: the angle formed between the sagittal plane
balancing contact: see BALANCING OCCLUSAL CONTACT and the average path of the advancing condyle as viewed in
balancing interference: undesirable contact(s) of opposing occlusal the horizontal plane during lateral mandibular movements
surfaces, on the nonworking side (GPT-4)
balancing occlusal contact: see NONWORKING SIDE Bennetts movement [Sir Norman Godfrey Bennett, British dental
OCCLUSAL CONTACTS surgeon, 1870-1947]: see LATEROTRUSION
balancing occlusal surfaces obs: the occluding surfaces of dentures Bennett NG. A contribution to the study of the movements of the
on the balancing side (anteroposteriorly or laterally) that are mandible. Proc Roy Soc Med (Lond) 1908;1:79-98 (Odont Section)
developed for the purpose of stabilizing dentures (GPT-4) Bennetts side shift [Sir Norman Godfrey Bennett, British dental
balancing side obs: see NONWORKING SIDE surgeon, 1870-1947]: see MANDIBULAR LATERAL TRANS-
bar n (12c): a straight piece of metal or wood that is longer than it LATION

54 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

Bennetts side shift bone conduction


Bennett NG A contribution to the study of the movements of the tering shrinkage occurring before vitrification (glazing)called
mandible. Proc Roy Soc Med (Lond) 1908;1:79-98 (Odont Section) also biscuit bake
1bevel n (1611): a slanting edge bite vb, obs: the act of incising or crushing between the teethsee
2bevel vt: the process of slanting the finish line and curve of a tooth OCCLUSION RECORD
preparation bite analysis: see OCCLUSAL ANALYSIS
Bezold-Brucke effect [Helmholtz, 1867]: the apparent change in bite block: see OCCLUSION RIM, RECORD RIM
hue that accompanies a change in luminance bite closing: see DECREASED OCCLUSAL VERTICAL DIMEN-
B.I.D.: acronym for L. Bis In Die, twice a day SION
bifid condyle: a condyle anomaly where an exaggerated central bite guard: see OCCLUSAL DEVICE
depression exists bite opening: see OCCLUSAL VERTICAL DIMENSION
bifurcation n (1615) 1: division into two branches 2: the site bite plane: see OCCLUSAL PLANE
where a single structure divides into two parts, as in two roots of bite plate: see OCCLUSION RIM, RECORD RIM
a tooth bite raising: see OCCLUSAL VERTICAL DIMENSION
bilaminar zone: see RETRODISCAL TISSUE bite rim: see OCCLUSION RIM, RECORD RIM
bilateral adj (1775): having or pertaining to two sides biting force: see OCCLUSAL FORCE
bilateral distal extension removable partial denture: a removable biting pressure: see OCCLUSAL FORCE
partial denture replacing the distal most tooth or teeth on each biting strength: see OCCLUSAL FORCE
side of one arch of the mouthsee KENNEDY CLASSIFICA- blade endosteal dental implant: a faciolingual narrowed, wedge-
TION OF REMOVABLE PARTIAL DENTURES shaped dental implant body with openings or vents through
bimaxillary protrusion: a dental or skeletal protrusion of both the which tissue may grow
maxillary and mandibular jaws and/or teeth simultaneously blade implant: see BLADE ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT
bimeter n (20c): a gnathodynamometer equipped with a central block out adj: 1: elimination of undesirable undercuts on a cast, 2:
bearing plate of adjustable heightsee GNATHODY- the process of applying wax or another similar temporary sub-
NAMOMETER stance to undercut portions of a cast so as to leave only those
bioacceptability (1998): the quality of compatibility in a living undercuts essential to the planned construction of a prosthesis. A
environment despite adverse or unwanted side effects blocked out cast may also include other surface modifications
biocompatible adj: capable of existing in harmony with the sur- needed relative to the construction of the prosthesis
rounding biologic environment bolus n (1562): a rounded mass, as a large pill or soft mass of
biofeedback n (1971) 1: the process of furnishing an individual chewed food
information, usually in an auditory or visual mode, on the state blowout fracture: a fracture of the orbital floor caused by a sudden
of one or more physiologic variables such as blood pressure, increase in intraorbital pressure due to traumatic force
skin temperature, or heart rate; this procedure often enables an board-certified prosthodontist: in the United States, as defined by
individual to gain some voluntary control over the variable the American Board of Prosthodontics, a prosthodontist who has
being sampled 2: the instrumental process or technique of passed the certifying examination administered by the American
learning voluntary control over automatically regulated body Board of Prosthodontics
functions board-eligible prosthodontist: in the United States, as defined by
biofunctional orthopedics: see FUNCTIONAL JAW ORTHOPE- the American Board of Prosthodontics, a prosthodontist whose
DICS application for examination for certification is current and has
biointegration n (1998): the benign acceptance of a foreign sub- been accepted for examination by the American Board of
stance by living tissue see OSSEOUS INTEGRATION Prosthodontics
biologic width (1998): the combined width of connective tissue and boil out: see WAX ELIMINATION
epithelial attachment superior to the crestal bone bond n (12c) 1: the linkage between two atoms or radicals of a
Gargiulo AW et al. J Periodontology 1961;32:261-7 chemical compound 2: the force that holds two or more units of
Cohen DW. Lecture at Walter Reed Army Medical Center, June 3, matter togethersee SECONDARY BONDS, VANDER-
1962 WALLS BOND
biomaterial n (1966): any substance other than a drug that can bond strength: the force required to break a bonded assembly with
be used for any period of time as part of a system that treats, aug- failure occurring in or near the adhesive/adherens interface
ments, or replaces any tissue, organ, or function of the body bonded bridge: see RESIN-BONDED PROSTHESIS
biomechanics n, pl but sing or pl in constr (1933) 1: the applica- bonding n (1976) 1: joining together securely with an adhesive
tion of mechanical laws to living structures, specifically the loco- substance such as cement or glue 2: the procedure of using an
motor systems of the body 2: the study of biology from the func- adhesive, cementing material or fusible ingredient to combine,
tional viewpoint 3: an application of the principles of engineering unite, or strengthen
design as implemented in living organismssee also DENTAL B bonding agent: a material used to promote adhesion or cohesion
biometry n (1831): the science of the application of statistical between two different substances, or between a material and nat-
methods to biologic facts, as the mathematical analysis of biolog- ural tooth structures
ic data bone n (bef. 12c): the hard portion of the connective tissue which con-
biopsy n, pl -sies (1895): the removal of tissue for histologic exam- stitutes the majority of the skeleton; it consists of an inorganic or
ination and diagnosis mineral component and an organic component (the matrix and
biostatistics n, pl but sing in constr (1950): the science of the cells); the matrix is composed of collagenous fibers and is impreg-
application of statistical methods to biologic facts, as the mathe- nated with minerals, chiefly calcium phosphate (approx. 85%) and
matical analysis of biologic datasee BIOMETRY calcium carbonate (approx. 10%), thus imparting the quality of
biphasic pin fixation: the use of extraoral pin fixation in the treat- rigidity to bonecalled also osseous tissuesee ALVEOLAR B.
ment of bone fractures BASAL B. CANCELLOUS B. COMPACT B., CORTICAL B.
biscuit bite slang: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR RELATION- bone atrophy: bone resorption noted internally by a decrease in den-
SHIP RECORD sity and externally by an alteration in form
bisque bake: a series of stages of maturation in the firing of ceramic bone augmentation: see AUGMENTATION
materials relating to the degree of pyrochemical reaction and sin- bone conduction: the conduction of sound to the inner ear through

JANUARY 1999 55
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

bone conduction Campers plane


the bones of the skullcalled also cranial conduction, osteotym- bruxomania vb, obs: the grinding of teeth occurring as a neurotic
panic conduction, and tissue conduction habit during the waking state (GPT-4)
bone curettage: the surgical shaving or smoothing of the bones buccal adj (ca. 1771): pertaining to or adjacent to the cheek
external surface buccal flange: the portion of the flange of a denture that occupies
bone expansion: manipulation of a bony ridge by placement of an the buccal vestibule of the mouth
osteotome to split the cortical ridge and hence enhance bone width buccal vestibule: the portion of the oral cavity that is bounded on
bone factor: relative response of alveolar bone to stimulation or irri- one side by the teeth, gingiva, and alveolar ridge (in the edentu-
tation. The ratio of osteogenesis to osteolysis lous mouth, the residual ridge) and on the lateral side by the
bone marrow: the soft vascular tissue that fills bone cavities and can- cheek posterior to the buccal frenula
cellus bone spaces which consists primarily of fat cells, hematopoi- buccolingual relationship: any position of reference relative to the
etic cells, and osteogenetic reticular cells tongue and cheeks
Bonwill triangle [William Gibson Arlington Bonwill, American den- buccoversion n: a deviation toward the cheek
tist, 1833-1899]: eponym for a 4-inch equilateral triangle bound- bulb n, slang: see OBTURATOR, SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS
ed by lines connecting the contact points of the mandibular cen- BULL: acronym for Buccal of the Upper, Lingual of the Lower
tral incisors incisal edge (or the midline of the mandibular resid- (cusps); applies to Clyde H. Schuylers rules for occlusal adjust-
ual ridge) to each condyle (usually its mid point) and from one ment of a normally related dentition in which those cusps con-
condyle to the other, first described in 1858 while introducing his tacting in maximum intercuspation (mandibular buccal and max-
Anatomical Articulator illary lingual) are favored by adjustment of those cusps which are
Bonwill WGA. Scientific articulation of the human teeth as founded on not in occlusal contact in maximum intercuspation (maxillary
geometrical, mathematical and mechanical laws. Dental Items Int 1899; buccal and mandibular lingual)called also the BULL RULE
21:617-56, 873-80. bur n (14c): a steel or tungsten carbide rotary cutting instrument
bony ankylosis: the union of bones of a joint by proliferation of bur head: the cutting portion of a dental bur
osteoblasts, resulting in complete immobility bur head length: the axial dimension of the bur head
border n (14c): the circumferential margin, edge or surface; a bur head shape: the geometrical outline form of the cutting surface
bounding line, edge, or surfacesee DENTURE BORDER edges, usually described successively by proximity from the shank
border molding 1: the shaping of the border areas of an impression to the tip end
tray by functional or manual manipulation of the tissue adjacent bur shank: that component of a dental bur which fits into the hand
to the borders to duplicate the contour and size of the vestibule piece; the shaft section of the dental bur that may be friction grip-
2: determining the extension of a prosthesis by using tissue func- ping or latch-type in form
tion or manual manipulation of the tissues to shape the border burnish vt (14c): to make shiny or lustrous by rubbing; also to facil-
areas of an impression material itate marginal adaptation of restorations by rubbing the margin
border movement: mandibular movement at the limits dictated by with an instrument
anatomic structures, as viewed in a given plane burnishibility n: the ease with which a material can be burnished
border position: see POSTERIOR B.P. burn out adj: see WAX ELIMINATION
border seal: the contact of the denture border with the underlying butt v (14c): to bring any two flat-ended surfaces into contact with-
or adjacent tissues to prevent the passage of air or other sub- out overlapping, as in a butt joint
stances butt margin: see SHOULDER FINISH LINE
border tissue movements: the action of the muscles and other tis-
button implant: see MUCOSAL IMPLANT
sues adjacent to the borders of a denture
boxing an impression: the enclosure of an impression to produce
the desired size and form of the base of the cast and to preserve C
desired details Ca: acronym for CArcinoma or CAncer
boxing wax: wax used for boxing an impression CAD-CAM: acronym for Computer Aided Design-Computer Aided
bracing adj: the resistance to horizontal components of masticatory Manufacturer (or Computer Assisted Machining)
force calcium hydroxide: an odorless white powder that is very slightly
bracket n: an orthodontic device attached to an individual tooth to soluble in water and insoluble in alcohol. Aqueous and nonaque-
hold arch wires ous suspensions of calcium hydroxide are often used as cavity lin-
brazing investment: an investment having a binding system consist- ers to protect the pulp from the irritant action of restorative mate-
ing of acidic phosphate such as monoammonium phosphate and rials; also used in pulp capping, pulpotomy and apexification pro-
a basic oxide such as magnesium oxide cedures
brazing material: an alloy suitable for use as a filler material in oper- calcium sulfate: a product obtained by calcination of gypsum under
ations with which dental alloy(s) are joined to form a dental steam pressure. The alpha form is composed of regularly shaped
restoration grains, with low porosity, and requiring little water for a satisfac-
braze vt (1677): to join with a nonferrous alloy that melts at a lower tory mix. Forms include alpha, alpha-modified and beta.
temperature than that of the metals being joined calcium sulfate plaster: compounds occurring in anhydrous form as
breakdown potential: the last noble potentia where pitting and/or anhydrite, and in the natural form as gypsum or gypsum dehy-
crevice corrosion will initiate and propagate drate. The term plaster also applies to a mixture consisting of
bridge n, slang: see FIXED PARTIAL DENTURE water and calcium sulfate hemihydrate (CaSo4. 12 H2O)
bridge work slang: see FIXED PARTIAL DENTURE cameo surface: the viewable portion of a denture; the portion of the
brittle 1: easily broken or shattered; fragile or crisp 2: prone to frac- surface of a denture that extends in an occlusal direction from the
ture or failure; the fracture that occurs when the proportional border of the denture and includes the facial, lingual, and palatal
limit of a material is exceeded surface. It is the part of the denture base that is usually polished,
bruxism n (ca. 1940) 1: the parafunctional grinding of teeth 2: an and includes the buccal and lingual surfaces of the teeth
oral habit consisting of involuntary rhythmic or spasmodic non- Campers line: see ALA-TRAGUS LINE
functional gnashing, grinding, or clenching of teeth, in other than Campers plane 1: a plane established by the inferior border of the
chewing movements of the mandible, which may lead to occlusal right or left ala of the nose and the superior border of the tragus
traumacalled also tooth grinding, occlusal neurosis of both ears 2: a plane passing from the acanthion to the center

56 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

Campers plane central bearing tracing device


of the bony external auditory meatus; called also acanthion-exter- 1casting n (14c): something that has been cast in a mold; an object
nal auditory meatus planesee also ALA-TRAGUS LINE formed by the solidification of a fluid that has been poured or
cancellous bone (1836): the reticular, spongy or lattice-like por- injected into a mold
tion of the bone; the spongy bone tissue located in the medulla 2casting vt: the act of forming an object in a moldsee VACUUM
of the bone; this bone is composed of a variable trabecular net- C.
work containing interstitial tissue that may be hematopoietic casting flask: a metal tube in which a refractory mold is made for
candle n (12c): a unit of luminous intensity, equal to 160 of the lumi- casting dental restorations
nous intensity of a square centimeter of a black body heated to casting ring: the inferior portion of a refractory flask that provides a
the temperature of the solidification of platinum (1773C) negative likeness or dimple into which a metal is cast in the refrac-
candle power: luminous intensity expressed in candles tory investment
canine eminence: the labial prominence on the maxillary alveolar casting wax: a composition containing various waxes with desired
process corresponding to the position of the root of the canine properties for making wax patterns to be formed into metal cast-
tooth ings
canine guidance: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTICULATION catalyst n (1902): a substance that accelerates a chemical reaction
canine protected articulation: a form of mutually protected articula- without affecting the properties of the materials involved
tion in which the vertical and horizontal overlap of the canine teeth cathode n (1834): the negative pole in electrolysis
disengage the posterior teeth in the excursive movements of the CAT: acronym for Computerized Axial Tomography
mandiblecomp ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION cautery n, pl -teres (15c): the application of a caustic substance, hot
canine protection: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTICULATION instrument, electric current, or other agent used to burn, scar, or
cantilever n (1667): a projecting beam or member supported on destroy tissue
one end cavity varnish: a combination of copal resin or other synthetic resins
cantilever bridge slang: see CANTILEVER FIXED PARTIAL dissolved in an organic solvent such as chloroform or ether
DENTURE CD: acronym for Complete Denture
cantilever fixed partial denture: a fixed partial denture in which the CDA: acronym for Certified Dental Assistant
pontic is cantilevered, i.e., is retained and supported only on one CDL: acronym for Certified Dental Laboratory
end by one or more abutments CDT: acronym for Certified Dental Technician
cap splint: a plastic or metallic device used in the treatment of max- cellulitis n (1861): diffuse and especially subcutaneous inflamma-
illary or mandibular fractures and designed to cover the crowns of tion of connective tissue
the teeth and usually luted to them 1cement n (14c) 1: a binding element or agency used as a substance
capillary attraction: that quality or state which, because of surface to make objects adhere to each other, or something serving to
tension, causes elevation or depression of the surface of a liquid firmly unite 2: a material that, on hardening, will fill a space or
that is in contact with the solid walls of a vessel bind adjacent objectssyn luting agent
capsular adj (ca. 1730): pertaining to a capsule 2cement vt (15c): to unite or make firm by or as if by cement; to lute
capsular contracture: see CAPSULAR FIBROSIS cementation obs 1: the process of attaching parts by means of a
capsular fibrosis: fibrotic contracture of the capsular ligament of the cement 2: attaching a restoration to natural teeth by means of a
temporomandibular joint cement (GPT-4)
capsular ligament: within the temporomandibular joint, a ligament cemented pin: a metal rod luted into a hole drilled in dentin to
that separately encapsulates the superior and inferior synovial cav- enhance retention
ities of the temporomandibular articulation cemento-dentinal junction: the area of union of the dentin and
capsule n (1693): a fibrous sac or ligament that encloses a joint and cementum
limits its motion. It is lined with synovial membrane cemento-enamel junction: that area where the enamel and cemen-
capsulitis n: the inflammation of a capsule, as that of the joint, lens, tum meet at the cervical region of a tooth
liver, or labyrinth cementoid n: the uncalcified surface layer of cementum including
carat n (15c): a standard of gold fineness. The percentage of gold in incorporated connective tissue fibers
an alloy, stated in parts per 24. Pure gold is designated 24 carat cementum n (1842): the thin calcified tissue of ectomesenchyme
cartilage n (15c): a derivative of connective tissue arising from the origin that covers the root of a tooth
mesenchyme. Typical hyaline cartilage is a flexible, rather elastic cementum fracture: the tearing of fragments of the cementum from
material with a semitransparent glasslike appearance. Its ground the tooth root
substance is a complex protein through which there is distributed center of the ridge: the faciolingual or buccolingual midline of the
a large network of connective tissue fibers residual ridge
case n, substand (13c): a dental patient center of rotation: see ROTATION CENTER
1cast vb (13c): to produce a shape by thrusting a molten liquid or central bearing obs: application of forces between the maxilla and
plastic material into a mold possessing the desired shape mandible at a single point that is located as near as possible to the
2cast n (14c): a life-size likeness of some desired form. It is formed center of the supporting areas of the maxillary and mandibular
within or is a material poured into a matrix or impression of the jaws. It is used for the purpose of distributing closing forces even-
desired formcomp MODELsee DENTAL C., DIAGNOS- ly throughout the areas of the supporting structures during the
TIC C., FINAL C., PRELIMINARY C., REFRACTORY C., registration and recording of maxillomandibular relations and
REMOUNT C. during the correction of occlusal errors (GPT-4)
cast relator: a mechanical device that orients opposing casts to each central bearing point obs: the contact point of a central bearing
other without reference to anatomic landmarkssee ARTICU- device (GPT-4)
LATOR central bearing tracing: the pattern obtained on the horizontal plate
castable n (1998): any refractory material that has a bonding agent used with a central bearing tracing device
added and can be mixed with water or other liquid agents and central bearing tracing device: a device that provides a central point
poured in a mold to set of bearing or support between the maxillary and mandibular den-
castable ceramic: for dental applications, a glass-ceramic material tal arches. It consists of a contacting point that is attached to one
that combines the properties of a restorative material for function dental arch and a plate attached to the opposing dental arch. The
with the capability to be cast using the lost wax process plate provides the surface on which the bearing point rests or

JANUARY 1999 57
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

central bearing tracing device chew-in record


moves and on which the tracing of the mandibular movement is centric slide obs: the movement of the mandible while in centric rela-
recorded. It may be used to distribute occlusal forces evenly dur- tion, from the initial occlusal contact into maximum intercuspa-
ing the recording of maxillomandibular relationships and/or for tion (GPT-4)
the correction of disharmonious occlusal contacts. First attributed centric stop: opposing cuspal/fossae contacts that maintain the
to Alfred Gysi, Swiss prosthodontist, in 1910 occlusal vertical dimension between the opposing arches
centric adj (1590) 1: located in or at a center; central 2: concen- cephalogram n: see CEPHALOMETRIC RADIOGRAPH
trated about or directed toward a center cephalometer n: an instrument for measuring the head or skull;
centric check bite: see CENTRIC RELATION RECORD an orienting device for positioning the head for radiographic
centric interocclusal record: see CENTRIC RELATION examination and measurement
RECORD cephalometric radiograph: a standardized radiograph of the skull
centric jaw record: see CENTRIC RELATION RECORD cephalometric tracing: a line drawing of structural outlines of cran-
centric jaw relation: see CENTRIC RELATION iofacial landmarks and facial bones, made directly from a cephalo-
centric occlusion: the occlusion of opposing teeth when the metric radiograph
mandible is in centric relation. This may or may not coincide with cephalometry n, cephalometric adj 1: the science of measurement
the maximal intercuspal positioncomp MAXIMAL INTER- of the dimensions of the head 2: in dentistry, certain combina-
CUSPAL POSITION tions of angular and linear measurements developed from tracing
centric position obs: the position of the mandible when the jaws are frontal and lateral radiographic head films used to assess craniofa-
in centric relation (GPT-1) cial growth and development on a longitudinal basis and to deter-
centric range: see INTERCUSPAL CONTACT AREA mine the nature of orthodontic treatment response
centric record: see CENTRIC RELATION RECORD cephalostat n: an instrument used to position the head to produce
centric relation 1: the maxillomandibular relationship in which the spatially oriented, reproducible, radiographs or photographs
condyles articulate with the thinnest avascular portion of their ceram n: a heat treatment process that converts a specially formu-
respective disks with the complex in the anterior-superior position lated glass into a fine grained glass-ceramic material
against the shapes of the articular eminencies. This position is 1ceramic adj (1850): of or relating to the manufacture of any prod-

independent of tooth contact. This position is clinically dis- uct made essentially from a nonmetallic mineral (as clay) by firing
cernible when the mandible is directed superior and anteriorly. It at a higher temperature
is restricted to a purely rotary movement about the transverse 2ceramic n (1859): the product of ceramic manufacture

horizontal axis (GPT-5) 2: the most retruded physiologic relation ceramic crown: a ceramic restoration that restores a clinical crown
of the mandible to the maxillae to and from which the individual without a supporting metal substructure
can make lateral movements. It is a condition that can exist at var- ceramic flux: a glass modifier; metallic ions such as calcium, potassi-
ious degrees of jaw separation. It occurs around the terminal um or sodium, usually as carbonates, which interrupt the oxy-
hinge axis (GPT-3) 3: the most retruded relation of the mandible gen/silica bond, thus enhancing fluidity
to the maxillae when the condyles are in the most posterior ceramics n 1: compounds of one or more metals with a nonmetal-
unstrained position in the glenoid fossae from which lateral move- lic element, usually oxygen. They are formed of chemical and bio-
ment can be made, at any given degree of jaw separation (GPT- chemical stable substances that are strong, hard, brittle, and inert
1) 4: The most posterior relation of the lower to the upper jaw nonconductors of thermal and electrical energy 2: the art of mak-
from which lateral movements can be made at a given vertical ing porcelain dental restorations
dimension (Boucher) 5: a maxilla to mandible relationship in ceramist or ceramicist n (1855): one who engages in ceramics
which the condyles and disks are thought to be in the midmost, ceramometal restoration: see METAL CERAMIC RESTORA-
uppermost position. The position has been difficult to define TION
anatomically but is determined clinically by assessing when the cermet (1998): fused glass powder with silver particles through high
jaw can hinge on a fixed terminal axis (up to 25 mm). It is a clin- temperature sintering of a mixture of the two particles
ically determined relationship of the mandible to the maxilla cervical adj (1681) 1: in anatomy, pertaining to the cervix or neck
when the condyle disk assemblies are positioned in their most 2: in dentistry, pertaining to the region at or near the cementoe-
superior position in the mandibular fossae and against the distal namel junction
slope of the articular eminence (Ash) 6: the relation of the cervix n, pl cervices (15c) 1: the neck 2: a constricted portion of
mandible to the maxillae when the condyles are in the uppermost a part or organ
and rearmost position in the glenoid fossae. This position may 1chamfer n 1: a finish line design for tooth preparation in which the

not be able to be recorded in the presence of dysfunction of the gingival aspect meets the external axial surface at an obtuse angle
masticatory system 7: a clinically determined position of the 2: a small groove or furrow 3: the surface found by cutting away
mandible placing both condyles into their anterior uppermost the angle of intersection of two faces of a piece of material (i.e.,
position. This can be determined in patients without pain or stone, metal, wood): a beveled edge
derangement in the TMJ (Ramsfjord) 2chamfer vt chamfered; chamfering; chamfers 1: to cut a fur-

Boucher CO. Occlusion in prosthodontics. J Prosthet Dent 1953;3:633- row in 2: to make a chamferon; to cut or reduce to a chamfer;
56. bevel 3: generally thought of as producing a curve from the axial
Ash MM. Personal communication, July 1993. wall to the cavosurface
Lang BR, Kelsey CC. International prosthodontic workshop on complete chamfer angle n: the angle between a chamfered surface and one of
denture occlusion. Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan School of Den- the original surfaces from which the chamfer is cut
tistry; 1973. characterize: to distinguish, individualize, mark, qualify, singular-
Ramsfjord SP. Personal communication, July 1993. ize, or differentiate something
centric relation interocclusal record: see CENTRIC RELATION characterized denture base: a denture base with coloring that sim-
RECORD ulates the color and shading of natural oral tissues
centric relation occlusion: see CENTRIC OCCLUSION check bite slang: see INTEROCCLUSAL RECORD
centric relation position: see CENTRIC RELATION cheilitis: inflammation of the lip
centric relation record: a registration of the relationship of the max- cheilosis: a fissured condition of the lips and angles of the mouth;
illa to the mandible when the mandible is in centric relation. The often associated with riboflavin deficiency
registration may be obtained either intraorally or extraorally chew-in record: see STEREOGRAPHIC RECORD

58 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

chewing cycle closest speaking space


chewing cycle: see MASTICATORY CYCLE circumferential clasp arm: see CIRCUMFERENTIAL CLASP
chewing force: see MASTICATORY FORCE clasp n (14c): the component of the clasp assembly that engages a
Christensens phenomenon [Carl Christensen, Danish dentist and portion of the tooth surface and either enters an undercut for
educator]: eponym for the space that occurs between opposing retention or remains entirely above the height of contour to act
occlusal surfaces during mandibular protrusion as a reciprocating element. Generally, it is used to stabilize and
Christensen C. The problem of the bite. D Cosmos 1905;47:1184- retain a removable prosthesissee BAR C, CIRCUMFEREN-
95. TIAL C., COMBINATION C., CONTINUOUS C.
chroma n (1889) 1: the purity of a color, or its departure from white clasp arm: see CLASP
or gray 2: the intensity of a distinctive hue; saturation of a hue 3: clasp assembly: the part of a removable partial denture that acts as a
chrome describes the strength or saturation of the hue (color) direct retainer and/or stabilizer for a prosthesis by partially
see also SATURATION encompassing or contacting an abutment toothusage: compo-
Munsell AH. A color notation. Baltimore: Munsell Color Co. Inc. nents of the clasp assembly include the clasp, the reciprocal clasp,
1975:14-7. the cingulum, incisal or occlusal rest, and the minor connector
chromatic stimulus: a stimulus that under prevailing conditions of clasp bridge slang: see UNILATERAL REMOVABLE PARTIAL
adaptation gives rise to a perceived chromatic color DENTURE
chromaticity coordinates: the two dimensions of any color order clasp guideline: see SURVEY LINE
system that exclude the lightness dimension and describe the clearance n (1563) obs: a condition in which bodies may pass each
chromaticity. Unless otherwise specified, the term refers to the other without hindrance. Also, the distance between bodies
CIE coordinates x, y, and z for Illuminant C and 2 degrees (GPT-4)
(1931) Standard Observercalled also color coordinates 1cleft n 1: a space or opening made through splitting 2: a hollow

chromaticity diagram: a plane diagram in which each point repre- between ridges or protuberances
sents a different combination of dominant wave length and puri- 2cleft adj: partially split or divided

ty and which is usually constructed in some form of a triangle cleft palate n (1841) 1: a congenital fissure or elongated opening in
with calorimetric primaries represented at the corners. The CIE the soft and/or hard palate 2: an opening in the hard and/or soft
standard chromaticity diagram is essentially a right angle triangle palate due to improper union of the maxillary process and the
representing hypothetical primaries and the complete chromatic- median nasal process during the second month of intrauterine
ity gamut of the CIE standard observer developmentsyn PALATAL CLEFTsee COMPLETE C.P.,
chromaticness n: the intensity of hue as expressed in the Natural OCCULT C.P.
Color System cleft palate prosthesis: see SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS
chromatopsia n: an abnormal state of vision in which colorless cleft palate speech aid prosthesis: see SPEECH AID PROSTHE-
objects appear colored; a visual defect in which colored objects SIS
appear unnaturally colored and colorless objects appear color clenching vt (13c): the pressing and clamping of the jaws and teeth
tinged together frequently associated with acute nervous tension or
chronic adj (1601): marked by long duration or frequent recur- physical effort
rence; not acute; always presentchronically adj click n (1611): a brief sharp sound; with reference to the temporo-
chronicity n mandibular joint, any bright or sharp sound emanating from the
chronic closed lock: with respect to the temporomandibular joint, a jointsee CLICKING, EARLY CLOSING C., EARLY OPEN-
restriction in motion of the joint characterized most frequently by ING C., LATE CLOSING C., LATE OPENING C., MID
long duration, pain, crepitus and radiographic evidence of joint OPENING C. RECIPROCAL C.
asymmetry clicking n (611): a series of clicks, such as the snapping, cracking, or
chronic pain: pain marked by long duration or frequent recurrence noise evident on excursions of the mandible; a distinct snapping
CIE: acronym for Commission Internationale dEclairage sound or sensation, usually audible (or by stethoscope) or on pal-
CIE LAB system: CIE LAB relates the tristimulus values to a color pation, which emanates from the temporomandibular joint(s)
space. This scale accounts for the illuminant and the observer. By during jaw movement. It may or may not be associated with inter-
establishing a uniform color scale, color measurements can be nal derangements of the temporomandibular joint
compared and movements in color space defined clinical adj (ca. 1755) 1: of or related to or conducted in or as if
CIE standard illuminant: the illuminants A, B. C, D65 and other within a clinic 2: analytical or detachedclinically adv
illuminants, defined by the CIE in terms of relative spectral power clinical crown: the portion of a tooth that extends from the occlusal
distributions; A = Planckion radiation (a theoretical body that table or incisal edge to the free gingival margin
absorbs all incident optical radiant energy) a temperature of about clinical remount: see REMOUNT PROCEDURE
2856K; B = Direct solar radiation 48,000K; C = Average day- clinometer n (1811): a device for measuring angles of elevation or
light; D65 = Daylight including the ultraviolet region: 6500K inclinationclinometric adjclinometry n
cinefluoroscopy n: dynamic fluoroscopic images recorded on clip n (15c) slang 1: any of numerous devices used to grip, clasp, or
motion picture film hook 2: a device used to retain a removable prosthesis intraorally
cineradiography n: the making of a motion picture record of to a fixed abutment; i.e., a bar, crown, or other retainer
successive images appearing in a fluoroscopic screen closed bite slang: see DECREASED OCCLUSAL VERTICAL
cingulum n, pl -la (1845) 1: an anatomical band or encircling DIMENSION
ridgecingulate adj 2: the lingual lobe of many anterior teeth; closed lock: an internal derangement of the temporomandibular
a convex protuberance at the lingual cervical one third of the joint in which the disk is dislocated anteriorly and, usually, medi-
anatomic crown al to the condyle; displacement or dislocation of the disk without
cingulum rest: a portion of a partial denture that contacts the pre- spontaneous reductionsee ACUTE CLOSED LOCK,
pared or natural cingulum of the tooth, termed the cingulum rest CHRONIC CLOSED LOCK
seat closed reduction of a fracture: reduction (repositioning) and fixa-
circumferential clasp: a retainer that encircles a tooth by more than tion of fractured bones without making a surgical opening to the
180 degrees, including opposite angles, and which generally con- fracture site
tacts the tooth throughout the extent of the clasp, with at least closest speaking space: the space between the anterior teeth that,
one terminal located in an undercut area according to Dr Earl Pound, should not be more or less than 1 to

JANUARY 1999 59
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

closest speaking space compensating curve


2 mm of clearance between the incisal edges of the teeth when the color difference equations: equations that transform CIE (Com-
patient is unconsciously repeating the letter S Dr Meyer M. Sil- mission Internationals dEclairage) coordinates into a more uni-
verman termed this speaking centric, which was defined as the form matrix such that a specified distance between two colors is
closest relationship of the occlusal surfaces and incisal edges of the more nearly proportional to the magnitude of an observed differ-
mandibular teeth to the maxillary teeth during function and rapid ence between them regardless of their hue
speech. This was later called closest speaking level by Dr Silverman color notation: the use of symbols in some orderly fashion by which
and finally the closest speaking space the attributes of color may be defined or may be set down in writ-
Silverman MM. Speaking centric. Dent Digest 1950;55:106-11. ten formula
Silverman MM. Accurate measurement of vertical dimension by phonetics color rendering index: a number from 1 to 100 given to a light
and speaking centric space. Dent Digest 1951;57:261-5. source to indicate its relative equivalence to pure white light
Silverman MM. The speaking method in measuring vertical dimension. J which has a color rendering index (CRI) of 100. The closer the
Prosthet Dent 1953;3:193-9. number is to 100, the more it resembles pure white light
Pound E. Esthetics and phonetics in full denture construction. J Calif Dent color scale: an orderly arrangement of colors showing graduated
Assoc 1950;20:179-85. change in some attribute or attributes of color as a value scale
Pound E. The mandibular movements of speech and their seven related color solid: a symbolic figure in three dimensions that represents the
values. J Prosthet Dent 1966;16:835-43. relations of all possible colors with respect to their primary attrib-
Pound E. The vertical dimension of speech, the pilot of occlusion. J Calif utes of hue, lightness, and saturation. Usually, value (lightness)
Dent Assoc 1975;6:42-7. appears as the vertical axis of the figure with hue and saturation
Pound E. Let /s/ be your guide. J Prosthet Dent 1977;38:482-9. represented in polar coordinates about the lightness axis, satura-
clutch n: a device placed in both the maxillary and mandibular arch- tion being radial. The boundaries of the solid are actually irregu-
es for the purpose of supporting components used to record lar, but it is sometimes represented as a cylinder, a sphere, or a
mandibular movement cube
coadapted adj (1836) 1: mutually adapted, especially by natural color standard: a color whose psychophysical dimensions have been
selection 2: in medicine, the proper realignment of displaced accurately measured and specified
partscoadaptation n color stimulus: visible radiation entering the eye and producing a sen-
Coble balancer [Lucian G. Coble, North Carolina, US dentist] 1: an sation of color, either chromatic or achromatic
intraoral balancing device used to determine centric relation and color temperature: the temperature in degrees Kelvin (Celsius plus
the centric relation record 2: used to equilibrate complete den- 273) of a totally absorbing or black body (object) that produces
tures intraorallysee CENTRAL BEARING TRACING colors as the temperature changes. The range is from a dull red to
DEVICE yellow to white to blue. This term is sometimes used incorrectly to
Coble LG. Correct centric position must be established for good denture describe the color of white light sources. The correct term to
fit and function. Dent Survey 1951;27:1391-3. describe the color of light sources is correlated color temperature
Coble LG. A complete denture technique for selecting and setting up colorimeter n (ca. 1863): a device that analyzes color by measur-
teeth. J Prosthet Dent 1960;10:455-8. ing it in terms of a standard color, scale of colors, or certain pri-
cohesion n (1660) 1: the act or state of sticking together tightly 2: mary colors; an instrument used to measure light reflected or
the force whereby molecules of matter adhere to one another; the transmitted by a specimen
attraction of aggregation 3: molecular attraction by which the coloring n (14c) 1: the act of applying colors 2: something that
particles of a body are united throughout their mass produces color or color effects 3: the effect produced by applying
cohesive failure: bond failure within a dental material due to a ten- or combining colorssee EXTRINSIC C., INTRINSIC C.
sile or shearing forcesee ADHESIVE FAILURE combination clasp: a circumferential retainer for a removable partial
cold curing resin: see AUTOPOLYMERIZING RESIN denture that has a cast reciprocal arm and a wrought wire reten-
collarless metal ceramic restoration: a metal ceramic restoration tive clasp
whose cervical metal collar has been eliminated. Porcelain is combination syndrome: the characteristic features that occur when
placed directly in contact with the prepared finish line an edentulous maxilla is opposed by natural mandibular anterior
collateral ligaments: two or more ligaments paired to a single joint teeth, including loss of bone from the anterior portion of the
for the specific purpose of restricting extension and flexion with- maxillary ridge, overgrowth of the tuberosities, papillary hyper-
in one plane only plasia of the hard palates mucosa, extrusion of the lower anterior
colloid: a material in which is suspended a constituent in a finely teeth, and loss of alveolar bone and ridge height beneath the
divided state that is invisible to the eye but capable of scattering mandibular removable partial denture basesalso called anterior
light hyperfunction syndrome
color n (13c) 1: a phenomenon of light or visual perception that comminuted fracture: a fracture in which the bone has several lines
enables one to differentiate otherwise identical objects 2: the of fracture in the same region; a fracture in which the bone is
quality of an object or substance with respect to light reflected or crushed and splintered
transmitted by it. Color is usually determined visually by mea- comminute vt -nuted; -nuting (1626) obs: the reduction of food
surement of hue, saturation, and luminous reflectance of the into small parts (GPT-4)comminution n
reflected light 3: a visual response to light consisting of the three commissure n (15c): a point of union or junction especially
dimensions of hue, value, and saturationsee PERCEIVED C., between two anatomic partscommissural adj
PSYCHOPHYSICAL C. commissure splint: a device placed between the lips that assists in
color blindness: abnormal color vision or the inability to discrimi- achieving increased opening between the lipscalled also lip
nate certain colors, most commonly along the red-green axis splint
color constancy: relative independence of perceived color to changes compensating curve 1: the anteroposterior curvature (in the medi-
in color of the light source an plane) and the mediolateral curvature (in the frontal plane) in
color deficiency: a general term for all forms of color vision that the alignment of the occluding surfaces and incisal edges of arti-
yield chromaticity discrimination below normal limits, such as ficial teeth that are used to develop balanced occlusion 2: the
monochromatism, dichromatism, and anomalous trichromatism curve introduced in the construction of complete dentures to
color difference: magnitude and character of the difference between compensate for the opening influences produced by the condylar
two colors under specified conditions; referred to as delta E and incisal guidances during lateral and protrusive mandibular

60 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

compensating curve congenital


excursive movementscalled also compensating curvature, com- concretion n: any inorganic mass in a natural cavity or organ
pensating curve condensable composite resin: a highly filled composite resin in
compact bone: any bone substance that is dense or hard which the filler particles have been altered so that the material is
complementary colors 1: two colors that, when mixed together in condensable in a manner similar to amalgam
proper proportions, result in a neutral color. Colored lights that condensation reaction: any chemical reaction between two mole-
are complementary when mixed in an additive manner form white cules to form a larger molecule, with the elimination of a smaller
light and follow the laws of additive color mixture. Colorants that molecule
are complementary when mixed together form black or gray and conditional color match: a pair of colors that appear to match only
follow the laws of subtractive colorant mixture 2: colors located under limited conditions, such as a particular light source and a
in directly opposite positions on the color wheel. Colorants that particular observer; a metameric match
are complementary when mixed together form black or gray and condylar agenesis: a developmental abnormality characterized by
follow the laws of subtractive color the absence of a condyle
complete arch subperiosteal implant: a device placed under the condylar articulator: an articulator whose condylar path compo-
periosteum on the residual ridge to provide abutments for sup- nents are part of the lower member and whose condylar replica
porting a removable or fixed prosthesis in a fully edentulous components are part of the upper membercalled also nonarcon
archusage such implants should be described by means of their articulator
relationship to their bases of support, the alveolar bone. As such, condylar axis: a hypothetical line through the mandibular condyles
at placement, such an implant is described as an eposteal dental around which the mandible may rotate
implantsee EPOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT condylar dislocation: a condition in which the mandibular condyle
complete cleft palate: an opening extending through the anterior is displaced within the temporomandibular joint, usually forward
alveolar ridge, primary and secondary palatessee PALATAL of the condylar eminencecalled also luxation
CLEFT condylar displacement: see MANDIBULAR DISLOCATION
complete crown: a restoration that covers all the coronal tooth sur- 1condylar guidance vt: mandibular guidance generated by the
faces (mesial, distal, facial, lingual, and occlusal) condyle and articular disc traversing the contour of the glenoid
complete denture: a removable dental prosthesis that replaces the fossae
entire dentition and associated structures of the maxillae or 2condylar guidance n: the mechanical form located in the upper
mandible
posterior region of an articulator that controls movement of its
complete denture prosthetics obs 1: the replacement of the natural
mobile member
teeth in the arch and their associated parts by artificial substitutes
condylar guide assembly: the components of an articulator that
2: the art and science of the restoration of an edentulous mouth
guide movement of the condylar analogues
(GPT-4)see COMPLETE DENTURE PROSTHODONTICS
condylar guide inclination: the angle formed by the inclination of a
complete denture prosthodontics: that body of knowledge and
condylar guide control surface of an articulator and a specified
skills pertaining to the restoration of the edentulous arch with a
reference planesee LATERAL CONDYLAR INCLINATION
removable prosthesis
condylar hinge position obs: the position of the condyles of the
complete facial moulage: an impression procedure used to record
mandible in the glenoid fossae at which hinge axis movement is
the soft tissue contours of the whole face
possible (GPT-4)
complicated fracture: a fracture with significant injury to adjacent
condylar inclination obs: the direction of the lateral condyle path
soft tissue (i.e., neurovascular injury) components of mastication:
(GPT-4)
those factors of food manipulation and comminution that follow
condylar path: that path traveled by the mandibular condyle in the
ingestion and precede deglutition
temporomandibular joint during various mandibular movements
compomer (1998): a poly-acid modified composite resin, com-
posed of glass filler, acid-modified dimethacrylate resin, and a condylar path element: the member of a dental articulator that con-
photoinitiator trols the direction of condylar movement
components of occlusion: the various elements that are involved in condylar path tracing: a graphic registration of the movement of the
occlusion, such as the temporomandibular joints, the associated condylesee MANDIBULAR TRACING
musculature, the teeth, their contacting surfaces and investing tis- condylar slant: see CONDYLAR PATH, LATERAL CONDYLAR
sues, and/or the denture supporting structuressee also PATH
DETERMINANTS OF MANDIBULAR MOVEMENT condylar subluxation: an incomplete or partial dislocation of the
compound n, slang (19c): see MODELING PLASTIC IMPRES- condyle
SION COMPOUND condylarthrosis n: an ellipsoidal articulation; a modification of
compound joint: a joint involving three or more bones the ball/socket type of synovial joint in which the articular sur-
compression molding: the act of pressing or squeezing together to faces are ellipsoid rather than spheroid. Owing to the arrange-
form a shape within a mold; the adaptation, under pressure, of a ment of the muscles and ligaments around the joint, all move-
plastic material into a mold ments are permitted except rotation about a vertical axiscalled
compression of tissue: see TISSUE DISPLACEMENT also articulation ellipsoidea, condylar articulation, condylar joint,
compressive stress: the internal induced force that opposes the condyloid joint, or ellipsoidal joint
shortening of a material in a direction parallel to the direction of condyle n (1634): an articular prominence of a bone, i.e., in the
the stresses; any induced force per unit area that resists deforma- mandible, an ellipsoidal projection of bone, usually for articula-
tion caused by a load that tends to compress or shorten a body tion with another bonecondylar adjsee CONDYLAR
computerized tomography: (CT) the technique by which multidi- PATH, LATERAL CONDYLAR PATH, MANDIBULAR
rectional x-ray transmission data through a body is mathematical- CONDYLE, NECK OF THE CONDYLE
ly reconstructed by a computer to form an electrical cross-sec- condyle chord: see CONDYLAR AXIS
tional representation of a patients anatomy. CT is used as an condyle head: see CONDYLE
acronym to designate any technical field associated with these condyle path: see CONDYLAR PATH
techniques cone n (1562): one of the receptors of color vision found in the reti-
concrescence n: the union of roots of approximating teeth via nal layer of the eye and concentrated in the macula lutea
deposition of cementum congenital adj (1796): existing at, and usually before, birth; refer-

JANUARY 1999 61
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

congenital coronoplasty
ring to conditions that are present at birth, irrespective of their which radiations of all wave lengths are present; opposed to line
causation spectra or band spectra
connecting bar: see MAJOR CONNECTOR 1contour n (1662): an outline, especially of a curving or irregular

connective tissue: a tissue of mesodermal origin rich in interlacing figure: the line representing this outline; the general form or
processes that supports or binds together other tissues structure of somethingusage: see HEIGHT OF CONTOUR,
1connector n (15c): in removable prosthodontics, the portion of a TRANSITIONAL CONTOUR
removable partial denture that unites its components usage: see 2contour adj (1844): following contour lines or forming furrows or

BAR C., CONTINUOUS BAR C., MAJOR C., MINOR C. ridges along them; made to fit the contour of something
2connector n: in fixed prosthodontics, the portion of a fixed partial 3contour vt (1871): to shape the contour of; to shape so as to fit

denture that unites the retainer(s) and pontic(s)usage: see contours; to construct in conformity to a contour
INTERNAL C., NONRIGID C., RIGID C., SUBOCCLUSAL C. contrabevel n (20c) 1: an external bevel arising from the occlusal
connector bar: see BAR CONNECTOR surface or edge of a preparation and placed at an angle that
consultation n (15c): a deliberation between those who render opposes or contrasts the angle of the surface it arises from 2: an
health care on a patients diagnosis and/or their treatment external bevel arising from the occlusal surface or edge of a prepa-
1contact n (1626): the union or junction of surfaces; the apparent rationsee BEVEL
touching or tangency of bodiesusage: see PROXIMAL CON- contraction n (15c): in muscle physiology, the development of ten-
TACT sion in a muscle in response to a stimulususage: see ISOMET-
2contact vi (1834): to make contact; to bring into contact; to enter RIC C., ISOTONIC C., POSTURAL C.
or be in contact withusage: see BALANCING OCCLUSAL C., contracture n (1658): a permanent shortening of a musclesee
DEFLECTIVE OCCLUSAL C., INITIAL OCCLUSAL C., MUSCLE C., MYOFIBROTIC CAPSULAR C., MYOSTATIC C.
OCCLUSAL C. contralateral adj (1882): occurring on or acting in conjunction
contact surface: the region on the proximal surface of a tooth that with similar parts on an opposite side
touches an adjacent tooth contralateral condyle: see NONWORKING SIDE CONDYLE
continuous bar connector: a metal bar usually resting on the lingual convergence angle 1: the taper of a crown preparation 2: the angle,
surfaces of mandibular anterior teeth to aid in their stabilization measured in degrees, formed between opposing axial walls when
and act as an indirect retainer in extension base removable partial a tooth or teeth are prepared for single crowns or fixed partial
dentures denturesusage: this term is best described as the total occlusal
continuous bar indirect retainer: see CONTINUOUS BAR CON- convergence
NECTOR coordination n (1643): smooth, controlled symmetrical movement
continuous bar retainer: see CONTINUOUS BAR CONNEC- 1cope n (bef.12c): the upper half of any flask used in casting; the

TOR, INDIRECT RETAINER upper or cavity side of a denture flask used in conjunction with
continuous beam obs: a beam that continues over several supports, the drag or lower half of the flasksee DRAG
with those supports not at the beam end bearing equally free sup- 2cope v: to dress, cover, or furnish with a cope; to cover, as if with a

ports (GPT-4) cope or coping


continuous clasp obs 1: in removable prosthodontics, a circumferen- 1coping n 1: a long, enveloping ecclesiastical vestment 2a: something

tial retainer whose body emanates from an occlusal rest and resembling a cope (as by concealing or covering) 2b: coping
extends across the buccal or lingual surface of more than one 2coping n (ca. 1909): a thin covering or crownusage: see C.

tooth before engaging an undercut on the proximal wall farthest IMPRESSION, TRANSFER C.
from the occlusal rest 2: any one of several early 1900 designs for coping impression: an impression, usually encompassing an entire
clasping natural teeth to retain a removable partial denture; terms dental arch, that uses metal or resin copings placed on prepared
for such clasps included wrought continuous interdental clasp, teeth. The copings are repositioned before the pouring of a work-
wrought continuous interdental support. Current terminology is a ing cast
lingual bar coping pick-up impression: see COPING IMPRESSION
Kennedy E. Partial denture construction. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Inter- coping prosthesis obs: see OVERDENTURE
est Publishing; 1928. p. 377-90. copolymer resin: polymers formed from more than one type of mol-
continuous gum denture obs 1: an artificial denture consisting of ecular repeat unit
porcelain teeth and tinted porcelain denture base material fused copper band: a copper cylinder employed as a matrix for making an
to a platinum base (GPT-4) 2: according to Joseph Richardson, impression
plain single teeth, made for the purpose, are arranged and sol- coralliform adj: having the form of coral; branched like a coral;
dered to a plate properly fitted to the mouth, after which differ- often with reference to certain types of hydroxylapatite implant
ent mineral compounds, made to represent the natural gums, materials
roof, etc., are applied to the plate and teeth in a plastic state, then core n (14c): the center or base of a structure
carved and trimmed in proper form, and by means of a strong fur- coronal adj (15c) 1: of or relating to a corona or crown 2: or relat-
nace heat these compounds, which are called the body and the ing to any longitudinal plane or section that passes through a
gum enamel, are fused, thus producing a continuous gum, root, body at right angles to the median plane 3: pertaining to the
and rugae of the mouth, without seam or crevice. The technique crown of a tooth
is attributed to Dr. John Allen (American) coronal plane: lying in the direction of the coronal suture, of or
Richardson J. A practical treatise on mechanical dentistry. Philadelphia: relating to the frontal plane that passes through the long axis of a
Lindsay & Blakiston; 1880. p. 307-35. body
continuous loop wire clasp obs: attributed to J. Wright Beach, DDS, coronoid maxillary space: the region between the medial aspect of
this clasp assembly was used to completely encircle a tooth, par- the coronoid process of the mandible and the buccal aspect of the
ticularly a straight sided tooth, by means of one wire. If the tuberosity of the maxilla, bounded anteriorly by the zygomatic arch
retained was not continuous, it was described as an open loop wire coronoid process: the thin triangular rounded eminence originating
clasp from the anterosuperior surface of the ramus of the mandible
Roach FE. Partial dentures. The Dental Summary 1915:35: see HYPERTROPHY OF THE C.P.
203-10. coronoplasty n (20c): alteration or change in morphology of the
continuous spectrum: a spectrum or section of the spectrum in coronal portion of natural teeth by the use of abrasive instruments

62 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

corrected cast cure


corrected cast: see ALTERED CAST crevicular epithelium: the nonkeratinized epithelium of the gingival
corrective wax: see DENTAL IMPRESSION WAX crevice
correlated color temperature: the term describing the color of crevicular fluid: the fluid that seeps through the crevicular epitheli-
white light sources. Specifically, it is the temperature of the um; this is usually increased in the presence of inflammation
Planckion (black body) radiator that produces the chromaticity cribriform plate obs: in dentistry, the alveolar bone proper
most similar to that produced by the light source expressed in cristobalite n: an allotropic form of crystalline silica used in dental
degrees Kelvin or in mired; it is measured in degrees Kelvin, to casting investments
which a black body must be raised to provide the closest match, cross arch balance: see C.A.B. ARTICULATION
in chromaticity, to a particular light source cross arch balanced articulation: the simultaneous contact of the
corrode vt (15c) 1: deterioration of a metal due to an electrochem- buccal and lingual cusps of the working side maxillary teeth with
ical reaction within its environment 2: to eat away by degrees as the opposing buccal and lingual cusps of the mandibular teeth,
if by gnawing 3: to wear away gradually usually by chemical action concurrent with contact of the nonworking side maxillary lingual
corrosion n (15c): the action, process, or effect of corroding; a cusps with the mandibular buccal cusps
product of corroding; the loss of elemental constituents to the cross arch stabilization: resistance against dislodging or rotational
adjacent environment forces obtained by using a removable partial denture design that
corrosive adj (14c): tending or having the power to corrode uses natural teeth on the opposite side of the dental arch from the
cortical bone: the peripheral layer of compact osseous tissue edentulous space to assist in stabilization
Costens syndrome [James Bray Costen, American otolaryngologist, cross bite: see REVERSE ARTICULATION
1895-1962]: eponym for TEMPOROMANDIBULAR DISOR- cross bite teeth: see REVERSE ARTICULATION TEETH
DERS cross bite occlusion: see REVERSE ARTICULATION
Costen JB. A syndrome of ear and sinus symptoms dependent upon dis- cross pinning: the augmentation achieved in retention of a cast
turbed functions of the temporomandibular joint. Ann Otol Rhinol Laryn- restoration by the placement of a pin through the axial wall of a
gol 1934;43:1-15. dental casting into dentin
counterdie n, obs: the reverse image of a die; usually made of a soft- cross tooth balance: see BALANCED ARTICULATION, CROSS
er and lower fusing metal than the die (GPT-1) TOOTH BALANCED ARTICULATION
coupling n: a device that serves to couple or connect the ends of cross tooth balanced articulation: the harmonious contact of
adjacent parts or objects opposing working side buccal and lingual cusps
coupling lug: a small projecting part of a larger member; a projec- 1crown n (12c) 1: the highest part, as the topmost part of the skull,

tion or a casting to which a bolt or other part may be attached head or tooth; the summit; that portion of a tooth occlusal to the
covalent bond n (1939): a chemical bond between two atoms or dentinoenamel junction or an artificial substitute for this 2: an
radicals formed by the sharing of a pair (single bond), two pairs artificial replacement that restores missing tooth structure by sur-
(double bond), or three pairs (triple bond) of electronscalled rounding part or all of the remaining structure with a material
also primary bond such as cast metal, porcelain, or a combination of materials such
cover screw: see HEALING SCREW as metal and porcelain
cranial base: the part of the skull that is thought to be relatively sta- 2crown vt (12c): to place on the head, as to place a crown on a tooth,

ble throughout life and is used in cephalometrics as a landmark dental implant or tooth substituteusage: implies fabrication of a
from which to measure changes due to growth, time, or treatment restoration for a tooth on a natural tooth or dental implant
cranial prosthesis: a biocompatible, permanently implanted replace- crown flask: a sectional, box like case in which a sectional mold is
ment for a portion of the skull bones; an artificial replacement for made of artificial stone or plaster of parts for the purpose of pro-
a portion of the skull bonescalled also cranial implant, cranio- cessing dentures or other resinous restorations
plasty prosthesis, skull plate crown fracture: micro or macroscopic cleavage in the coronal por-
craniofacial defects: malformations associated with the head and tion of a tooth
face craniofacial disjunction fracturesee LE FORT III FRAC- crown lengthening slang: see LENGTHENING OF THE CLINI-
TURE CAL CROWN
craniomandibular articulation: both temporomandibular joints crown-root ratio: the physical relationship between the portion of
functioning together as a bilateral sliding hinge joint connecting the tooth within alveolar bone compared with the portion not
the mandible to the craniumsyn TEMPOROMANDIBULAR within the alveolar bone, as determined by radiograph
JOINTS crown slitter obs: a mechanical device used to slit the axial surface of
crater n: in periodontics, a saucer-shaped defect of soft tissue or a swayed artificial crown to facilitate its removal [GPT-4]
bone crucible n (15c): a vessel or container made of any refractory mate-
1craze vb crazed; crazing vt (14c): to produce minute cracks on the rial (as porcelain) used for melting or calcining any substance that
surface or glaze of; to develop a mesh of fine cracks requires a high degree of heat
2craze n (1534): a crack in a surface or coating (as of glaze or enamel) crucible former: the base to which a sprue former is attached while
1creep vi crept; creeping (12c): to slip or gradually shift position; to the wax pattern is being invested in refractory investment; a con-
change shape permanently due to prolonged stress or exposure to vex rubber, plastic, or metal base that forms a concave depression
high temperature or crucible in the refractory investment
2creep n (1818): the slow change in dimensions of an object due to CT: acronym for Computerized Tomography
prolonged exposure to high temperature or stress crypt n (1789) 1: a chamber wholly or partly underground 2: in
crepitation n: a crackling or grating noise in a joint during move- anatomy, a pit, depression or simple tubular gland
ment, liken to the throwing of fine salt into a fire or rubbing hair cuff n (14c): something that encircles; a band about any body
between the fingers; the noise made by rubbing together the ends cul-de-sac n (1738): a blind pouch or tubular cavity closed at one
of a fracture bone end
crepitus n: see CREPITATION, JOINT C. cumulative dose: the total accumulated dose resulting from a single
crest n (14c): a ridge or prominence on a part of a body; in dentistry, or repeated exposure to radiation of the same region or of the
the most coronal portion of the alveolar process whole body; if used in area monitoring, it represents the accumu-
crest of the ridge: the highest continuous surface of the residual lated radiation exposure over a given period of time
ridgenot necessarily coincident with the center of the ridge cure vb (14c): see POLYMERIZE

JANUARY 1999 63
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

curve deflective occlusal contact


1curve adj (15c): bent or formed into a curve cuspid lifted articulation: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTICU-
2curve vb curved; curving vi (1594): to take a turn, change, or LATION
deviation from a straight line or plane surface without angularity cuspid protected occlusion: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTIC-
or sharp breaks; a non-angular deviation from a straight line or ULATION
surfacesee REVERSE C. cuspid rise: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTICULATION
curve of Monson [George S. Monson, St. Paul, Minnesota, U.S. cuspid rise articulation: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTIC-
dentist, 1869-1933]: eponym for a proposed ideal curve of occlu- ULATION
sion in which each cusp and incisal edge touches or conforms to cuspless teeth: teeth designed without cuspal prominence on the
a segment of the surface of a sphere 8 inches in diameter with its occlusal surfacesee NONANATOMIC TEETH, ZERO-
center in the region of the glabella DEGREE TEETH
Monson GS. Occlusion as applied to crown and bridgework. J Nat Dent custom tray: an individualized impression tray made from a cast
Assoc 1920;7:399-417. recovered from a preliminary impression. It is used in making a
Monson GS. Some important factors which influence occlusion. J Nat final impression
Dent Assoc 1922;9:498-503. cyanoacrylate n (20c): a single component, moisture activated,
curve of occlusion: the average curve established by the incisal edges thermoplastic, group of adhesives characterized by rapid poly-
and occlusal surfaces of the anterior and posterior teeth in either merization and excellent bond strength
arch
curve of Pleasure [Max A. Pleasure, New York, US dentist, 1903-
D
1965] 1: eponym for a helicoid curve of occlusion that, when
Davis crown [Wallace Clyde Davis, Lincoln, Nebraska, US dentist
viewed in the frontal plane, conforms to a curve that is convex
(1866-1950)]obs: eponym for a dental restoration supported by a
from the superior view, except for the last molars which reverse
dowel in the root canal over which was cemented a porcelain tube
that pattern 2: in excessive wear of the teeth, the obliteration of
tooth in direct contact with the root face of the tooth. A later
the cusps and formation of either flat or cupped-out occlusal sur-
modification involved a gold casting that improved the fit
faces, associated with reversal of the occlusal plane of the premo-
between the root and artificial tooth
lar, first and second molar teeth (the third molars being general-
Davis WC. Essentials of operative dentistry. 1st ed. Lincoln, Neb.: Author
ly unaffected), whereby the occlusal surfaces of the mandibular
as publisher; 1911.
teeth slope facially instead of lingually and those of the maxillary
Davis WC. Essentials of operative dentistry. 2nd ed. St Louis: CV Mosby;
teeth incline linguallysyn ANTIMONSON CURVE, FRE-
1916.
QUENCY CURVE, PROBABILITY CURVE, REVERSE
debridement n (ca. 1842): the removal of inflamed, devitalized,
CURVE
contaminated tissue or foreign material from or adjacent to a
Pleasure MA. Prosthetic occlusiona problem in mechanics. J Am Dent
lesion
Assoc and Dent Cosmos 1937;24:1330-8.
deciduous dentition: see PRIMARY DENTITION
Pleasure MA. Practical full denture occlusion. J Am Dent Assoc Dent Cos-
mos 1938;25:1606-17.
decortication n (ca. 1623) 1: a process of removing the outer cov-
curve of Spee [Ferdinand Graf Spee, Prosector of Anatomy, Kiel, ering (as in enamel, bark, husks, etc.) from something 2: surgical
Germany, 1855-1937]: eponym for ANTEROPOSTERIOR removal of the cortex of an organ, an enveloping membrane or fib-
CURVE rinous coveringdecorticate vtdecorticator n
Spee FG. Die Verschiebrangsbahn des Unterkiefers am Schadell. Arch Anat decreased occlusal vertical dimension: a reduction in the distance
Physiol (Leipz) 1890;16:285-94. measured between two anatomic points when the teeth are in
curve of Wilson [George H. Wilson, Cleveland, Ohio, US dentist, occlusal contact
1855-1922] 1: eponym for the MEDIOLATERAL CURVE 2: in deep bite: see VERTICAL OVERLAP
the theory that occlusion should be spherical, the curvature of the deep heat therapy: see DIATHERMY
cusps as projected on the frontal plane expressed in both arches; defective color vision: the condition in which color discrimination
the curve in the lower arch being concave and the one in the is significantly reduced in comparison with the normal trichro-
upper arch being convex. The curvature in the lower arch is mat. The forms of color defective vision can be divided into three
affected by an equal lingual inclination of the right and left molars main groupsdichromatic vision, anomalous trichromatic vision,
so that the tip points of the corresponding cross-aligned cusps can and monochromatic visionsee COLOR BLINDNESS,
be placed into the circumferences of a circle. The transverse cus- COLOR DEFICIENCY
pal curvature of the upper teeth is affected by the equal buccal definitive cast: a replica of the tooth surfaces, residual ridge areas,
inclinations of their long axes and/or other parts of the dental arch and/or facial structures
Wilson GH. A manual of dental prosthetics. Philadelphia Lea & Febiger; used to fabricate a dental restoration or prosthesis
1911. p. 22-37. defective occlusal contact obs: contact that is capable of guiding the
curvilinear adj (1710): consisting of or bounded by curved lines; mandible from its original path of action into a different path of
represented by a curved line motion or capable of disturbing the relation between a denture
cusp angle: the angle made by the average slope of a cusp with the base and its supporting tissues (GPT-1)
cusp plane measured mesiodistal or buccolingually definitive obturator: a prosthesis that artificially replaces part or all
cusp height: the perpendicular distance between the tip of a cusp and of the maxilla and associated teeth lost due to surgery or trauma
its base plane definitive palatal lift prosthesis: see PALATAL LIFT PROSTHESIS
cusp plane: the plane determined by the two buccal cusp tips and the definitive prosthesis: any prosthesis designed for long-term use
highest lingual cusp of a molar definitive speech aid prosthesis: see SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS
cusp plane angle: the incline of the cusp plane in relation to the deflection n (1605) 1: a turning aside or off course 2: a continu-
plane of occlusion ing eccentric displacement of the mandibular midline incisal path
cuspal interference: see DEFLECTIVE OCCLUSAL CONTACT symptomatic of restriction in movement
cuspid guidance: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTICULATION deflective occlusal contact: a contact that displaces a tooth, diverts
cuspid guided articulation: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTIC- the mandible from its intended movement, or displaces a remov-
ULATION able denture from its basal seatusage: see OCCLUSAL
cuspid lift: see CANINE PROTECTED ARTICULATION DISHARMONY, OCCLUSAL PREMATURITY

64 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

deformation denture border


deformation n (15c): the change of form or shape of an object their silhouette or geometrical form (i.e., fin, screw, cylinder,
degas vt; degassed pt., pp; degassing ppr (1920) 1: to remove gas blade, basket, rootform, etc.) generally, dental implants are classi-
from an object or substance 2: the name commonly used to fied based on their anchorage component (the dental implant
denote the first heat cycle (oxidation cycle) in fabrication of a body) as it relates to the bone that provides support and stability.
metal ceramic restoration that removes surface impurities from Thus, there are three basic types of dental implants: eposteal den-
the metallic component and produces surface oxides prior to the tal implants, endosteal dental implants, and transosteal dental
application of opaque porcelain implants. Some dental implants possess both eposteal and
degenerative arthritis: see OSTEOARTHRITIS endosteal components (by design or subsequent anchorage
degenerative joint disease: see OSTEOARTHRITIS change); the decision as to what anchorage system provides the
deglutition n (1650): the act of swallowing most support at initial placement determines which category is
dehisce vt; dehisced; dehiscing (1658): to split or peal down used to best describe the dental implantsee also ENDOSTEAL
along a natural line; to discharge the contents by so splitting DENTAL IMPLANT, EPOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT,
dehiscence n (ca. 1828): an act or instance of dehiscing TRANSOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANTcomp MUCOSAL
delayed dentition: the eruption of the first teeth of the primary den- INSERT
tition or the permanent dentition considerably later than the nor- dental impression: a negative imprint of an oral structure used to
mally expected time (after the thirteenth month of life for the pri- produce a positive replica of the structure to be used as a perma-
mary dentition and after the seventh year of life for the permanent nent record or in the production of a dental restoration or pros-
dentition in humans) thesissee IMPRESSION
delayed disocclusion: see DELAYED DISCLUSION dental impression wax: any thermoplastic wax used to make impres-
delayed disclusion: deferred separation of the posterior teeth due to sions for dental use
the anterior guidance dental plaster: the beta-form of calcium sulfate hemihydrate. It is a
delivery: see PLACEMENT fibrous aggregate of fine crystals with capillary pores that are
delta E: total color difference computed by use of a color difference irregular in shape and porous in character
equation. It is generally calculated as the square root of the sums dental prosthesis: an artificial replacement of one or more teeth
of the squares of the chromaticity difference and the lightness dif- and/or associated structures
ference. It signifies the difference between sample and standard dental prosthetic laboratory procedures: the steps in the fabrica-
demineralization n (ca. 1903) 1: loss of minerals (as salts of cal- tion of a dental prosthesis that do not require the presence of the
cium) from the body 2: in dentistry, decalcification patient for their completion
denasality n: the quality of the voice when the nasal passages are dental senescence: that condition of the teeth and associated struc-
obstructed to prevent adequate nasal resonance during speech tures in which there is deterioration due to aging or premature
see HYPONASALITY aging processes
denervation n (1905): resection of or removal of the nerves to an dental shade selection: see TOOTH COLOR SELECTION
organ or part dental stone: the alpha-form of calcium sulfate hemihydrate with
dental adj (1594): of or pertaining to the teeth physical properties superior to the beta-form (dental plaster). The
dental arch: the composite structure of the natural teeth and alveo- alpha-form consists of cleavage fragments and crystals in the form
lar bone of rods or prisms, and is therefore more dense than the beta-form
dental articulation: the contact relationships of maxillary and dentin n (1840): a calcareous material similar to but harder and
mandibular teeth as they move against each otherusage: this is denser than bone that comprises the principle mass of the tooth
a dynamic process dentinal adj; also spelled dentine
dental biomechanics: the relationship between the biologic behav- dentition n (1615): the teeth in the dental arch
ior of oral structures and the physical influence of a dental restora- dentofacial orthopedics: the branch of dentistry that treats abnor-
tionsyn DENTAL BIOPHYSICS mal jaw and tooth relationships
dental cast: a positive life size reproduction of a part or parts of the dentoform: having the likeness of a tooth; a tooth-like substitute
oral cavity dentulous adj (1926) 1: possessing natural teeth 2: a condition in
dental casting investment: a material consisting principally of an which natural teeth are present in the mouthsyn DENTATE
allotrope of silica and a bonding agent. The bonding substance denture n (1874): an artificial substitute for missing natural teeth
may be gypsum (for use in lower casting temperatures) or phos- and adjacent tissuesusage: see COMPLETE D., DIAGNOS-
phates and silica (for use in higher casting temperatures) TIC D., DUPLICATE D., EXTENSION BASE REMOVABLE
dental dysfunction: abnormal functioning of dental structures; par- PARTIAL D., FIXED PARTIAL D., IMMEDIATE D., INTER-
tial disturbance or functional impairment of a dental organ IM D., OVERDENTURE, PARTIAL D., PROVISIONAL D.,
dental element: slang for a dental prosthesis that receives part or all REMOVABLE PARTIAL D., ROTATIONAL PATH REMOV-
support/retention from one or more endosteal, eposteal or tran- ABLE PARTIAL D., TRANSITIONAL D., TREATMENT D.,
sosteal dental implants TRIAL D., UNILATERAL REMOVABLE PARTIAL D.
dental engineering obs 1: the application of physical, mechanical, denture adhesive: a material used to adhere a denture to the oral
and mathematical principles to dentistry 2: the application of mucosa
engineering principles to dentistry (GPT-4) denture basal surface: see DENTURE BASE
dental esthetics: the application of the principles of esthetics to the denture base: the part of a denture that rests on the foundation tis-
natural or artificial teeth and restorations sues and to which teeth are attachedusage: see TINTED D.B.
dental geriatrics 1: the branch of dental care involving problems denture base material: any substance of which a denture base may
peculiar to advanced age and aging 2: dentistry for the aged be made
patientsee GERODONTICS, GERODONTOLOGY denture base saddle obs 1: the part of a denture that rests on the oral
dental implant: a prosthetic device of alloplastic material(s) implant- mucosa and to which the teeth are attached 2: the part of a com-
ed into the oral tissues beneath the mucosal and/or periosteal plete or removable partial denture that rests on the basal seat and
layer, and on/or within the bone to provide retention and sup- to which the teeth are attached (GPT-4)see DENTURE BASE
port for a fixed or removable prosthesis; a substance that is placed denture bearing area: see DENTURE FOUNDATION AREA
into and/or upon the jaw bone to support a fixed or removable denture border 1: the margin of the denture base at the junction of
prosthesisusage: although dental implants may be classified by the polished surface and the impression surface 2: the peripheral

JANUARY 1999 65
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

denture border diatoric


border of a denture base at the facial, lingual, and posterior denturism n: the fabrication and delivery of removable dentures by
limits nondentists
denture characterization: modification of the form and color of the denturist n (1965) 1: any nondentist who makes, fits, and repairs
denture base and teeth to produce a more lifelike appearance removable dentures directly for the public 2: a nondentist
denture curing obs: the process by which the denture base materials licensed to provide complete dentures directly to the public
are hardened to the form of a denture mold (GPT-4)see DEN- depassivation n: loss of corrosion protection due to damage or
TURE PROCESSING removal of the protective oxide surface film on a passivated metal
denture design obs: a planned visualization of the form and extent of deprogrammer n: various types of devices or materials used to
a dental prosthesis arrived at after study of all factors involved alter the proprioceptive mechanism during mandibular closure
(GPT-4) determinants of mandibular movement: those anatomic structures
denture esthetics: the effect produced by a dental prosthesis that that dictate or limit the movements of the mandible. The anteri-
affects the beauty and attractiveness of the person or determinant of mandibular movement is the dental articula-
denture flange: the part of the denture base that extends from the tion. The posterior determinants of mandibular movement are
cervical ends of the teeth to the denture border the temporomandibular articulations and their associated
denture flask: see CASTING FLASK, CROWN FLASK structures
denture foundation: the oral structures available to support a detrusion n: downward movement of the mandibular condyle
denture deuteranomalous vision: a form of anomalous trichromatism in
denture foundation area: the surfaces of the oral structures available which the viewer requires more green in a mixture of red and
to support a denture green to match spectral yellow than does a normal trichromat.
denture occlusal surface: the portion of the surface of a denture that The relative spectral visual sensitivity does not differ noticeably
makes contact with its antagonist from normal. Hue discrimination is poor in the red to green
denture packing: the act of pressing a denture base material into a region of the spectrum
mold within a refractory flask deuteranopia n (ca. 1901): green color blindness
denture placement: see PLACEMENT developmental anomaly: unusual sequelae of development; a devia-
denture polished surface: the portion of the surface of a denture tion from normal shape or size
that extends in an occlusal direction from the border of the den- developmental dysmorphia: anomaly of growth seemingly related
ture and includes the palatal surface. It is the part of the denture to extrinsic interference from contiguous or adjacent structures
base that is usually polished, and it includes the buccal and lingual developmental dysplasia: any abnormality of growth or disharmony
surfaces of the teeth between parts due to growth
denture processing 1: the means by which the denture base materi- developmental hyperplasia: excessive growth development
als are polymerized to the form of a denture 2: the conversion of developmental hypoplasia: diminution in growth development
the wax pattern of a denture or a portion of a denture into resin devest vb: the retrieval of a casting or prosthesis from an investing
or other material medium
denture prognosis obs: an opinion or judgment given in advance of deviation n (15c): with respect to movement of the mandible, a
treatment for the prospects for success in the fabrication of den- discursive movement that ends in the centered position and is
tures and for their usefulness (GPT-4) indicative of interference during movement
denture prosthetics obs 1: the replacement of the natural teeth in the device n: something developed by the application of ideas or princi-
arch and their associated parts by artificial substitutes 2: the art ples that are designed to serve a special purpose or perform a spe-
and science of the restoration of an edentulous mouth (GPT-4) cial function
see COMPLETE DENTURE PROSTHODONTICS devitrification n (1832): to eliminate vitreous characteristics
denture resin packing: filling and pressing a denture base material partly or wholly; to crystallize
into a mold within a refractory flaskalso called DENTURE diagnosis n; -noses pl (ca. 1861): the determination of the nature
PACKING of a disease
denture retention 1: the resistance in the movement of a denture 1diagnostic n (1625): the practice of diagnosis

away from its tissue foundation especially in a vertical direction 2: 2diagnostic adj (1625): relating to or used in diagnosis

a quality of a denture that holds it to the tissue foundation diagnostic cast: a life-size reproduction of a part or parts of the oral
and/or abutment teethsee DENTURE STABILITY cavity and/or facial structures for the purpose of study and treat-
denture service: the procedures that are involved in the diagnosis ment planning
and subsequent fabrication and maintenance of artificial substi- diagnostic denture: an interim dental prosthesis placed for the pur-
tutes for missing natural teeth and associated structures pose of evaluation and planning later therapy
denture space 1: the portion of the oral cavity that is or may be diagnostic mounting: see MOUNTING
occupied by the maxillary and/or mandibular denture(s) 2: the diagnostic radiation: the use of radiographs for the determination
space between and around the residual ridges that is available for of the nature of a disease
dentures 3: the area occupied by dentures where formerly the diagnostic setups: see TOOTH ARRANGEMENT
teeth, alveolar bone, and surrounding soft and hard tissues were diagnostic splint: see OCCLUSAL DEVICE
located diagnostic study cast: see DIAGNOSTIC CAST
denture stability 1: the resistance of a denture to movement on its diagnostic wax up: see TOOTH ARRANGEMENT
tissue foundation, especially to lateral (horizontal) forces as diarthrodial joint: a freely moving joint
opposed to vertical displacement (termed denture retention) 2: a diarthrosis n (1578): a specialized articulation permitting more or
quality of a denture that permits it to maintain a state of equilib- less free movement; a synovial joint
rium in relation to its tissue foundation and/or abutment teeth diastema n, pl -mata (1854): a space between two adjacent teeth
see DENTURE RETENTION in the same dental arch
denture supporting area: see DENTURE FOUNDATION AREA diathermy n (1909): tissue resistance generated heat resulting from
denture supporting structures obs: the tissues (teeth and/or resid- high-frequency electric current
ual ridges) that serve as the foundation for removable partial or diatoric adj: a channel placed in denture teeth to serve as a
complete dentures (GPT-4) mechanical means of retaining the teeth in a chemically dissimilar
denture surfaces: see DENTURE POLISHED SURFACE denture base material

66 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

dichromatic vision draw


dichromatic vision: defective color vision characterized by the inter- munication between the superior and inferior joint spaces. There
pretation of wave lengths from the red portion of the spectrum is no disruption at the peripheral attachments to the capsule, lig-
matching a given green. There are two known subclassifications. aments, or bone
One requires red light to be approximately 10 times brighter than disk prolapse: rotation of the disk forward on the condyle
the red selected by the other to achieve a similar color mismatch disk space: the radiolucent area on a temporomandibular joint radi-
dichromatism n (1884): a form of defective color vision in which ograph between the mandibular condyle and the articular fossa
a mixture of only two can match all colors. In dichromatic vision, disk thinning: degenerative decrease in disk thickness, usually as the
the spectrum is seen as comprising only two regions of different result of long-standing increased compressive forces
hue separated by an achromatic band. Dichromatic vision can be disclusion vb: see DISOCCLUSION
subdivided into three types: protanopia, deuteranopia, and disjunctor n: any component of a prosthesis that serves to allow
tritanopia movement between two or more parts
die n (14c): the positive reproduction of the form of a prepared dislocated fracture: a fracture of a bone near an articulation, with
tooth in any suitable substance dislocation of the condyloid process
die spacer: an agent applied to a die to provide space for the luting dislocation n (15c): the state or act of being dislocated, as dis-
agent in the finished casting placement of one or more bones at a jointusage: see CONDY-
differential diagnosis: the process of identifying a condition by LAR D., FUNCTIONAL D., MANDIBULAR D., PARTIAL D.
comparing the symptoms of all pathologic processes that may disocclude: see DISOCCLUSION
produce similar signs and symptoms disocclusion vb: separation of opposing teeth during eccentric move-
dilaceration 1: a tearing apart 2: in dentistry, a condition due to ments of the mandiblesee DELAYED D., IMMEDIATE D.
injury of a tooth during its development and characterized by a displacement of the mandible: any abnormal relationship of the
band or crease at the junction of the crown and root, or alterna- mandible when at rest
tively by tortuous roots with abnormal curvatures distal adj (1808): remote; farther from the point of reference; away
dimensional stability: the ability of a material to retain its size and from the median sagittal plane of the face following the curvature
form of the dental arch
dimensions of color: terms used to describe the three dimensional distal extension partial denture: see EXTENSION BASE
nature of color. In the Munsell Color Order System, the dimen- REMOVABLE PARTIAL DENTURE
sions are named hue, value, and chroma. These are used to distoclusion: see ANGLES CLASSIFICATION OF OCCLU-
describe the color family (hue), the lightness/darkness (value), SION
and the purity or strength (chroma) distoversion vb: a deviation toward the distal
direct bone impression: a negative likeness of bone from which distraction of the condyle: placement of the condyle farther than
overlying tissues have been reflected normal from the median plane
direct pulp capping: application of a material to exposed vital pulp distributed mandibular lateral translation: see PROGRESSIVE
to protect it and promote healing MANDIBULAR LATERAL TRANSLATION
direct retainer: that component of a removable partial denture used disuse atrophy: diminution in the size of a cell, tissue, organ, or part
to retain and prevent dislodgment, consisting of a clasp assembly as a result of inactivity
or precision attachment divergence n (1656) 1: a drawing apart as a surface extends away
direct retention: retention obtained in a removable partial denture from a common point 2: the reverse taper of walls of a prepara-
by the use of clasps or attachments that resist removal from the tion for a restorationdivergency n, pl -cies (1709)
abutment teeth divergence angle (1998): the sum of the angles of taper of opposing
disarticulation n: separation of joint parts walls of a tooth preparation that diverge away from each other
disc n: var. spelling of disk docking device: see RADIATION CONE LOCATOR
disk-condyle complex: the condyle and its disk articulation that Dolder bar [Eugene J. Dolder, Zurich, Switzerland prosthodontist]:
functions as a simple hinge joint eponym for one of many bar attachments that splint teeth or roots
disk n (1664): with respect to the temporomandibular joint, the together while acting as removable partial denture abutments.
avascular interarticular tissuespelled also disc The bar is straight with parallel sides and a round top. The sleeve
disk degeneration: degenerative changes in the temporomandibular or clip that fits over the bar gains retention by friction only. The
joint articular disk bar is of variable sizes and is pear shaped in cross section, as is its
disk derangement: an abnormal relationship of the articular disk to accompanying sleeve. This clip allows for some measure of rota-
the condyle, fossa, and or/and eminence tional movement about the bar
disk detachment: a peripheral separation of the disk from its capsu- Dolder EJ. The bar joint mandibular Denture. J Prosthet Dent 1961;
lar, ligamentous, or osseous attachments 11:689-707.
disk dislocation: see DISK DERANGEMENT donor site: an area of the body from which a graft is taken
disk displacement: see DISK DERANGEMENT double wire clasp obs: a back-to-back wire circumferential clasp
disk displacement with reduction: disk displacement in which the dovetail n (1565): a widened portion of a prepared cavity used to
temporomandibular joint disk is displaced at rest (usually in an increase retention and/or resistance
anterior-medial direction) but resumes a normal position on dowel n (13c): a post, usually made of metal that is fitted into a pre-
mandibular movement pared root canal of a natural tooth. When combined with an arti-
disk displacement without reduction: disk displacement in which ficial crown or core, it provides retention and resistance for the
the temporomandibular joint disk is displaced at rest and does not restoration
resume a normal position on mandibular movement dowel core crown: see POST-CORE CROWN
disk interference: interference of mandibular movement due to disk dowel crown obs: see DAVIS CROWN, RICHMOND CROWN
related pathosis and/or dysfunction dowel pin: a metal pin used in stone casts to remove die sections and
disk locking: disk derangement that will not reduce or restore to its replace them accurately in the original position
normal place or relationship drag n: the lower or cast side of a refractory flask to which the cope
disk perforation: a circumscribed tear in the articular disk, usually as is fitted
the result of degenerative thinning in the central portion, usually draw vt (bef. 12c): the taper or convergence of walls of a preparation
with longstanding increased compressive forces, permitting com- for a restoration; slangDRAFT, DRAUGHT

JANUARY 1999 67
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

dross electromagnetic wave


dross n 1: the solid scum formed on the surface of a metal when eccentric checkbite: see ECCENTRIC INTEROCCLUSAL
molten or melted, often formed from oxides of various metals but RECORD
sometimes arising from impurities and waste materials 2: waste eccentric interocclusal record: a registration of any maxillo-
matter; refuge mandibular position other than centric relationship
ductility n (14c): the ability of a material to withstand permanent eccentric jaw record: see ECCENTRIC INTEROCCLUSAL
deformation under a tensile load without rupture; ability of a mate- RECORD
rial to be plastically strained in tension. A material is brittle if it does eccentric jaw relation obs: any relationship between the jaws other
not have appreciable plastic deformation in tension before rupture than centric relation (GPT-4)
dummy n, pl dummies (1598) obs: the replacement tooth or pon- eccentric occlusion: an occlusion other than centric occlusion
tic in a fixed partial denture eccentric position: see ECCENTRIC RELATION
duplicate denture: a second denture intended to be a replica of the eccentric record: see ECCENTRIC INTEROCCLUSAL RECORD
first eccentric relation: any relationship of the mandible to the maxilla
durometer n (ca. 1890): an instrument for measuring hardness other than centric relationsee ACQUIRED E.R.
DWT: acronym for Dime WeighT, called also pennyweight; a mea- ectopic adj (1873): occurring in an abnormal position or in an
surement of weight in the troy system equal to 24 grains, or 0.05 unusual manner or formectopically adv
ounce. Its metric equivalent is 1.555 gmabbr pwt ectopic eruption: eruption of a tooth out of its normal place or
dye n: a colorant that does not scatter light but absorbs certain wave position
lengths and transmits others edema n (15c): abnormal accumulation of fluid in the tissues
dynamic relations obs: relations of two objects involving the element edentics n, obs: the art, science, and technique used in treating eden-
of relative movement of one object to another, as the relationship tulous patients (GPT-4)
of the mandible to the maxillae (GPT-4) edentulate adj, obs: without teeth, lacking teeth (GPT-4)
dynamic splint: see FUNCTIONAL OCCLUSAL SPLINT edentulous adj (1782): without teeth, lacking teeth
dysesthesia n: an unpleasant abnormal sensation edentulism (1998): the state of being edentulous; without natural
dysfunction n (ca. 1916): the presence of functional disharmony teeth
between the morphologic form (teeth, occlusion, bones, joints) edge to edge articulation: articulation in which the opposing ante-
and function (muscles, nerves) that may result in pathologic rior teeth meet along their incisal edges when the teeth are in
changes in the tissues or produce a functional disturbance maximum intercuspation
dysgeusia n: any distortion in the sense of taste edge to edge bite: see EDGE TO EDGE ARTICULATION
dyskinesia n (ca. 1706): impairment of the power of voluntary edge to edge occlusion: see EDGE TO EDGE ARTICULATION
movement resulting in fragmentary or incomplete movement educationally qualified prosthodontist: in the United States as
see also INCOORDINATION defined by the American Board of Prosthodontics, a prosthodon-
dyslalia n: defective articulation due to faulty learning or to abnor- tist who has successfully completed an advanced educational pro-
mality of the external speech organs and not due to lesions of the gram accredited by the ADA and is eligible to apply for examina-
central nervous system tion by the American Board of Prosthodontics
dysmasesis n: difficulty in mastication elastic adj (1653): susceptible to being stretched, compressed, or
dysostosis n: imperfect ossification distorted and then tending to resume the original shape
dysphagia n: difficulty in swallowing elastic limit: the greatest stress to which a material may be subjected
and still be capable of returning to its original dimensions when
dysphonia n (ca. 1706): an impairment in the voice; difficulty in
such forces are released
speaking
elastic modulus: the stiffness or flexibility of a material within the
dysplasia n (ca. 1923): abnormality of developmentsee
elastic range. Within the elastic range, the material deforms in
MANDIBULAR D., MAXILLOMANDIBULAR D.
direct proportion to the stress applied as represented by Hookes
dystonia n: acute irregular tonic muscular spasms, often with con-
law
tortions of the tongue, jaw, eyes, neck, and sometimes the entire
elasticity n (1664): the quality that allows a structure or material
body
to return to its original form on removal of an external forcesee
MODULUS OF E.
E elastomer n (ca. 1934): a polymer whose glass transition tempera-
ear-bow n (20c): an instrument similar to a face-bow that indexes to ture is below its service temperature (usually room temperature).
the external auditory meatus and registers the relation of the max- These materials are characterized by low stiffness and extremely
illary dental arch to the external auditory meatus and a horizon- large elastic strainselastomeric adj
tal reference plane. This instrument is used to transfer the maxil- electrical discharge machining 1: the process by which metal(s)
lary cast to the articulator. The ear-bow provides an average is(are) altered in form using electrical current through conductive
anatomic dimension between the external auditory meatus and objects brought into physical contact with the metal surface 2: a
the horizontal axis of the mandiblesee FACE-BOW precision metal removal process using an accurately controlled
early closing click: a click emanating from the temporomandibular electrical discharge (a spark) to erode metal, usually performed in
joint that occurs at the initiation of retrusive translation a liquid dielectric mediumsyn SPARK EROSION
early mandibular lateral translation: the translatory portion of lat- electrode n (1834) 1: a medium used between an electric conduc-
eral movement in which the greatest portion occurs early in the tor and the object to which it is to be applied 2: a x-ray tube com-
forward movement of the nonworking side condyle as it leaves ponent from which electrons emanate or to which they are
centric relationsee IMMEDIATE MANDIBULAR LATERAL attracted. The positive electrode is the anode, the negative elec-
TRANSLATION trode is the cathode
early opening click: a temporomandibular joint click that occurs at electromagnetic spectrum: the range of energy waves that extend
initiation of the translation of the condyle(s) from gamma rays to radio waves. The eye is sensitive to a very nar-
eccentric adj (14c) l: not having the same center 2: deviating from a row band of wave lengths between about 380 and 760 nm
circular path 3: located elsewhere than at the geometric center 4: electromagnetic wave: a disturbance that propagates outward from
any position of the mandible other than that which is its normal any electric charge that oscillates or is accelerated; far from the
position charge, it consists of vibrating electric and magnetic fields that

68 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

electromagnetic wave epithelium


move at the speed of light and are at right angles to each other natural tooth into the bone to stabilize a mobile tooth (GPT-4)
and to the direction of motion see ENDODONTIC ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT
electromyographic biofeedback: an instrumental process that helps endodontic stabilizer: see ENDODONTIC ENDOSTEAL DEN-
patients learn control over muscle tension levels previously under TAL IMPLANT
automatic control endogenous adj (1830): developing or originating within the
electromyography n (1948): the graphic recording of the elec- organism
trical potential of musclesee NOCTURNAL E. endoscope n (1861): a flexible or rigid thin tube used for examin-
electron n (1891): the elemental unit of electricity. A stable ele- ing the interior of a structure
mentary particle that is the negatively charged constituent of endosseous blade implant: see BLADE ENDOSTEAL DENTAL
ordinary matter, having a mass of about 9.11 1028 g (equiva- IMPLANT
lent to 0.511 MeV) and a charge of about 1.602 1019 endosseous implant: see ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT
Coulombcalled also negative electron, negatron endosteal dental implant: a device placed into the alveolar and/or
electron accelerator: a device used in radiation treatment that accel- basal bone of the mandible or maxilla and transecting only one
erates electrons to high energies cortical plate. The endosteal dental implant is composed of an
electron beam therapy: treatment by electrons accelerated to high anchorage component, termed the endosteal dental implant body,
energies by a machine such as the betatron which, ideally, is within the bone, and a retentive component,
electron volt: a unit of energy equal to the energy acquired by an termed the endosteal dental implant abutment. The dental
electron when it passes through a potential difference of 1 volt in implant abutment connects to the dental implant body (by means
a vacuum; it is equal to (1.602192 + 0.000007) 1019 volt. of screws, thread/screw interfacing, compression/luting agent,
Abbreviated eV etc. that can be termed elements), passes through the oral mucosa,
electroplating vt (ca. 1864): the process of covering the surface of and serves to support and/or retain the prosthesis (whether fixed
an object with a thin coating of metal by means of electrolysis or removable). The dental implant abutment may be for interim
electropolishing vt: the electrolytic removal of a thin layer of or definitive applicationusage: interim abutment, definitive
metal to produce a bright surface abutment. Descriptions of the dental implant body or/and the
element (1993): any component part of a dental implant abutment dental implant abutment that use silhouette or geometric forms,
elevator muscle: one of the muscles that, on contracting, elevate or such as cylinder, conical, pre-angled, angled, blade, basket, or
endodontic, may be used as adjectives to enhance understanding
close the mandible
of the geometry of any endosteal dental implant. Also, descriptive
elongation n (14c) l: deformation as a result of tensile force appli-
adjectives may be used to delineate the materials from which they
cation 2: the degree to which a material will stretch before break-
are made, i.e., a ceramic dental implant abutment. Interim or
ing 3: the over eruption of a tooth
definitive dental implant abutments may be composed of one or
embedment n (1794): the process of using a ceramic powder mixed
more individual component parts, each of which is termed an ele-
with water to surround a glass-ceramic casting. The purpose of
ment. The dental implant abutment element(s) usually is(are)
the procedure is to prevent distortion and limit the shrinkage of
described by means of their geometric form, function or means of
the casting
adaptation, i.e., screw, coping, cylinder, lug, friction fitting, press-
embouchure n (1760): the position and use of the lips, tongue, and
fit. Hence multiple adjectives may be used to describe both the
teeth in playing a wind instrument
endosteal dental implant body and abutment.see also BASKET
embrasure n (1702) l: the space formed when adjacent surfaces
E.D.I., BLADE E.D.I., DENTAL IMPLANT, ENDODONTIC
flair away from one another 2: in dentistry, the space defined by
E.D.I., EPOSTEAL D.I., SCREW E.D.I., TRANSOSTEAL D.I.
surfaces of two adjacent teeth; there are four embrasure spaces
endosteal dental implant body (1998): that portion of the dental
associated with each proximal contact area: occlusal/incisal,
implant that provides the anchorage to the bone through the
mesial, distal, and gingival process of tissue integration
embrittle vt: to make brittle or plastic endosteal dental implant abutment (1998): that portion of the
emergence angle (1993): the angle of the dental implants transi- dental implant which passes through the oral mucosa and pro-
tional contour determined by the surface of the abutment to the vides connection between the endosteal dental implant body and
long axis of the implant body the prosthesis
emergence profile: the contour of a tooth or restoration, such as a endosteal dental implant abutment element(s) (1998): any com-
crown on a natural tooth or dental implant abutment, as it relates ponent used to secure either the dental implant abutment to the
to the adjacent tissues dental implant body or the prosthesis to the dental implant
EMG: acronym for ElectroMyoGram abutment
eminence n (15c): a prominence or projection, especially one on end-to-end bite: see EDGE TO EDGE ARTICULATION
the surface of a bone end-to-end occlusion: see EDGE TO EDGE ARTICULATION
empty mouth movement: voluntary or reflex movements of the entrance port: the area of the surface of a patient or phantom on
mandible when not engaged in incision or mastication which a radiation beam is incident
enamel n (15c): in dentistry, the hard, thin, translucent layer of cal- envelope of function: the three-dimensional space contained within
cified substance that envelopes and protects the dentin of the the envelope of motion that defines mandibular movement dur-
coronal aspect of the tooth; it is the hardest substance in the ing masticatory function and/or phonation
bodycalled also adamantine layer envelope of motion: the three-dimensional space circumscribed by
enamel projection: an apical extension of enamel, usually toward a mandibular border movements within which all unstrained
furcation in the roots mandibular movement occurs
enameloplasty n: see OCCLUSAL RESHAPING epithelial attachment: see JUNCTIONAL EPITHELIUM
enarthrosis n (1634): joints with a ball and socket arrangement epithelial cuff: a term used to describe the relationship between the
(e.g., hip) mucosal and the dental implant. The use of this term implies a
endodontic endosteal dental implant: a smooth and/or threaded close adherence, but not necessarily a biochemical attachment,
pin implant that extends through the root canal of a tooth into between the implant and mucosa
periapical bone and is used to stabilize a mobile tooth epithelium n, pl -lia (1748): the mucosal tissue serving as the lin-
endodontic pin obs: a metal pin that is placed through the apex of a ing of the intraoral surfaces. It extends into the gingival crevice

JANUARY 1999 69
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

epithelium external oblique ridge


and adheres to the tooth at the base of the crevicesee CREVIC- glass or metal, by the corrosive action of an acid lb: to subject to
ULAR E, JUNCTIONAL E. such etching 2: to delineate or impress clearly
epithelization n (ca. 1934): the process of becoming covered 2etch n (1896) 1: the effect or action of an etching acid on a surface

with or converted to epitheliumepithelize vt 2: a chemical agent used in etching


eposteal dental implant: any dental implant that receives its prima- etchant n: an agent that is capable of etching a surface
ry bone support by means of resting upon the boneusage: a etching vt (1632) 1: the act or process of selective dissolution 2: in
subperiosteal dental implant that conforms to the superior surface dentistry, the selective dissolution of the surface of tooth enamel,
of an edentulous area of alveolar bone is an eposteal dental metal, or porcelain through the use of acids or other agents
implant. Any retaining screws or other elements that may secure (etchants) to create a retentive surface
the eposteal framework to the alveolar bone and pass endosteally ethylene oxide: a bactericidal agent occurring as a colorless gas with
represent endosteal dental implant components. Should the a pleasant ethereal odor; the chemical in gas sterilization systems
eposteal framework penetrate the alveolar bone, technically, the used for many items that cannot be sterilized in a high heat sys-
framework becomes an endosteal dental implantsee tem; used as a disinfectant, especially for disposable equipment
ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT, SUBPERIOSTEAL DEN- etiologic factors: the elements or influences that can be assigned as
TAL IMPLANT, TRANSOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT the cause or reason for a disease or lesionsee LOCAL E.F., SYS-
epoxy resin: a resin characterized by the reactive epoxy or ethyloxy- TEMIC E.F.
line groups that possess unique characteristics in terms of adhe- etiology n (1555) 1: the factors implicated in the cause or origin
sion to metals, woods, and glasses of a disease or disorder 2: the study or theory of the factors caus-
epoxy resin die: a reproduction formed in epoxy resin ing disease
equalization of pressure: the act of equalizing or evenly distributing evisceration n: removal of the viscera or contents of a cavity. In
pressure ophthalmology, the removal of the contents of the eyeball, leav-
equilibrate v -brated; -brating vt (1635): to bring or to place in ing the sclera
equilibrium evulsion n (1611): extraction; removed, usually of a sudden nature
equilibration n (1635) 1: the act or acts of placing a body in a examination n (14c): scrutiny or investigation for the purpose of
state of equilibrium 2: the state or condition of being in equilib- making a diagnosis or assessment
riumusage: see MANDIBULAR E., OCCLUSAL E. excursion n (1577) 1: a movement outward and back or from a
equilibrator n (19c) obs: an instrument or device used in achieving mean position or axis; also, the distance traversed 2: in dentistry,
or helping maintain a state of equilibrium (GPT-4) the movement occurring when the mandible moves away from
equilibrium (1608) 1: a state of even adjustment between oppos- maximum intercuspation
ing forces 2: that state or condition of a body in which any forces excursive adj (1673): constituting a digression; characterized by
acting on it are so arranged that their product at every point is digression
zero 3: a balance between active forces and negative resistance excursive movement: movement occurring when the mandible
erosion n (1541) 1: an eating away; a type of ulceration 2: in den- moves away from maximum intercuspation
tistry, the progressive loss of tooth substance by chemical process- exenteration n: removal of an organ. Used in connection with the
es that do not involve bacterial action producing defects that are eye, an orbital exenteration denotes the removal of the entire eye
sharply defined, wedge-shaped depressions often in facial and cer- and surrounding structures
vical areascomp ABFRACTION, ABRASION, ATTRITION exercise prosthesis: a temporary, removable dental prosthesis, usual-
Essig splint [Norman S. Essig, DDS, Prof. of Prosthodontics, Tem- ly without teeth and always without occluding contact, used for
ple University School of Dentistry]: eponym for a stainless steel the purpose of reconditioning the supporting structures (espe-
wire passed labially and lingually around a segment of the dental cially the residual ridge) by means of light, intermittent biting
arch and held in position by individual ligature wires around the pressure applied against bilaterally interposed fingers
contact areas of the teeth; it is used to stabilize fractured or repo- expansion prosthesis: a prosthesis used to expand the lateral seg-
sitioned teeth and the involved alveolar bone. Variously ascribed ment of the maxilla in a unilateral or bilateral cleft of the soft and
to V. H. Jackson, DDS, (N.Y.), C. J. Essig, DDS, N. S. Essig, hard palates and alveolar processes
DDS (Pa.), or W. H. Atkinson, DDS exposure n (1606) 1: the act of laying open, as a surgical or dental
Essig CJ, ed. The American textbook of prosthetic dentistry. Philadelphia: exposure 2: in radiology, a measure of the roentgen rays or
Lea Brothers and Co.; 1896. p. 187, 208. gamma radiation at a certain place based on its ability to cause
Essig NS. Prosthetic dentistry. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Interest Publish- ionization. The unit of exposure is the roentgen, called also expo-
ing Co.; 1937. sure dosesee ROENTGEN RAY
esthetic 1: pertaining to the study of beauty and the sense of beau- extension n (15c) 1: the movement by which the two elements of
tiful. Descriptive of a specific creation that results from such any jointed part are drawn away from each other, the process of
study; objectifies beauty and attractiveness, and elicits pleasure 2: increasing the angle between two skeletal levers having end-to-
pertaining to sensation var of AESTHETIC end articulation with each other. The opposite of flexion 2: in
esthetic reshaping: modification of the surfaces of teeth to improve maxillofacial prosthetics, that portion of a prosthesis added to fill
appearance a defect or provide a function not inherent in a dental restoration,
esthetics adj (1798) 1: the branch of philosophy dealing with beau- e.g., palatal extension, pharyngeal extensionsee SECTION
ty 2: in dentistry, the theory and philosophy that deal with beau- extension base removable partial denture: a removable partial den-
ty and the beautiful, especially with respect to the appearance of ture that is supported and retained by natural teeth only at one
a dental restoration, as achieved through its form and/or color. end of the denture base segment and in which a portion of the
Those subjective and objective elements and principles underlying functional load is carried by the residual ridge
the beauty and attractiveness of an object, design or principle extension bridge: see CANTILEVER FIXED PARTIAL DEN-
see DENTAL E., DENTURE E.aesthetically adj TURE
Estlanders operation [Jakob August Estlander, Finnish surgeon, extension outline obs 1: the outline of the area of the entire basal
1831-1881]: eponym for a lip switch operation. A triangular flap seat of a denture 2: the outline on the surface of a cast or mucous
of tissue borrowed from the lower lip is transferred to the upper membrane that includes the entire area to be covered by a den-
lateral lip ture (GPT-1)
1etch vb,vt (1634) la: to produce a retentive surface, especially on external oblique ridge: a smooth ridge on the buccal surface of the

70 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

external oblique rudge filter


body of the mandible that extends from the anterior border of the facial prosthetic adhesive: a material used to adhere a facial pros-
ramus, with diminishing prominence, downward and forward to thesis to the skin
the region of the mental foremen. This ridge changes very little facing n (1566): a veneer of any restorative material used on a nat-
in size and direction throughout life ural tooth or prosthesis as a restoration to simulate a natural tooth
extirpate vt -pated; -pating (1539) 1: to pull up or out Farrar appliance [William B. Farrar, Alabama, US dentist]: a type
to destroy completely 2: to cut out by surgeryextirpation n of occlusal device used to reposition the mandible anteriorly;
extracapsular ankylosis: ankylosis due to rigidity of any structure used in the treatment of some types of temporomandibular
external to the joint capsule disorders
extracapsular disorder: a problem associated with the masticatory Farrar WB. A clinical outline of temporomandibular joint diagnosis and
system in which the etiological factors are located outside of the treatment. 7th ed. Montgomery: Walker Printing Co.; 1983.
temporomandibular joint capsule Farrar device: C. L. Goddard includes descriptions and illustrations
extracoronal adj: that which is outside or external to, the crown of several devices used to retract teeth and for many other pur-
portion of a natural tooth; e.g., an extracoronal preparation, poses that are attributed to J. N. Farrar, DDS. Farrar also is cred-
restoration, partial or complete crown ited with various push- and pull-jacks for tooth movement, and
extracoronal retainer: that part of a fixed partial denture uniting the appliances for moving roots forward and backward
abutment to the other elements of a fixed partial denture that sur- Essig CJ, ed. The American textbook of prosthetic dentistry. 1st ed.
rounds all or part of the prepared crown Philadelphia: Lea Brothers and Co.; 1986. p. 153-209.
extraoral tracing: a tracing of mandibular movements made by fatigue: the breaking or fracturing of a material caused by repeated
means of devices that extend outside the oral cavity; a tracing cyclic or applied loads below the yield limit; usually viewed ini-
made outside the oral cavity tially as minute cracks followed by tearing and rupture; termed
extraversion: see LABIOVERSION brittle failure or fracture
extrinsic adj (1613): external, extraneous, as originating from or fatigue failure: fracture of a material due to cyclic loading and
on the outsideextrinsically adv unloading characterized by fracture below its ultimate tensile
extrinsic coloring: coloring from without; applying color to the strength
external surface of a prosthesis feeding aid: a prosthesis that closes the oral-nasal cavity defect, thus
extrusion n (1540): the movement of teeth beyond the natural enhancing sucking and swallowing, and maintains the right and
occlusal plane that may be accompanied by a similar movement of left maxillary segments of infants with cleft palates in their prop-
there supporting tissues er orientation until surgery is performed to repair the cleft
exudate n: exuded molten material called also feeding appliance, feeding prosthesis
feeding appliance obs: see FEEDING AID
F feeding prosthesis obs: a prosthesis constructed for newborns with
fabrication n (1670): the building, making, or constructing of a cleft palates to permit normal sucking and feedingsee FEED-
restoration ING AID
face form obs 1: the outline form of the face 2: the outline form of feldspar n (1757) 1: any one of a group of minerals, principally alu-
the face from an anterior view, sometimes described geometrical- minosilicates of sodium, potassium, calcium, or barium, that are
ly as square, tapering, ovoid, or by various combinations of these essential constituents of nearly all crystalline rocks 2: a crystalline
basic forms (GPT-4)see FACIAL FORM mineral of aluminum silicate with sodium, potassium, barium,
face-bow: a caliper-like instrument used to record the spatial rela- and/or calcium; a major constituent of some dental porcelains
tionship of the maxillary arch to some anatomic reference point feldspathic adj (ca. 1828): related to or containing feldspar; used
or points and then transfer this relationship to an articulator; it especially with reference to porcelain glaze
orients the dental cast in the same relationship to the opening axis ferrule n (15c) l: a metal band or ring used to fit the root or crown
of the articulator. Customarily, the anatomic references are the of a tooth 2: any short tube or bushing for making a tight joint
1festoon n (1630) 1: any decorative chain or strip hanging between
mandibular condyles transverse horizontal axis and one other
selected anterior point; called also hingebowsee EAR-BOW, two points 2: in dentistry, carvings in the base material of a den-
KINEMATIC F. ture that simulate the contours of the natural tissues that are
face-bow fork: that component of the face-bow used to attach the being replaced by a denture
occlusion rim to the face-bow 2festoon vt (1800): to shape into festoons

face-bow record: the registration obtained by means of a face-bow FGP: acronym for Functionally Generated Path
facet n (1625): a small, planar surface on any hard bodysee fibrointegration n (1982): see FIBROUS INTEGRATION
WEAR FACETusage: the French spelling of facet, facette, has fibro-osseous integration: see FIBROUS INTEGRATION
continued to confuse the profession regarding pronunciation fibrosis n (1873): the formation of fibrous tissue; fibroid or fibrous
facial adj: the surface of a tooth or other oral structure approximating degeneration
the face (including both the lips and cheeks) fibrous adj (1626): composed of or containing fibers
facial augmentation implant prosthesis: an implantable biocom- fibrous adhesion: a fibrous band or structure by which parts abnor-
patible material generally laid upon an existing bony area beneath mally adhere
the skin tissues to fill in or selectively raise portions of the over- fibrous ankylosis: reduced mobility of a joint due to proliferation of
laying facial skin tissues to create acceptable contourscalled also fibrous tissue
facial implant fibrous integration slang: a misnomer used to describe the presence
facial form: the outline form of the face from an anterior view of a layer of intervening fibrous connective tissue between a den-
facial moulage: a negative reproduction of the face made out of arti- tal implant and the adjacent bone, while no real attachment or
ficial stone, plaster of paris, or other similar materialssee COM- integration has occurred between bone and a biocompatible
PLETE F.M., MOULAGE, SECTIONAL F.M. material
facial profile: the outline form of the face from a lateral view field n (bef. 12c) 1: an area or open space, as an operative field or
facial prosthesis: a removable prosthesis that artificially replaces a visual field 2: a range of specialization or knowledge, study, or
portion of the face lost due to surgery, trauma, or congenital occupation
absencecalled also extraoral prosthesis, prosthetic dressing filter n (1563): in radiology, a solid screen insert, usually of varying

JANUARY 1999 71
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

filter form
thicknesses and different metals (aluminum, copper, tin) placed to thesisusage: with respect to a fixed partial denture retained on
filter out photons of longer wave lengths dental implants, adjectives may be used to describe the means of
final flask closure: the last closure of a dental flask before polymer- attachment, such as screw retained f.p.d., cement retained f.p.d.
izing, after trial packing of the mold with a restorative material called also fixed prosthesis
final impression: the impression that represents the completion of fixed partial denture retainer: the part of a fixed partial denture
the registration of the surface or object that unites the abutment(s) to the remainder of the restoration
fine adj (13c) 1: free from impurities 2: of a metal: having a stated fixed prosthesis: see FIXED PARTIAL DENTURE
proportion of pure metal in its composition, expressed in parts fixed prosthodontics: the branch of prosthodontics concerned with
per thousand > a gold coin 0.9265 the replacement and/or restoration of teeth by artificial substi-
fineness n: the proportion of pure gold in a gold alloy; the parts per tutes that are not readily removed from the mouth
1000 of gold 1fixture n: something that is fixed or attached, as a structural part or

finish n (1779): to put a final coat or surface on; the refinement of a permanent appendage
form before polishing 2fixture substand (1982): an endosteal dental implant bodysee

finish line n (1899) 1: a line of demarcation 2: the peripheral exten- ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT, IMPLANT BODY
sion of a tooth preparation 3: the planned junction of different fixture cover substand (1982): the component placed over a dental
materials 4: the terminal portion of the prepared tooth implant during the healing phase to prevent tissue from prolifer-
firing: the process of porcelain fusion, in dentistry, specifically to ating into the internal portion of the implant bodysee COVER
produce porcelain restorations SCREW
first stage dental implant surgery: the initial surgical procedure in flabby tissue obs: excessive movable tissue (GPT-4)
dental implant placement. For eposteal dental implants, this refers 1flange n (ca 1688): a rib or rim used for strength, for guiding or

to the reflection of the oral mucosa, the impression of the surgi- attachment of another objectsee BUCCAL F., DENTURE F.,
cally exposed bone and usually an interocclusal record made to LABIAL F.
fabricate the implant body followed by surgical closure. For an 2flange vt, flanged; flanging (ca. 1864): to furnish with a flange

endosteal implant, this refers to the reflection of the oral, mucosa flange contour obs: the design of the flange of a denture (GPT-4)
and investing tissues, preparation of the implantation site (i.e., 1flask n: a metal case or tube used in investing proceduressee

removal of alveolar bone, and, occasionally, tapping), placement CASTING F., CROWN F.
of the dental implant body, and surgical closure of the overlying 2flask v: to flask or surround; to invest

investing soft tissuescomp SECOND STAGE DENTAL flask closure: the procedure of bringing two halves, or parts, of a
IMPLANT SURGERY flask togethersee FINAL F.C., TRIAL F.C.
Fischers angle [Rudolf Fischer, Swiss dentist, Zurich, Switzerland]: flasking vt (20c) 1: the act of investing in a flask 2: the process of
eponym for the angle formed by the intersection of the protrusive investing the cast and a wax replica of the desired form in a flask
and nonworking side condylar paths as viewed in the sagittal preparatory to molding the restorative material into the desired
plane product
Fischer R. Beziehungen zwischen den Kieferbewegungen und der Kau- flipper obs: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS; PROVISIONAL PROS-
flachenform der Zuhne. Schweizerische Monataschrift fur Zahnheilkunde THESIS
Zurich 1926;74. flowable composite resin (1998): composite resin that is less high-
Fischer R. Die Offnungsbewegungen des Unterkiefers und ibre Wieder- ly filled than conventional composite resin and has improved wet-
gabe am Artikulator. Schweizerische Monateschrift fur Zahnheilkunde tability
1935;45:867-99. fluorescence n (1852): a process by which a material absorbs radi-
fissure n (15c): any cleft or grove, normally present or otherwise; a ant energy and emits it in the form of radiant energy of a differ-
cleft or deep ditch in the surface of a tooth, usually due to imper- ent wave length band, all or most of whose wave lengths exceed
fect fusion of adjoining enamel lobes. Distinguished from a that of the absorbed energy. Fluorescence, as distinguished from
groove or sulcuscalled also enamel fissure phosphorescence, does not persist for an appreciable time after
fissured fracture: a fracture that extends partially through a bone the termination of the excitation process
with displacement of the bony fragments fluorescent adj (1853): having or relating to fluorescence
fistula n, pl -las or -lea (14c): a pathologic sinus or abnormal passage fluoride gel carrier (20c): a device that covers the teeth and is used
resulting from incomplete healing; a communication between to apply topical fluoride in close proximity to tooth enamel and
two internal organs or one that leads from an internal organ to dentin for several minutes dailysyn FLUORIDE APPLICA-
the surface of a body; usually designated according to the parts it TOR
communicates with, as oral-nasal f. flux n (14c) 1: in physics, the rate of flow of a liquid, particles or
fit v, fitted, also fit; fitting vt (1586) 1: to be suitable or to be in energy 2: in ceramics, an agent that lowers the fusion temperature
harmony with 2a: to conform correctly to the shape or size of 2b: of porcelain 3: in metallurgy, a substance used to increase fluidity
to insert or adjust until correctly in place; to make or adjust to the and to prevent or reduce oxidation of a molten metal 4: any sub-
correct size or shape, i.e., to adapt one structure to another, as the stance applied to surfaces to be joined by brazing, soldering or
adaptation of any dental restoration to its site, in the mouth welding to clean and free them from oxides and promote union
fix vt (14c): to make firm, stable, or stationery, to attach to another FMA: acronym for Frankfort Mandibular plane Angle
object so that separation of the parts cannot be accomplished foil n (14c): an extremely thin, pliable sheet of metal, usually of vari-
without breaking of the mechanical and/or chemical bonds that able thicknesssee GOLD F., PLATINUM F., TINFOIL
hold the parts in spatial relationship with each other force n (14c): an agency or influence that, when exerted on a body,
fixed adj (14c): securely placed or fastened; stationary; not subject to tends to set the body into motion or to alter its present state of
change; immobile motion. Force applied to any material causing deformation of that
fixed bridge: see FIXED PARTIAL DENTURE materialsee MASTICATORY F., OCCLUSAL F.
fixed movable bridge obs: a fixed partial denture having one or more forces of mastication obs: the motive force created by the dynamic
nonrigid connectors action of the muscles during the physiologic act of mastication
fixed partial denture: a partial denture that is luted or otherwise (GPT-4)
securely retained to natural teeth, tooth roots, and/or dental 1form n (13c): the shape or configuration of anything, as distin-

implant abutments that furnish the primary support for the pros- guished from its material

72 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

form gag
2form vt (13c): to give shape, to mold, to adapt 2frit vt fritted; friting (1805) 1: to prepare substances for glass by
fornix n, pl for fornices (1681): an anatomical arch or fold heating; to fuse 2: to convert into a frit
forward protrusion obs: a protrusion forward of centric position frontal plane: any plane parallel with the long axis of the body and
(GPT-3) at right angles to the median plane, thus dividing the body into
fossa n, pl fossae (1771): an anatomical pit, groove, or depression front and back parts. So called because this plane roughly paral-
foveae palatinae: two small pits or depressions in the posterior aspect lels the frontal suture of the skull
of the palate, one on each side of the midline, at or near the fulcrum line 1: a theoretical line passing through the point around
attachment of the soft palate to the hard palate which a lever functions and at right angles to its path of move-
1fracture n (15c): the process or act of breaking; state of being bro-
ment 2: an imaginary line, connecting occlusal rests, around
kensee AVULSION F., BLOWOUT F., CEMENTUM F., which a removable partial tends to rotate under masticatory
CLOSED REDUCTION OF A F., COMMINUTED F., COM- forces. The determinants for the fulcrum line are usually the cross
PLICATED F., DISLOCATED F., FISSURED F., GREEN- arch occlusal rests located adjacent to the tissue borne compo-
STICK F., GUERINS F., IMPACTED F., INDIRECT F., nentssee F.L. OF A REMOVABLE PARTIAL DENTURE,
INTRACAPSULAR F., MIDFACIAL F., OPEN F., PYRAMI- RETENTIVE F.L.
DAL F., ROOT F., SECONDARY F., SIMPLE F., SPONTA- fulcrum line of a removable partial denture: a theoretical line
NEOUS F., SUBCONDYLAR F., SUBPERIOSTEAL F. around which a removable partial denture tends to rotate
2fracture v, fractured; fracturing vt (1612): to cause a fracture
full denture: see COMPLETE DENTURE
in; to break, rupture, or tear full denture prosthetics obs 1: the replacement of the natural teeth
fracture strength: strength at fracture based on the original dimen- in the arch and their associated parts by artificial substitutes 2: the
sions of the specimen art and science of the restoration of an edentulous mouth (GPT-
framework n (1644): the skeletal portion of prosthesis (usually 4)see COMPLETE DENTURE PROSTHODONTICS
metal) around which and to which are attached the remaining full thickness graft: a transplant of epithelium consisting of skin or
portions of the prosthesis to produce a finished restoration mucous membrane with a minimum of subcutaneous tissue
Frankfort mandibular plane angle: eponym for the angle formed by full veneer crown: see COMPLETE CROWN
the intersection of the Frankfort horizontal plane with the fully adjustable articulator: an articulator that allows replication of
mandibular plane three dimensional movement of recorded mandibular motion
Frankfort horizontal plane 1: eponym for a plane established by the called also Class IV articulator
lowest point in the margin of the right or left bony orbit and the fully adjustable gnathologic articulator: an articulator that allows
highest point in the margin of the right or left bony auditory replication of three dimensional movement plus timing of record-
meatus 2: a horizontal plane represented in profile by a line ed mandibular motioncalled also Class IV articulator
between the lowest point on the margin of the orbit to the high-
functional articulation: the occlusal contacts of the maxillary and
est point on the margin of the auditory meatus; adopted at the
mandibular teeth during mastication and deglutition
13th General Congress of German Anthropologists (the Frank-
functional chew-in record obs: a record of the movements of the
fort Agreement) at Frankfort am Main, 1882, and finally by the
mandible made on the occluding surface of the opposing occlu-
International Agreement for the Unification of Craniometric and
sion rim by teeth or scribing studs and produced by simulated
Cephalometric Measurements in Monaco in 1906; called also
chewing movements (GPT-4)
auriculo-orbital plane, eye-ear plane, Frankfort horizontal (FH),
functional dislocation: dislocation of the articular disk of the condyle
Frankfort horizontal line
due to a seriously impaired disk-condyle complex function
Frankfort plane: see FRANKFORT HORIZONTAL PLANE
functional jaw orthopedics: use of orthodontic appliances that rely
free gingiva: the part of the gingiva that surrounds the tooth and is
on the patients own musculature for force application and that
not directly attached to the tooth surface
attempt to alter the skeletal structure of the face
free gingival margin: the unattached gingiva surrounding the teeth
functional mandibular movements: all normal, proper, or charac-
in a collar-like fashion and demarcated from the attached gingiva
teristic movements of the mandible made during speech, mastica-
by a shallow linear depression, termed the free gingival groove
tion, yawning, swallowing, and other associated movements
free mandibular movement 1: any mandibular movement made
functional occlusal harmony obs: the occlusal relationship of oppos-
without interference 2: any uninhibited movement of the mandible
free support obs: support that does not permit translation of the ing teeth in all functional ranges and movements that will provide
beam perpendicular to its axis and presumably offers no restraint the greatest masticatory efficiency without causing undue strain
to the tendency of the beam to rotate at the support (GPT-4) or trauma on the supporting tissues (GPT-4)
freedom in intercuspal position: see INTERCUSPAL CONTACT functional occlusion obs: the contacts of the maxillary and mandibu-
AREA lar teeth during mastication and deglutition (GPT-4)
freeway space obs: see INTEROCCLUSAL REST SPACE functional record: a record of lateral and protrusive movements of
fremitus n (1879): a vibration perceptible on palpation; in den- the mandible made on the surfaces of an occlusion rim or other
tistry, a vibration palpable when the teeth come into contact recording surface
frenulum n, pl -la (1706): a connecting fold of membrane serving functional occlusal splint: a device that directs the movements of
to support or retain a part the mandible by controlling the plane and range of motion
frenum n, pl frenums or frena: see FRENULUM functional wax: see DENTAL IMPRESSION WAX
frictional attachment: a precision or semiprecision attachment that functionally generated path: a registration of the paths of move-
achieves retention by metal to metal contact, without springs, ment of the occlusal surfaces of teeth or occlusion rims of one
clips or other mechanical means of retentionsee PRECISION dental arch in plastic or other media attached to the teeth or
ATTACHMENT occlusal rims of the opposing arch
friction retained pin: a metal rod driven into a hole drilled into functioning condyle: see WORKING SIDE CONDYLE
dentin to enhance retention; retained solely by dentinal elasticity furcation n: the anatomic region of a multirooted tooth where the
1frit n (1662) 1: the calcined or partly fused matter of which glass is roots diverge
made 2: a mass of fused porcelain obtained by firing the basic
constituents and plunging them into water while hot. The frit is G
ground to make porcelain powders gag n (1553) 1: an involuntary contraction of the muscles of the soft

JANUARY 1999 73
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

gag grinding-in
palate or pharynx that results in retching 2: a surgical device for posed of an acid-soluble glass, polyacrylic acid, and water that sets
holding the mouth open via an acid-base reaction
galvanic skin response: the change in the electrical resistance of the glaze vb glazed; glazing vt (14c) 1: to cover with a glossy, smooth
skin in response to diverse stimuli surface or coating 2: the attainment of a smooth and reflective
galvanic stimulation: stimulation of muscles through the application surface 3: the final firing of porcelain in which the surface is vit-
of varying amplitudes and pulsations of electrical current; used in rified and a high gloss is imparted to the material 4: a ceramic
the treatment of muscle disorders veneer on a dental porcelain restoration after it has been fired,
galvanism n (1797): accelerated corrosion of a metal due to elec- producing a nonporous, glossy or semi-glossy surfacesee NAT-
trical contact with a more noble metal in a corrosive electrolyte. URAL G., OVERGLAZE
The resulting current flow can produce nerve stimulation, gliding movement: see TRANSLATION
unpleasant tastes, and other physiological reactions commonly gliding occlusion obs: used in the sense of designating contacts of
associated with this term teeth in motion (GPT-4)see ARTICULATION
gavage n (1889): forced feeding especially through a tube passed glossalgia n: pain in the tongue
into the stomach glossectomy n: partial or total resection of the tongue
generated occlusal path: see FUNCTIONALLY GENERATED glossoplasty n: plastic surgery of the tongue
PATH glossopynia n: painful or burning tongue
genial adj (1566): pertaining to the chin glossopyrosis n: a form of paresthesia characterized by pain,
genial tubercles: mental spines; rounded elevations (usually two burning, itching, and stinging of the mucosa of the tongue, with-
pairs) clustered around the midline on the lingual surface of the out noticeable lesions; called also burning tongue
lower portion of the mandibular symphysis. These tubercles serve gnathic adj (1882): of or pertaining to the jaw or cheek
as attachments for the genioglossus and geniohyoid muscles gnathion n: the lowest bony point, in the median plane of the
genioplasty n 1: a surgical procedure performed to alter the con- mandible
tour of the mandibular symphysis 2: plastic surgery of the chin gnathodynamometer n 1: an instrument for measuring the force
geriatrics n, pl but sing in constr (1909): the branch exerted in closing the jaws 2: an instrument used for measuring
of medicine that treats all problems peculiar to the biting pressure
aging patient, including the clinical problems of senescence and gnathology n: the science that treats the biology of the masticato-
senilitysee DENTAL G., GERODONTICS, GERODON- ry mechanism as a whole: that is, the morphology, anatomy, his-
TOLOGY tology, physiology, pathology, and the therapeutics of the jaws or
gerodontics n, pl but sing in constr: the treatment of dental prob- masticatory system and the teeth as they relate to the health of the
lems of aging persons; also spelled geriodontics whole body, including applicable diagnostic, therapeutic, and
gerodontology n: the study of the dentition and dental problems in rehabilitation procedures
aged or aging persons Goddards linear occlusion [William H. Goddard, Louisville, Ken-
Gillett bridge [Henry W. Gillett] obs: eponym for a partial denture tucky, US dentist, 1808-1883]: see LINEAR OCCLUSION
utilizing a Gillett clasp system, which was composed of an occlusal gold foil 1: pure gold rolled into extremely thin sheets 2: a precious-
rest notched deeply into the occlusal-axial surface with a gingival- metal foil used in restoration of carious or fractured teeth
ly placed groove and a circumferential clasp for retention. The gothic arch tracer obs: the device that produces a tracing that resem-
occlusal rest was custom made in a cast restoration bles an arrowhead or a gothic arch. The device is attached to the
Kennedy E. The techniques of Gillett clasps in partial denture construc- opposing arches. The shape of the tracing depends on the relative
tion. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Interest Publishing Co.; 1928:292- location of the marking point and the tracing table. The apex of
317. a properly made tracing is considered to indicate the most retrud-
Cohn LA. The physiologic basis for tooth fixation in precision-attached ed, unstrained relation of the mandible to the maxillae, i.e., cen-
partial dentures. J Prosthet Dent 1956;6:220-44. tric relation (GPT-4)see CENTRAL BEARING TRACING
gingiva n, pl -e: the fibrous investing tissue, covered by epithelium, DEVICE
which immediately surrounds a tooth and is contiguous with its gothic arch tracing: see CENTRAL BEARING TRACING
periodontal membrane and with the mucosal tissues of the graft n (14c): a tissue or material used to repair a defect or deficien-
mouthsee ATTACHED G., FREE G., MARGINAL G. cysee ALLOGRAFT, ALLOPLASTIC G., AUTOGENOUS
gingival crevice: a shallow fissure between the marginal gingiva and G., AUTOGRAFT, FULL THICKNESS G., HETEROGRAFT,
the enamel or cementum. It is bounded by the tooth surface on HOMOGRAFT, ISOGRAFT, SPLIT-THICKNESS G.,
one side, the crevicular epithelium on the other, and the coronal XENOGENIC G.
end of the junctional epithelium at its most apical pointcalled Grassmans laws [author unknown]: eponym for three empirical laws
also gingival sulcus that describe the color-matching properties of additive mixtures
gingival denture contour: the form of the denture base or other of color stimuli 1: to specify a color match, three independent
material around the cervical regions of prosthetic teeth variables are necessary and sufficient 2: for an additive mixture of
gingival displacement: the deflection of the marginal gingiva away color stimuli, only their tri-stimulus values are relevant, not their
from a tooth spectral compositions 3: in an additive mixture of color stimuli, if
gingival retraction: see GINGIVAL DISPLACEMENT one or more components of the mixture are gradually changed,
ginglymus joint: a hinge joint the resulting tri-stimulus values also change gradually. (Laws do
ginglymus n: a type of synovial joint which allows movement in not hold for all observing conditions)
one plane only (i.e., forward and backward), such as the hinge of GRAY: a unit of absorbed radiation dose equal to 100 RADS.
a door; called also ginglymoid or hinge joint Abbreviated Gy
glare v (13c): the disturbance of the sensitivity of the eye, experi- greenstick fracture n (1885): a fracture in which the break in the
enced when portions of the field of view have a brightness or bone is not complete. The bone appears to be bent on one side
intensity greatly in excess of that of the average for the field of while the other side of the bone is broken
view Griffith flaws: eponymsee MICROCRACK
glass-ceramic: a solid material, partly crystalline and partly glassy, grinding-in obs: a term used to denote the act of correcting occlusal
formed by controlled crystallization of a glass disharmonies by grinding the natural or artificial teeth (GPT-1)
glass ionomer (1998): a cement, luting or restorative agent com- see OCCLUSAL RESHAPING

74 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

groove hue
groove n: a long narrow channel or depression, such as the indentation Breim SL, Renner RP. An overview of tissue bars. Gen Dent
between tooth cusps or the retentive features placed on tooth sur- 1982:406-15.
faces to augment the retentive characteristics of crown preparations hamular notch: see PTERYGOMAXILLARY NOTCH
group function: multiple contact relations between the maxillary Hanaus Quint [Rudolph L. Hanau, (1881-1930) Buffalo, New
and mandibular teeth in lateral movements on the working side York, US engineer, born Capetown, South Africa]: rules for bal-
whereby simultaneous contact of several teeth acts as a group to anced denture articulation including incisal guidance, condylar
distribute occlusal forces guidance, cusp length, the plane of occlusion, and the compen-
groove n (1998): a long narrow channel or depression, such as the sating curve described by Rudolph Hanau in 1926
indentation between tooth cusps or the retentive features placed Hanau R. Articulation defined, analyzed, and formulated. J Am Dent
on tooth surfaces to augment retention and resistance character- Assoc 1926;13:1694-709
istics of crown preparations hard palate: the bony portion of the roof of the mouth
Guerins fracture [Alphonse Francois Marie Guerin, French sur- healing abutment: see INTERIM ENDOSTEAL DENTAL
geon, 1816-1895]: eponymsee LE FORT I FRACTURE IMPLANT ABUTMENT
guidance n (1590) 1: providing regulation or direction to move- healing component: see INTERIM ENDOSTEAL DENTAL
ment; a guide 2: the influence on mandibular movements by the IMPLANT ABUTMENT
contacting surfaces of the maxillary and mandibular anterior teeth healing screw: the component of an endosteal dental implant system
3: mechanical forms on the lower anterior portion of an articula- used to seal, usually on an interim basis, the dental implant body
tor that guide movements of its upper membersee during the healing phase after surgical placement. The purpose of
ADJUSTABLE ANTERIOR G., ANTERIOR GUIDANCE, the healing screw is to maintain patency of the internal threaded
CONDYLAR G. section for subsequent attachment of the abutment during the
guide pin: the component of a dental implant system that is placed second stage surgery
within the surgically prepared osseous site for an endosteal heel n: see DISTAL
implant. It assists in determination of location and angulation of height of contour: a line encircling a tooth and designating its great-
the site relative to other soft tissue or bony landmarks est circumference at a selected axial position determined by a den-
guide plane obs 1: the plane developed in the occlusal surfaces of the tal surveyor; a line encircling a body designating its greatest cir-
occlusion rims (viz., to position the mandible in centric relation) cumference in a specified plane
2: a plane which guides movement (GPT-4) hemiglossectomy n: resection of one side of the tongue
guide table: the anterior element of an articulator on which the hemisection n: the surgical separation of a multirooted tooth, espe-
incisal pin rests. It may be custom contoured or mechanically cially a mandibular molar, through the furcation in such a way
adjustedsee ANTERIOR G.T. that a root and the associated portion of the crown may be
guided tissue regeneration: any procedure that attempts to regen- removed
erate lost periodontal structures through differential tissue heterograft n: a graft taken from a donor of another species called
responses. Barrier techniques, using synthetic materials that may also xenograft
or may not resorb, to exclude epithelial ingrowth that is believed heterotopic pain: a general term designating pain felt in an area
to interfere with regeneration other than the true originating site
guiding occlusion obs: used in the sense of designating contacts of high lip line: the greatest height to which the inferior border of the
teeth in motion (GPT-4) upper lip is capable of being raised by muscle function
guiding planes: vertically parallel surfaces on abutment teeth orient- hinge axis: see TRANSVERSE HORIZONTAL AXIS
ed so as to contribute to the direction of the path of placement hinge axis of the mandible: see TRANSVERSE HORIZONTAL
and removal of a removable partial denture AXIS
guiding surfaces: see GUIDING PLANES hinge axis point: see POSTERIOR REFERENCE POINTS
gum contour obs: form of supporting structures of the teeth or of the hinge bow: see KINEMATIC FACE-BOW
flanges of dentures around the teeth (GPT-1) hinge joint: a ginglymus joint; a joint that allows motion around one
gums n, obs: the fibrous and mucosa covering of the alveolar process axis
or ridges (GPT-4)see GINGIVA hinge movement: see TRANSVERSE HORIZONTAL AXIS
Gunnings splint [Thomas Brian Gunning, English-born American hinge position obs: the orientation of parts in a manner permitting
dentist, 1813-1889]: eponym for a device fabricated from casts of hinge movement between them (GPT-4)
edentulous maxillary and mandibular arches to aid in reduction homograft n (1923): a graft taken from one human and transplant-
and fixation of a fracture. His initial work described four types of ed to anothercalled also allograft
splints used in treating jaw fractures (1866-67), which allowed horizontal axis of the mandible: see TRANSVERSE HORIZON-
openings for saliva flow, nourishment, and speechcalled also TAL AXIS
occlusal splint horizontal plane: any plane passing through the body at right angles
Fraser-Moodie W. Mr. Gunning and his splint. Br J Oral Surg 1969;7: to both the median and frontal planes, thus dividing the body
112-5. into upper and lower parts; in dentistry, the plane passing
gustation n (1599): the act of perceiving taste through a tooth at right angles to its long axis
gypsum n (14c): the natural hydrated form of calcium sulfonate, horizontal plane of reference: a horizontal plane established on the
CaSO4 2H2O gypsum dihydrate face of the patient by one anterior reference point and two poste-
rior reference points from which measurements of the posterior
H anatomic determinants of occlusion and mandibular motion are
habitual centric: see MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION made
habitual occlusion: see MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION horizontal overlap: the projection of teeth beyond their antagonists
Hader bar [after the Swiss dental laboratory technician, Helmut in the horizontal plane
Hader]: eponym for a rigid bar connecting two or more abut- horizontal reference plane: see HORIZONTAL PLANE OF REF-
ments, which, when viewed in cross section, resembles a keyhole, ERENCE
consisting of a rectangular bar with a rounded superior (occlusal) horseshoe plate obs: a horseshoe or V-shaped removable prosthesis
ridge that creates a retentive undercut for the female clip within host site: see RECIPIENT SITE
the removable prosthesis hue n (bef. 12c): often referred to as the basic color, hue is the qual-

JANUARY 1999 75
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

hue implant body


ity of sensation according to which an observer is aware of the hypoesthesia n: diminished sensitivity to stimulation
varying wave lengths of radiant energy. The dimension of color hypogeusia n: diminished acuteness of the sense of taste called
dictated by the wave length of the stimulus that is used to distin- also hypogeusesthesia
guish one family of color from anotheras red, green, blue, etc. hyponasality n: reduced nasal resonance usually from obstruc-
The attribute of color by means of which a color is perceived to tion in the nasopharynx or nasal passages resulting in an alteration
be red, yellow, green, blue, purple, etc. White, black, and grays of m, n, and -ng sounds
possess no hue hypoplasia n (1889): defective or incomplete development of an
Munsell AH. A color notation. Baltimore: Munsell Color Co. Inc.; 1975. organ or tissue
p. 14-6.
hunk bite obs: see INTEROCCLUSAL RECORD I
hybrid 1: anything of mixed origin 2: offspring of two plants or ani- iatrogenic adj (1924): resulting from the activity of the clinician;
mals of different genus or species applied to disorders induced in the patient by the clinician
hybrid denture: slang for any modification or alteration in the usual I-bar clasp: see CLASP
form of a dental prosthesis idiopathic adj (1669): self-originated; of unknown causation
hybrid ionomer: a conventional glass ionomer that has been modi- idling condyle: see NONWORKING SIDE CONDYLE
fied to include methacrylate groups in the liquid component. It illuminance n (ca. 1938) 1: density of luminous flux on a surface
may contain photoinitiators. Setting is by an acid-base reaction 2: luminous flux incident per unit area of a surface
with light and dual cure polymerizationsynRESIN-MODI- illuminant adj (15c): mathematical description of the relative
FIED GLASS IONOMER spectral power distribution of a real or imaginary light source,
hybrid prosthesis: slang for a nonspecific term applied to any pros- that is, the relative energy emitted by a source at each wave length
thesis that does not follow conventional design. Frequently it is in its emission spectrumsee CIE STANDARD ILLUMINANT
used to describe a prosthesis that is composed of different mate- immediate denture: a complete denture or removable partial den-
rials, types of denture teeth (porcelain, plastic, composite), vari- ture fabricated for placement immediately following the removal
able acrylic denture resins, differing metals or design etc. It may of natural teeth
refer to a fixed partial denture or any removable prosthesis immediate disocclusion: instantaneous separation of the posterior
hydrocolloid n (1916): a colloid system in which water is the dis- teeth due to the anterior guidance
persion medium; those materials described as a colloid sol with immediate insertion denture: see IMMEDIATE DENTURE
water that are used in dentistry as elastic impression materials immediate lateral translation: see IMMEDIATE MANDIBULAR
see IRREVERSIBLE H., REVERSIBLE H. LATERAL TRANSLATION
hydroxyapatite ceramic: a composition of calcium and phosphate in immediate loading: placing full occlusal/incisal loading upon a
physiologic ratios to provide a dense, nonresorbable, biocompat- dental implant
ible ceramic used for dental implants and residual ridge augmen- immediate mandibular lateral translation: the translatory portion
tation of lateral movement in which the nonworking side condyle moves
hygienic pontic: a pontic that is easier to clean because it has a essentially straight and medially as it leaves the centric relation
domed or bullet shaped cervical form and does not overlap the positionsee also EARLY MANDIBULAR LATERAL TRANS-
edentulous ridge LATION; PROGRESSIVE MANDIBULAR LATERAL
hygroscopic expansion: expansion due to the absorption of moisture TRANSLATION
hypalgesia n: diminished sensitivity to pain immediate obturator: see SURGICAL OBTURATOR
hyperactivity n (1867): excessive motor activity. It is frequently, immediate replacement denture: see IMMEDIATE DENTURE
but not necessarily, associated with internal tension or a neuro- immediate side shift: see IMMEDIATE MANDIBULAR LATER-
logic disorder. Usually the movements are more rapid than cus- AL TRANSLATION
tomary for the person immediate temporary obturator: see SURGICAL OBTURATOR
hyperalgesia n: increased sensitivity or sensibility to painsee impacted fracture: a fracture in which one fragment is driven into
PRIMARY H. another portion of the same or an adjacent bone
hyperbaric chamber: an area in which a patient may be subjected to 1implant v (1890): to graft or insert a material such as an alloplastic
pressure of ambient gases greater than 1 atmosphere substance, an encapsulated drug, or tissue into the body of a
hyperbaric oxygenation: the administration of oxygen under greater recipient
than atmospheric pressure; called also hyperbaric oxygen therapy 2implant n (l809): any object or material, such as an alloplastic sub-
hypercementosis n: an excessive deposition of cementum stance or other tissue, which is partially or completely inserted or
hyperesthesia n (1849): increased sensitivity to stimulation grafted into the body for therapeutic, diagnostic, prosthetic, or
hypernasality n: a perceived voice quality in which the nasal cav- experimental purposessee DENTAL IMPLANT
ity acts as a resonating cavity for non-nasal sounds. Generally implant abutment: the portion of a dental implant that serves to
associated with palatopharyngeal inadequacy support and/or retain any prosthesisusage: frequently dental
hyperosmia n: abnormally increased sensitivity to odors implant abutments, especially those used with endosteal dental
hyperplasia n (1861): the abnormal multiplication or increase in implants, are changed to alter abutment design or use before a
the number of normal cells in normal arrangement in a tissue definitive prosthesis is fabricated. Such a preliminary abutment is
hyperplastic tissue: excessive tissue proliferation, usually as a termed an interim abutment. The abutment chosen to support
response to chronic irritation the definitive prosthesis is termed a definitive abutment. Dental
hypertrophy n (1834): an enlargement or overgrowth of an organ implant abutments may be described by the form (i.e., cylindrical,
or tissue beyond that considered normal as a result of an increase barrel), material (i.e., ceramic, titanium), or special design factors
in the size of its constituent cells and in the absence of tumor (i.e., internal hex lock, external hex lock, spline)
formation implant attachment 1: slang expression for the means of retention
hypertrophy of the coronoid process: pathologic growth of the of the dental implant abutment to the dental implant body 2: the
coronoid process of the mandible after normal growth has biochemical/mechanical interconnection between the dental
endedcalled also osteoma of the coronoid process implant and the tissues to which it is attached
hypodontia n: congenital absence of one or more, but not all, of implant body: the portion of a dental implant that provides support
the normal complement of teeth for the abutment(s) through adaptation upon (eposteal), within

76 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

implant body indurate


(endosteal), or through (transosteal) the boneusage: an impression compound slang: see MODELING PLASTIC I.C.
eposteal dental implants support system has, heretofore, been impression coping: the component of a dental implant system that
termed the implant frame, implant framework, or implant sub- is used to provide a spatial relationship of an endosteal dental
structure; however, this is an integral component of that dental implant to the alveolar ridge and adjacent dentition or other
implant form and is not subservient to any other componentsee structures. Impression copings can be retained in the impression
DENTAL IMPLANT, ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT, or may require a transfer from intraoral usage to the impression
EPOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT, TRANSOSTEAL DENTAL after attaching the analog or replicas
IMPLANT impression material: any substance or combination of substances
implant connecting bar slang: usagea connecting bar is not an used for making an impression or negative reproduction
implantable device. It receives support and stability from the den- impression surface obs: the portion of the denture surface that has
tal implant(s) its contour determined by the impression (GPT-4)see
implant crown slang: see DENTAL IMPLANT, CROWN usagea IMPRESSION AREA
crown or fixed partial denture is not an implantable device. The impression technique obs: a method and manner used in making a
prosthesis receives support and stability from the dental implant negative likeness (GPT-4)
implant dentistry (1993): the selection, planning, development, impression tray 1: a receptacle into which suitable impression mate-
placement, and maintenance of restoration(s) using dental rial is placed to make a negative likeness 2: a device that is used
implants to carry, confine, and control impression material while making
implant denture slang: see DENTAL IMPLANT, DENTURE an impression
usagea denture is not an implantable device. The prosthesis impression wax: see DENTAL IMPRESSION WAX
(fixed partial denture, removable partial denture, complete den- incisal guidance 1: the influence of the contacting surfaces of the
ture) may be supported and retained in part or whole by dental mandibular and maxillary anterior teeth on mandibular move-
implants. ments 2: the influence of the contacting surfaces of the guide pin
implant fixture: see IMPLANT BODY and guide table on articulator movements
implant infrastructure slang: usagewhile a dental implant body incisal guide obs: the part of an articulator that maintains the incisal
may have an infrastructure, the proper geometric reference to guide angle (GPT-4)see ANTERIOR GUIDE TABLE
such an area of the implant is referenced relative to the long axis incisal guide angle 1: anatomically, the angle formed by the inter-
of the body, in this case, the inferior portion of the dental implant section of the plane of occlusion and a line within the sagittal
implant interface: the junction of the surface of a dental implant and plane determined by the incisal edges of the maxillary and
the surrounding host tissuessee FIBROUS INTEGRATION, mandibular central incisors when the teeth are in maximum inter-
OSSEOUS INTEGRATION cuspation 2: on an articulator, that angle formed, in the sagittal
implant loading: see AXIAL LOADING plane, between the plane of reference and the slope of the anteri-
implant prosthesis: any prosthesis (fixed, removable or maxillofa- or guide table, as viewed in the sagittal plane
cial) that utilizes dental implants in part or whole for retention, incisal guide pin: see ANTERIOR GUIDE PIN
support, and stability incisal guide table: see ANTERIOR GUIDE TABLE
implant prosthodontics: the phase of prosthodontics concerning incisal rest: a rigid extension of a removable partial denture that con-
the replacement of missing teeth and/or associated structures by tacts a tooth at the incisal edge
restorations that are attached to dental implants incisal restoration: any restoration extending along the incisal edge
implant substructure: the metal framework of a eposteal dental of a tooth
implant that is embedded beneath the soft tissues, in contact with incisive foremen: a foreman located in the midline on the anterior of
the bone, and stabilized by means of endosteal screws. The the hard palate. It transmits the nasopalatine nerves and vessels
periosteal tissues retain the framework to the bone. The frame- called also nasopalatine foremen
work supports the prosthesis, frequently by means of abutments incisive papilla: the elevation of soft tissue covering the foremen of
and other superstructure componentssee IMPLANT BODY the incisive or nasopalatine canal
implant surgery (1993): the phase of implant dentistry concerning inclined plane: any of the inclined cuspal surfaces of a tooth
the selection, planning, and placement of the implant body and incomplete cleft palate: a cleft involving only a part of the hard
abutment or/and soft palate
implant system (1993): dental implant components that are incoordination n (1876): inability to move in a smooth, con-
designed to mate together. An implant system can represent a trolled, symmetrical movement
specific concept, inventor, or patent. It consists of the necessary index n (1571): a core or mold used to record or maintain the rel-
parts and instruments to complete the implant body placement ative position of a tooth or teeth to one another, to a cast, or to
and abutment components some other structure
implantology obs: a term historically conceived as the study or sci- indirect fracture: a fracture at a point distant from the primary site
ence of placing and restoring dental implantssee IMPLANT of injury due to secondary forces
DENTISTRY, IMPLANT SURGERY, IMPLANT PROSTHO- indirect pulp capping: a procedure that seeks to stimulate formation
DONTICS of reparative dentin by placing a material over sound or carious
implement n: see DEVICE dentin
impression n (14c): a negative likeness or copy in reverse of the indirect retainer: the component of a removable partial denture that
surface of an object; an imprint of the teeth and adjacent struc- assists the direct retainer(s) in preventing displacement of the dis-
tures for use in dentistrysee ALTERED CAST PARTIAL tal extension denture base by functioning through lever action on
DENTURE I., DENTAL I., DIRECT BONE I., I. AREA, I. the opposite side of the fulcrum line when the denture base moves
MATERIAL, I. TRAY, MASTER I., PARTIAL DENTURE I., away from the tissues in pure rotation around the fulcrum line
PRELIMINARY I., SECTIONAL I., TUBE I. indirect retention: the effect achieved by one or more indirect
impression area: the surface that is recorded in an impression retainers of a removable partial denture that reduces the tenden-
impression coping (1998): any device that registers the position of cy for a denture base to move in an occlusal direction or rotate
the dental implant body or dental implant abutment relative to about the fulcrum line
adjacent structures; most such devices are indexed to assure indurate vb -rated; -rating (1538): to make hardinduration
reproducible three-dimensional location nindurative adj

JANUARY 1999 77
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

indurated interproximal space


indurated adj (1604): having become firm or hard, especially by interdental space: see DIASTEMA, INTERARCH DISTANCE,
an increase in fibrous elements and INTERPROXIMAL SPACE
infrabulge n: that portion of the crown of a tooth apical to the sur- interdental splint: a splint for treatment of fractures and consisting
vey line of metal or acrylic resin prostheses wired to the teeth in the max-
infrabulge clasp: a removable partial denture retentive clasp that illa and mandible and joined to keep the segments immovable
approaches the retentive undercut from a cervical or infrabulge see GUNNINGS SPLINT
direction interdigitated occlusion: see MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL
infraeruption n: failure in eruption of a tooth to the established POSITION
plane of occlusion interdigitation n: see MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION
infraocclusion n: malocclusion in which the occluding surfaces of interference n (1783): in dentistry, any tooth contacts that inter-
teeth are below the normal plane of occlusion fere with or hinder harmonious mandibular movement
infrared radiation: electromagnetic radiation of wave lengths interim denture: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS
between 760 nm and 1000 nm interim endosteal dental implant abutment: any dental implant
infrastructure n: a metal framework onto which a second frame- abutment used for a limited time to assist in healing or modifica-
work or prosthesis will be placed tion of the adjacent tissues
ingot n: 1: a mold in which metal is cast 2: a mass of metal cast into interim obturator: a prosthesis that is made several weeks or months
a shape convenient for storage and measure that can be remelted following the surgical resection of a portion of one or both max-
for later casting illae. It frequently includes replacement of teeth in the defect
initial occlusal contact: the first or initial contact of opposing teeth area. This prosthesis, when used, replaces the surgical obturator
injection molding: the adaptation of a plastic material to the negative that is placed immediately following the resection and may be
form of a closed mold by forcing the material into the mold subsequently replaced with a definitive obturator.
through appropriate gatewayssee COMPRESSION MOLDING interim ocular prosthesis: an interim replacement generally made of
inlay n (1667): a fixed intracoronal restoration; a dental restoration clear acrylic resin for an eye lost due to surgery or trauma. No
made outside of a tooth to correspond to the form of the pre- attempt is made to reestablish estheticssyn CONFORMER,
pared cavity, which is then luted into the tooth EYE SHELL, SHELL
inlay wax: see CASTING WAX interim palatal lift prosthesis: see PALATAL LIFT PROSTHESIS
insertion vb: see PLACEMENT interim prosthesis: a fixed or removable prosthesis, designed to
instantaneous axis of rotation: the hypothetical center of rotation enhance esthetics, stabilization and/or function for a limited peri-
of a moving body, viewed in a given plane, at any point in time; od of time, after which it is to be replaced by a definitive prosthe-
for any body that has planar motion, there exists, at any instant, sis. Often such prostheses are used to assist in determination of the
some points that have zero velocity and will be fixed at a given therapeutic effectiveness of a specific treatment plan or the form
instant. The line joining these points is the instantaneous axis of and function of the planned for definitive prosthesissyn PROVI-
rotation. The intersection of this line with the plane of motion is SIONAL PROSTHESIS, PROVISIONAL RESTORATION
called the instantaneous center of rotation interlock n (1874): a device connecting a fixed unit or a removable
instrument n: a tool or implement, especially one used for delicate prosthesis to another fixed unit
work or for artistic or scientific purposessee DEVICE intermaxillary relation: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR RELA-
intaglio n, pl -ios (1644) 1: an incised or engraved figure in stone TIONSHIP
or any hard material depressed below the surface of the material intermediary jaw movement obs: all movements between the
such that an impression from the design would yield an image in extremes of mandibular excursions (GPT-3)
relief 2: something carved in intaglio intermediate abutment: a natural tooth located between terminal
intaglio surface: the portion of the denture or other restoration sur- abutments that serve to support a fixed or removable prosthesis
face that has its contour determined by the impression; the inte- internal attachment: see PRECISION ATTACHMENT
rior or reversal surface of an object internal connector: a nonrigid connector of varying geometric
integration: see FIBROUS I., OSSEOUS I., TISSUE I. designs using a matrix to unite the members of a fixed partial
interalveolar space: see INTERARCH DISTANCE denture
interarch distance: the interridge distance; the vertical internal derangement: with respect to the temporomandibular
distance between the maxillary and mandibular dentate joint, a deviation in position or form of the tissues within the cap-
or edentate arches under specified conditionssee REDUCED I.D. sule of the temporomandibular joint; an abnormal relationship of
interarch expansion device: see TRISMUS APPLIANCE the disk to the condyle, fossa, and/or eminence
interceptive occlusal contact: see DEFLECTIVE OCCLUSAL internal rest: see PRECISION REST
CONTACT interocclusal adj: between the occlusal surfaces of opposing teeth
intercondylar adj: situated between two condyles interocclusal clearance 1: the arrangement in which the opposing
intercondylar axis: see CONDYLAR AXIS occlusal surfaces may pass one another without any contact 2: the
intercondylar distance: the distance between the rotational centers amount of reduction achieved during tooth preparation to pro-
of two condyles or their analogues vide for an adequate thickness of restorative material
intercuspal contact: the contact between the cusps of opposing interocclusal distance: the distance between the occluding surfaces
teeth of the maxillary and mandibular teeth when the mandible is in a
intercuspal contact area: the range of tooth contacts in maximum specified position
intercuspation interocclusal gap obs: see INTEROCCLUSAL DISTANCE
intercuspal occlusion: see MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION interocclusal record: a registration of the positional relation
intercuspal position: see MAXIMAL INTERCUSPAL POSITION ship of the opposing teeth or arches; a record of the positional rela-
intercuspation n, obs: the interdigitation of cusps of opposing tionship of the teeth or jaws to each other
teeth (GPT-4) interocclusal rest space: the difference between the vertical dimen-
interdental adj: between the proximal surfaces of the teeth within sion of rest and the vertical dimension while in occlusion
the same arch interproximal contact: the area of a tooth that is in close association,
interdental papilla: a projection of the gingiva filling the space connection, or touch with an adjacent tooth in the same arch
between the proximal surfaces of two adjacent teeth interproximal space: the space between adjacent teeth in a dental

78 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

interproximal space Kennedy classification of removable partial dentures


arch. It is divided into the embrasure space, occlusal to the con- J
tact point, and the septal space, gingival to the contact point jacket crown: see CERAMIC CROWN, RESIN CROWN
interradicular space: the space between roots of adjacent teeth in a Jackson crib clasp [V. H. Jackson, New York, N.Y., dentist] obs: a
dental arch one-piece clasp bent to engage the mesial and distal interproximal
interridge distance: see INTERARCH DISTANCE undercuts in adjacent natural teeth. Usually it was made by hand
interrupted bridge obs: a fixed prosthesis with one or more nonrigid bending of a straight wire of appropriate dimensions
connectors Kennedy E. The Jackson crib clasp technique in partial denture construc-
intracapsular adhesion: adhesions occurring within the joint cap- tion. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Interest; 1928.
sule, resulting in reduced mobility Essig CJ. The American textbook of prosthetic dentistry. Philadelphia: Lea
intracapsular ankylosis: diminishment in joint motion due to dis- Brothers and Co.; 1896. p. 185-7.
ease, injury, or surgical procedure within a joint capsule Jackson magnet [Thomas R. Jackson, US dentist]: eponym for per-
intracapsular disorder: a problem associated with the masticatory manent magnetic alloy magnets using rare earth metals adapted
system in which the etiologic factors are located within the tem- for oral use
poromandibular joint capsule Jackson TR. New rare earth magnetic technology: the Jackson solid
intracapsular fracture: a fracture of the condyle of the mandible state attachment system. Trends Tech Contemp Dent Lab 1986;5:31-
occurring within the confines of the capsule of the temporo- 9.
mandibular jointcalled also intraarticular fracture jaw n (14c): the bony structure bearing the teethsee MANDIBLE,
intracondylar adj: within the condyle MAXILLA
intracoronal adj 1: within the confines of the cusps and normal jaw malposition obs: any abnormal position of the mandible (GPT-3)
proximal/axial contours of a tooth 2: within the normal contours jaw movement: see MANDIBULAR MOVEMENT
of the clinical crown of a tooth jaw record: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR RELATIONSHIP
intramucosal adj: situated, formed by, or occurring within the RECORD
mucosa jaw relation: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR RELATIONSHIP
intramucosal implant: see MUCOSAL INSERT jaw relation record: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR RELATION-
intramucosal insert: see MUCOSAL INSERT
SHIP RECORD
intraoral adj: within the mouth
jaw repositioning: see MANDIBULAR REPOSITIONING
intraoral tracing: a tracing made within the oral cavitysee
jig: a device used to maintain mechanically the correct positional rela-
ARROW POINT TRACING
tionship between a piece of work and a tool or between compo-
intraosseous n: within bone
nents during assembly or alteration
intrinsic coloring: coloring from within; the incorporation of a
joint n (13c): the place of union of two or more bonessee
colorant within the material of a prosthesis or restoration
ARTHRODIAL J., COMPOUND J., DIARTHRODIAL J.,
intrusion vb: movement of a tooth in an apical direction
GINGLYMOUS J., SIMPLE J., TEMPOROMANDIBULAR J.
invariant color match: a perfect color match under all light conditions
joint crepitus: the grating sensation caused by the rubbing together
inverted cusp tooth obs: a nonanatomic posterior porcelain denture
of the dry synovial surfaces of jointscalled also articular crepitus
tooth that had circular indentations where cusps would normally
junctional epithelium: a single or multilayer of nonkeratinizing cells
be located
adhering to the tooth surface at the base of the gingival crevice
invest vb: to surround, envelop, or embed in an investment materi-
called also epithelial attachment
alsee VACUUM INVESTING
jump case slang: see REBASE, RELINE
investing v: the process of covering or enveloping, wholly or in
part, an object such as a denture, tooth, wax form, crown, etc.
with a suitable investment material before processing, soldering, K
or casting Kaolin n (1727): fine, usually white, clay that is used in ceramics
investment n: see DENTAL CASTING I., REFRACTORY I. and refractory materials as a filler or extender
investment cast: a cast made of a material that will withstand high keeper n (14c): any one of various devices used for keeping some-
temperature without disintegrationcomp REFRACTORY CAST thing in positionusage: in dentistry, this is usually construed to
ion exchange strengthening: the chemical process whereby the sur- mean a magnetized alloy attached to one element of a restoration
face of a glass is placed in compression by the replacement of a to which a magnet may adhere
small ion by a larger one while maintaining chemical neutrality Kellys syndrome [Ellsworth Kelly, US prosthodontist]: see COM-
ionizing radiation: any radiation capable of displacing electrons BINATION SYNDROME
from atoms or molecules thereby producing ions Kelly E. Changes caused by a mandibular removable partial denture
iridescent adj (1796): colors produced by interference, refraction, opposing a maxillary complete denture. J Prosthet Dent 1972;27:140-
or diffraction 50.
irreversible hydrocolloid: a hydrocolloid consisting of a sol of Kelvin temperature [Thomson W. (Lord Kelvin), Scottish mathe-
alginic acid having a physical state that is changed by an irre- matician and physicist (1824-1907)]: absolute temperature indi-
versible chemical reaction forming insoluble calcium alginate cated by the symbol K. Zero Kelvin = 273C
called also alginate, dental alginate Kennedy bar [Edward Kennedy, US dental surgeon]: see CON-
ischemia n (ca. 1860): local and temporary deficiency of blood, TINUOUS BAR CONNECTOR
chiefly resulting from the contraction of a blood vessel Kennedy E. Partial denture construction. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Inter-
isograft n (1909): a graft from one individual to another of the same est; 1928.
genetic basis, as in twinscalled also isogeneic graft, syngraft Kennedy bar connector [Edward Kennedy, US dental surgeon]: see
isometric contraction: muscular contraction in which there is no CONTINUOUS BAR CONNECTOR
change in the length of the muscle during contraction Kennedy E. Partial denture construction. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Inter-
isotonic contraction: muscular contraction in which there is a short- est; 1928.
ening of the length of the muscle while the muscle maintains a Kennedy classification of removable partial dentures [Edward
constant tension Kennedy, US dental surgeon, variably dated 1923, 1925, and
isotope n (ca 1913): a chemical element having the same atomic 1928]: a classification of partially edentulous arches divisible into
number as another but possessing a different atomic mass four classes. Class 1: a bilateral edentulous areas located posterior

JANUARY 1999 79
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

Kennedy classification of removable partial dentures laterodetrusion


to the remaining natural teeth. Class II: a unilateral edentulous L
area located posterior to the remaining natural teeth. Class III: a labial adj (1594) 1: of or pertaining to the lip 2: toward the lip
unilateral edentulous area with natural teeth located both anteri- labial bar: see LABIAL BAR CONNECTOR
or and posterior to it. Class IV: a single bilateral edentulous area labial bar connector: a major connector located labial to the dental
located anterior to the remaining natural teeth. Edentulous areas, arch
in addition to those determining the main types, were designated labial flange: the portion of the flange of a denture that occupies the
as modification spaces. O. C. Applegates Rules govern application labial vestibule of the mouth
of the Kennedy system labial splint: a device of plastic, metal, or both, made to conform to
Kennedy E. Partial denture construction. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Inter- the outer aspect of the dental arch and used in the management
est; 1928. of jaw and facial injuries
keratin n (1847): a protein present in all cuticular (cornified) struc- labial vestibule: the portion of the oral cavity that is bounded on
tures of the body, such as hair, epidermis, horns, and the organic one side by the teeth, gingiva, and alveolar ridge (in the edentu-
matrix of the enamel of the teeth lous mouth, the residual ridge) and on the other by the lips ante-
keratinization n: the process of maturation of keratinocytes. The for- rior to the buccal frenula
mation of a protein layer (keratin) on the surface of some epithelia labioversion n: labial position of a tooth beyond normal arch form
keratinized gingiva: the oral surface of the gingiva extending from lamina dura: the layer of compact bone forming the wall of a tooth
the mucogingival junction to the gingival margin. In gingival alveolus
health, the coronal portion of the sulcular epithelium may also be land area: the portion of a dental cast that extends beyond the
keratinized. The pattern of keratinization may be ortho-or para- impressions replica surface laterally that defines the area between
key and keyway attachment: see ATTACHMENT the end of the replicas surface and the cast
keyway n: an interlock using a matrix and patrix between the units lap vb lapped; lapping vt (14c) la: to fold over or around some-
of a fixed partial denture. It may serve two functions: (1) to hold thing; to wind about lb: to envelop entirely 2: to fold over in suc-
the pontic in the proper relationship to the edentulous ridge and cessive layers 3: to place over and cover a part of another 4a: to
the opposing teeth during occlusal adjustment on the working dress smooth or to polish to a high degree 4b: to fit or shape by
cast (during application of any veneering material) and (2) to working two surfaces together with or without abrasives until a
reinforce the connector after soldering very close fit is achievedlapper n
kinematic axis: the transverse horizontal axis connecting the rota- laser n (1957): acronym for Light Amplification by Simulated Emis-
tional centers of the right and left condyles sion of Radiation: a device that transforms light of various fre-
kinematic face-bow: a face-bow with adjustable caliper ends used to quencies into an intense, small, and nearly nondivergent beam of
locate the transverse horizontal axis of the mandible monochromatic radiation, within the visible range
laser therapy: the use of laser energy in the treatment of tissue
kinematics: the phase of mechanics that deals with the possible
pathosis
motions of a material body
laser welding: the joining of metal components through the use of
Kingsley splint [Norman William Kingsley, US dentist, 1829-1913]
heat generated with a laser beam
obs: eponym for a maxillary splint used to apply traction to reduce
late closing click: the sound emanating from the temporomandibu-
and immobilize maxillary fractures and immobilize them through
lar joint that occurs just before termination of closure
wings attached to a head device by elastics. C. L. Goddard cites
late opening click: the sound emanating from the temporo-
Dr. Kingsley as first using the occipital appliance in 1866
mandibular joint that occurs just before termination of opening
Essig CJ. The American textbook of prosthetic dentistry. Philadelphia: Lea
lateral adj (15c) 1: positions either right or left of the midsagittal
Brothers and Co.; 1896. p. 204.
plane 2: denotes a position farther from the median plane or mid-
Kingsley NW. Oral deformities. 1866:134.
line of the body or structure
Knoop hardness tests [Frederick Knoop, US engineer, US Depart-
lateral checkbite: see LATERAL INTEROCCLUSAL RECORD
ment of Commerce]: eponym for a surface hardness test using a
lateral condylar inclination: the angle formed by the path of the
diamond stylus. It is used for harder materials and is characterized moving condyle within the horizontal plane compared with the
by the diamond or rhomboid shaped indentation. The indenta- median plane (anterior-posterior movement) and within the
tion micro-hardness test uses a rhombic-based pyramidal dia- frontal plane when compared with the horizontal plane (superior-
mond indenter. The long diagonal of the resulting indentation is inferior movement)see LATEROTRUSION
measured to determine the hardness. This test is suitable for most lateral condylar path: the path of movement of the condyle-disk
classes of materials including brittle and elastomeric assembly in the joint cavity when a lateral mandibular movement
Knoop F, Peters CG, Emerson WB. A sensitive pyramidal diamond tool for is made
indentation measurements. J Res Nat Bur Stand 1939;12:39-45. lateral incisor: the second incisor
Kubelka-Munk scattering coefficient [authors unknown]: eponym lateral interocclusal record: a registration of the positional relation-
for the multiple (diffuse) scattering coefficient for a unit of thick- ship of opposing teeth or arches made in either a right or left lat-
ness and concentration of scattering material in a medium of a dif- eral position of the mandible
ferent refractive index as used in the Kubelka-Munk Equation. It lateral mandibular movement: see MANDIBULAR LATERAL
is the rate of increase of reflectance of a layer over black, as thick- TRANSLATION
ness is increased. Hence, the assumption is made that the entire lateral mandibular relation: the relationship of the mandible to the
scattering is in the backward or reverse direction from that of the maxillae in a position to the left or right of the midsagittal plane
incident diffuse light lateral movement obs: a movement from either right or left of the
Kubelka P. New contributions to the optics of intensely light scattering midsagittal plane (GPT-4)
materials. Part 1. J Opt Soc Am 1948;38:448-57. lateral protrusion: see LATEROPROTRUSION
Kubelka-Munk theory [authors unknown]: eponym for a theory lateral relation obs: the relation of the mandible to the maxillae when
describing the optical behavior of materials containing small par- the lower jaw is in a position to either side of centric relation
ticles that scatter and absorb radiant energy. It is widely used for (GPT-4)
color matching lateral side shift: see MANDIBULAR TRANSLATION
Kubelka P, Munk F. Ein Beitrag zur Optik der farbenstriche. Z Tech Phys laterodetrusion n: lateral and downward movement of the condyle
1931;12:593-601. on the working sidesee LATEROTRUSION

80 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

lateroprotrusion lute
lateroprotrusion n: a protrusive movement of the mandibular lingual bar connector: a major connector of a removable partial
condyle in which there is a lateral component denture located lingual to the dental arch
lateroretrusion n: lateral and backward movement of the condyle lingual flange: the portion of the flange of a mandibular denture
on the working side that occupies the alveololingual sulcus
laterosurtrusion n: lateral and upward movement of the condyle lingual inclination: deviation of the coronal portion of a tooth from
on the working sidesee LATEROTRUSION the vertical plane toward the tongue
laterotrusion n: condylar movement on the working side in the lingual plate: the portion of the major connector of a removable par-
horizontal plane. This term may be used in combination with tial denture contacting the lingual surfaces of the natural teeth
terms describing condylar movement in other planes, for exam- also spelled linguoplate
ple, laterodetrusion, lateroprotrusion, lateroretrusion, and latero- lingual rest: a metallic extension of a removable partial denture
surtrusion framework that fits into a prepared depression within an abut-
Le Fort fracture [Leon Clement Le Fort, French surgeon, 1829- ment tooths lingual surface
1893]: eponym for a bilateral horizontal fracture of the maxilla, lingual rest seat: the depression prepared on the lingual surface of
classified into three categories (I, II, III) an abutment tooth to accept the metal rest of a partial denture
Le Fort I fracture: eponym for a horizontal segmented fracture of (the lingual rest)
the alveolar process of the maxilla, in which the teeth are usually lingual splint: a dental splint conforming to the inner aspect of the
contained within the detached portion dental arch
Le Fort II fracture: eponym for a pyramidal fracture of the midfacial lingual strap: see LINGUAL PLATE
skeleton with the principal fracture lines meeting at an apex at or lingualized occlusion: first described by S. Howard Payne, DDS, in
near the superior aspect of the nasal bones 1941, this form of denture occlusion articulates the maxillary lin-
Le Fort III fracture: eponym for a craniofacial disjunction fracture in gual cusps with the mandibular occlusal surfaces in centric work-
which the entire maxilla and one or more facial bones are com- ing and nonworking mandibular positions. The term is attributed
pletely separated from the craniofacial skeleton to Earl Pound
leaf gauge: a set of blades or leaves of increasing thickness used to Payne SH. A posterior set-up to meet individual requirements. Dent Digest
measure the distance between two points or to provide metered 1941;47:20-2.
separation Pound E. Utilizing speech to simplify a personalized denture service. J
lengthening of the clinical crown: a surgical procedure designed to Prosthet Dent 1970;24:586-600.
increase the extent of supragingival tooth structure for restorative linguocclusion n: an occlusion in which a tooth or group of teeth
or esthetic purposes by apically positioning the gingival margin, is located lingual to its normal position
removing supporting bone, or both linguoversion n: lingual or palatal position of a tooth beyond nor-
LET: acronym for Linear Energy Transfer: the energy dissipation of mal arch form
ionizing radiation over a given linear distance. Highly penetrating lip line: see HIGH L.L., LOW L.L.
radiations such as gamma rays cause low ion concentration and lip switch operation: tissues borrowed from one lip and transferred
thus have a relatively low LET, x-rays and beta particles exhibit to the othersee also ABBE FLAP, ESTLANDERS OPERA-
intermediate LET, and alpha particles have a high LET TION
light n (bef. 12c): the aspect of electromagnetic radiation of which loading: see IMMEDIATE LOADING; PROGRESSIVE LOAD-
the human observer is aware through the visual sensations that ING
arise from the stimulation of the retina of the eye lobe n (1525): a curved or rounded projection or division, especial-
light source: an object that emits light or radiant energy to which the ly of a body organ or part
human eye is sensitive. The emission of a light source can be local etiologic factors: the environmental influences that may be
described by the relative amount of energy, emitted at each wave implicated in the causation, modification, and/or perpetuation of
length in the visible spectrum; the emission may be described in a disease entity
terms of its correlated color temperature localization film: a radiograph made with radiopaque markers to
lightness n (bef. 12c) 1: achromatic dimension necessary to localize the position of a body (i.e., a tumor) relative to external
describe the three-dimensional nature of color, the others being landmarks
hue and saturation. The lightness dimension may also be called long axis: a theoretical line passing lengthwise through the center of
brightness. In the Munsell Color Order System, the lightness a body
dimension is called value 2: perception by which white objects are long centric articulation: see INTERCUSPAL CONTACT AREA
distinguished from gray and light objects from dark ones; equiv- longitudinal axis: see SAGITTAL AXIS
alent to shading in grays low lip line 1: the lowest position of the inferior border of the upper
limbus: a border or interface especially if marked by a difference in lip when it is at rest 2: the lowest position of the superior border
color or structure between adjoining parts of the lower lip during smiling or voluntary retraction
line angle: the point of convergence of two planes in a cavity prepa- lower impression slang: an impression of the mandibular jaw or den-
ration tal structures (GPT-4)see MANDIBULAR IMPRESSION
line of occlusion: the alignment of the occluding surfaces of the lower ridge slope obs 1: the slope of the mandibular residual ridge
teeth as viewed in the horizontal planesee OCCLUSAL in the second and third molar region as seen from the buccal side
PLANE (GPT-1) 2: the portion of the lower residual ridge, either lingual,
linear occlusion: the occlusal arrangement of artificial teeth, as labial, or buccal, between the crest of the ridge and the mucobuc-
viewed in the horizontal plane, wherein the masticatory surfaces cal fold or flexion line of the peripheral tissues (GPT-1)
of the mandibular posterior artificial teeth have a straight, long, Lucia jig [Victor O. Lucia, US prosthodontist]: eponymsee ANTE-
narrow occlusal form resembling that of a line, usually articulat- RIOR PROGRAMMING DEVICE
ing with opposing monoplane teeth. Lucia VO. Treatment of the edentulous patient. Chicago: Quintessence;
Frush JP. Linear occlusion. Ill Dent J 1966;35:788-94. 1986.
lingual adj (15c): pertaining to the tongue; next to or toward the lug n: something that projects away from an object and is generally
tongue used as a support or for connection to a body
lingual apron: see LINGUAL PLATE luminance n (1880): the intensity of light per unit area
lingual bar: see LINGUAL BAR CONNECTOR 1lute n (15c): a substance, such as cement or clay, used for placing a

JANUARY 1999 81
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

lute master impression


joint or coating a porous surface to make it impervious to liquid mandibular plane: in cephalometrics, a plane that passes through
or gassee CEMENT the inferior border of the mandible
2lute vt; luted; luting: to fasten, attach, or sealsee CEMENT mandibular protraction: a type of facial anomaly in which gnathion
luxation n (1552): see CONDYLAR DISLOCATION lies anterior to the orbital planesee ANGLES CLASSIFICA-
TION OF OCCLUSION
M mandibular relationship record: any registration of the relationship
macroglossia n: excessive size of the tongue of the mandible to the maxillae
macula n, pl macula (1863): a patch of tissue that is altered in color mandibular repositioning: guidance of the mandible to cause clo-
but usually not elevated; usually characteristic of various diseases sure in a predetermined, altered position
maintenance dose: the quantity of a drug necessary to maintain a mandibular resection: the surgical removal of a portion or all of the
normal physiologic state or a desired blood or tissue level of drug mandible and the related soft tissuescalled also mandibulectomy
major connector: the part of a removable partial denture that joins mandibular resection prosthesis: a maxillary and/or mandibular
the components on one side of the arch to those on the opposite prosthesis delivered after a mandibular resection to allow the
side remaining deviated mandibular segment improved occlusal con-
malalignment: see MALOCCLUSION tact with the maxillary dentition. This can require use of a flange,
malleable adj (14c): capable of being extended or shaped with a guide, or occlusal platform incorporated in the prosthesis to
hammer or with the pressure of rollers guide the mandibular segment into optimal occlusal contactsyn
malocclusion n (1888) 1: any deviation from a physiologically MANDIBULAR GUIDE PLANE PROSTHESIS, MANDIBU-
acceptable contact between the opposing dental arches 2: any LAR RESECTION PROSTHESIS WITH GUIDE,
deviation from a normal occlusionsee ANGLES CLASSIFI- MANDIBULAR RESECTION PROSTHESIS WITHOUT
CATION OF OCCLUSION GUIDE, RESECTION PROSTHESIS
mamelon n: one of three tubercles sometimes found on the incisal mandibular rest position: see PHYSIOLOGIC REST POSITION
edges of incisor teethmamelonated adj, mamelonation n mandibular retraction: a type of facial anomaly in which gnathion
mandible n (15c): the lower jawbone lies posterior to the orbital planesee also ANGLES CLASSIFI-
mandibular adj: of or pertaining to the mandible CATION OF OCCLUSION
mandibular anteroposterior ridge slope: the slope of the crest of mandibular side shift: see MANDIBULAR TRANSLATION
the mandibular residual ridge from the third molar region to its mandibular staple: a transosteal dental implant placed from the infe-
most anterior aspect in relation to the lower border of the rior border of the mandible with posts (abutments) that extend
mandible as viewed in profile through the mucosa into the oral cavity in the mandibular anteri-
mandibular axis: see SAGITTAL AXIS, TRANSVERSE HORI- or regioncalled also transmandibular staple
ZONTAL AXIS, VERTICAL AXIS mandibular tracing: a graphic representation or record of the move-
mandibular condyle: the articular process of the mandiblesee also
ments of the mandible within a given plane
CONDYLE
mandibular translation: the translatory (medio-lateral) movement
mandibular dislocation: displacement of the mandible
of the mandible when viewed in the frontal plane. While this has
mandibular dysplasia: disharmony in size or form between the right
not been demonstrated to occur as an immediate horizontal
and left halves of the mandible
movement when viewed in the frontal plane, it could theoretical-
mandibular equilibration 1: the act or acts performed to place the
ly occur in an essentially pure translatory form in the early part of
mandible in equilibrium 2: a condition in which all of the forces
the motion or in combination with rotation in the latter part of
acting on the mandible are neutralized
the motion or bothsee also EARLY MANDIBULAR LATER-
mandibular glide obs: the side to side, protrusive, and intermediate
AL TRANSLATION, IMMEDIATE MANDIBULAR LATER-
movement of the mandible occurring when the teeth or other
AL TRANSLATION, PROGRESSIVE MANDIBULAR LAT-
occluding surfaces are in contact (GPT-4)
ERAL TRANSLATION
mandibular guide plane prosthesis: see MANDIBULAR RESEC-
mandibular trismus: reduced mobility of the mandible resulting from
TION PROSTHESIS
tonic contracture of the masticatory muscles
mandibular hinge position obs: the position of the mandible in rela-
tion to the maxilla at which opening and closing movements can mandibulectomy n: the removal of part or all of the mandible
be made on the hinge axis (GPT-4) mandrel also mandril n (1790) 1a: usually a taper or cylindrical
mandibular impression: an impression of the mandibular jaw or axle, spindle, or arbor placed in a hole to support it during
dental structures machining 1b: a metal bar which serves as a core about which
mandibular lateral translation: see MANDIBULAR TRANSLA- material may be cast, molded, compressed, forged, bent or shaped
TION 2: the shaft and bearings on which a tool is mounted
mandibular micrognathia: an abnormally small mandible with asso- Maryland bridge: see RESIN-BONDED PROSTHESIS
ciated recession of the chin Livaditis, GJ, Thompson, VP: Etched castings: an improved retentive
mandibular movement: any movement of the lower jaw mechanism for resin-bonded retainers. J Prosthet Dent 1982;47:52-9.
mandibular nerve: the third division of the trigeminal nerve that margin n (14c): the outer edge of a crown, inlay, onlay, or other
leaves the skull through the foremen ovale and provides motor restoration. The boundary surface of a tooth preparation and/or
innervation to the muscles of mastication, to the tensor veli pala- restoration is termed the finish line or finish curve
tini m., the tensor tympani m., the anterior belly of the digastric marginal gingiva: the most coronal portion of the gingiva; often
m., and the mylohyoid m. It provides the general sensory inner- used to refer to the free gingiva that forms the wall of the gingi-
vation to the mandibular teeth and gingivae, the mucosa of the val crevice in health
cheek and floor of the mouth, the epithelium of the anterior two marginal ridge: a component of the tooth structure forming the
thirds of the tongue, the meninges and the skin of the lower por- occlusal proximal margin of a premolar or molar
tion of the face masking n: the process of applying an opaque covering to camou-
mandibular orthopedic repositioning splint: a removable prosthe- flage the metal component of a prosthesis
sis that creates a different, yet temporary, dental occlusal position master cast: see DEFINITIVE CAST
that guides the mandible to close into a predetermined and master impression: the negative likeness made for the purpose of
altered position fabricating a prosthesis

82 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

masticating cycles metal insert teeth


masticating cycles obs: the patterns of mandibular movements maxillomandibular registration: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR
formed during the chewing of food (GPT-1) RELATIONSHIP RECORD
mastication n (1649): the process of chewing food for swallowing maxillomandibular relation: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR
and digestion RELATIONSHIP
masticatory apparatus: see MASTICATORY SYSTEM maxillomandibular relationship: any spatial relationship of the
masticatory cycle: a three-dimensional representation of mandibular maxillae to the mandible; any one of the infinite relationships of
movement produced during the chewing of food the mandible to the maxillae
masticatory efficiency: the effort required achieving a standard maxillomandibular relationship record: a registration of any posi-
degree of comminution tional relationship of the mandible relative to the maxillae. These
masticatory force: the force applied by the muscles of mastication records may be made at any vertical, horizontal, or lateral orien-
during chewing tation
masticatory movements: mandibular movements used for chewing maxillomandibular registration: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR
foodsee MASTICATORY CYCLE RELATIONSHIP RECORD
masticatory mucosa: see MUCOSA maximal intercuspal contacts: tooth contact in the maximum inter-
masticatory muscle: muscles that elevate the mandible to close the cuspal position
mouth (temporalis m., superficial and deep masseter m., medial maximal intercuspal position: the complete intercuspation of the
pterygoid m.)see ELEVATOR MUSCLE opposing teeth independent of condylar position, sometimes
masticatory pain: discomfort about the face and mouth induced by referred to as the best fit of the teeth regardless of the condylar
chewing or other use of the jaws but independent of local disease positioncalled also maximal intercuspationcomp CENTRIC
involving the teeth and mouth OCCLUSION
masticatory performance: a measure of the comminution of food mean foundation plane obs: the mean of the various irregularities in
attainable under standardized testing conditions form and inclination of the basal seat (GPT-4)
masticatory system: the organs and structures primarily functioning meatus n, pl meatuses or meatus (1665): a natural body pas-
in mastication. These include the teeth with their supporting sage; a general term for any opening or passageway in the body
structures, craniomandibular articulations, mandible, positioning mechanically balanced occlusion obs: a balanced occlusion without
and accessory musculature, tongue, lips, cheeks, oral mucosa, and reference to physiologic considerations, as on an articulation
(GPT-4)
the associated neurologic complex
median line: the centerline dividing a body into the right and left
matrix n, pl matrices (15c) 1: a mold or impression in which
median mandibular point obs: a point on the anteroposterior center
something is formed 2: the portion of an attachment system that
of the mandibular ridge in the median sagittal plane (GPT-4)
receives the patrix
median plane: an imaginary plane passing longitudinally through the
maxilla n, pl maxillae (15c): their regularly shaped bone that,
body, from front to back, and dividing it into left and right halves
with its contralateral maxilla, forms the upper jaw. It assists in the
median relation obs: any jaw relation when the mandible is in the
formation of the orbit, the nasal cavity, and the hard palate; it
median sagittal plane (GPT-4)
contains the maxillary teeth
median retruded relation: see CENTRIC RELATION
maxillary impression: an impression of the maxillary jaw or dental
mediolateral curve: in the mandibular arch, that curve, as viewed in
structures
the frontal plane, which is concave above and contacts the buccal
maxillary micrognathia: abnormally small maxillae with associated
and lingual cusps of the mandibular molars; in the maxillary arch,
retraction of the middle third of the face
that curve, as viewed in the frontal plane, which is convex below
maxillary protraction: a type of facial anomaly in which subnasion
and contacts the lingual and buccal cusps of the maxillary molars.
lies anterior to the orbital plane
The facial and lingual cusp tips on both sides of the dental arch
maxillary resection: the surgical removal of a part or all of the max- form the curve
illacalled also maxillectomy mediotrusion n: a movement of the condyle mediallysee
maxillary sinus: the anatomic space located superior to the posteri- NONWORKING SIDE
or maxillary alveolus membrane n (15c) 1: a thin soft pliable sheet or layer, especially of
maxillary tuberosity: the most distal portion of the maxillary alveo- plant or animal origin 2: a thin layer of tissue that lines a cavity,
lar ridge envelops a vessel or part, or separates a space or organ
maxillectomy n: the removal of part or all of the maxillacalled meniscus n, pl menisci: see DISK
also maxillary resection mesial adj (1803): near or toward the centerline of the dental arch;
maxillofacial adj: pertaining to the dental arches, the face, head toward the median sagittal plane of the face, following the curva-
and neck structures ture of the dental arch
maxillofacial stabilization prosthesis: a prosthesis fabricated for the mesial drift: movement of teeth toward the midline
maxillae or mandibule to assist stabilization, retention or function mesioversion: with reference to a tooth, nearer than normal in its
of an opposing or adjacent maxillofacial prosthesis. Generally such position toward the median line of the face, along the dental arch
prostheses are complete dentures, removable partial dentures or 1metal n (13c): any strong and relatively ductile substance that pro-
fixed partial dentures vides electropositive ions to a corrosive environment and that can be
maxillofacial prosthetic adhesive: a material used to adhere exter- polished to a high luster. Characterized by metallic atomic bonding
nal prosthesis to skin and associated structures around the periph- 2metal vt -aled or -alled; -aling or -alling (1610): to cover or fur-
ery of an external anatomic defect nish with metal
maxillofacial prosthetics: the branch of prosthodontics concerned metal base: the metallic portion of a denture base forming a part or
with the restoration and/or replacement of the stomatognathic all of the basal surface of the denture. It serves as a base for the
and craniofacial structures with prostheses that may or may not be attachment of the resin portion of the denture base and the teeth
removed on a regular or elective basis metal ceramic restoration: a fixed restoration that uses a metal sub-
maxillomandibular dysplasia: disharmony between one jaw and the structure on which a ceramic veneer is fusedsee COLLARLESS
halves of the mandible M.C.R.
maxillomandibular record: see MAXILLOMANDIBULAR RELA- metal insert teeth: teeth containing metal cutting edges; teeth
TIONSHIP RECORD designed to contain metal cutting edges in the occlusal surface

JANUARY 1999 83
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

metal saddle MORA device


metal saddle obs: a metal denture base (GPT-4) of teeth by the use of abrasives between their occluding surfaces
metamer n: one of a pair of objects whose colors match when while the dentures are rubbed together in the mouth or on the
viewed in a described way but do not match under all viewing articulator (GPT-3)see MILL IN
conditions minor connector: the connecting link between the major connector
metameric pair: a pair of objects whose colors match when viewed or base of a removable partial denture and the other units of the
in a described way, but which do not match if the viewing condi- prosthesis, such as the clasp assembly, indirect retainers, occlusal
tions are changed. Thus a metameric pair of samples exhibit the rests, or cingulum rests
same tri-stimulus values for a described set of viewing conditions mixed dentition: a stage of development during which the primary
(observer, light source, geometry of the illumination and viewing and permanent teeth function together in the mouthsyn
arrangement) but have different spectral distributions. Hence, TRANSITIONAL DENTITION
they exhibit a match that is conditional mobile adj (15c): capable of moving or being moved; movable
metamerism n (1877): pairs of objects that have different spectral mobility n
curves but appear to match when viewed in a given hue exhibit model n (1575): a facsimile used for display purposes; a miniature
metamerism. Metamerism should not be confused with the terms representation of something; an example for imitation or emula-
flair or color constancy, which apply to apparent color change tion; comp CAST
exhibited by a single color when the spectral distribution of the modeling composition obs: see MODELING PLASTIC IMPRES-
light source is changed or when the angle of illumination or view- SION COMPOUND
ing is changed modeling compound obs: see MODELING PLASTIC IMPRES-
methyl methacrylate resin: a transparent, thermoplastic acrylic resin SION COMPOUND
that is used in dentistry by mixing liquid methyl methacrylate modeling plastic: see MODELING PLASTIC IMPRESSION
monomer with the polymer powder. The resultant mixture forms COMPOUND
a pliable plastic termed a dough, which is packed into a mold modeling plastic impression compound: a thermoplastic dental
before initiation of polymerization impression material composed of wax, rosin, resins, and colorants
microcrack n: in porcelain, one of the numerous surface flaws that modeling wax: a wax suitable for making patterns in the fabrication
contributes to stress concentrations and results in strengths below of nonmetallic restorations
those theoretically possible modes of appearance: various manners in which colors can be per-
micrognathia n: a congenital or acquired condition characterized ceived, depending on spatial distributions and temporal variations
by an abnormally small jawsee MANDIBULAR M., MAXIL- of the light causing the sensation
LARY M. modified cast: see ALTERED CAST
microglossia n: presence of a small tongue modified ridge lap: a ridge lap surface of a pontic that is adapted to
micromaxillae n: see MAXILLARY MICROGNATHIA only the facial or buccal aspect of the residual ridge
microstomia n: an abnormally small oral orifice modifier n: a substance that alters or changes the color or proper-
microtia n: a developmental anomaly characterized by hypoplasia ties of a substance
or aplasia of the pinna of the ear, associated with an impatent or modiolus n: the structure near the corner of the mouth where
absent external auditory meatus eight muscles converge that functionally separates the labial
midfacial deficiency: failure of the mid third of the face, including vestibule from the buccal vestibule
the maxilla, to grow in proportion to the upper and lower thirds modulus of elasticity: in metallurgy, the coefficient found by divid-
midfacial fracture: fractures of the zygomatic, maxillary, nasal, and ing the unit stress, at any point up to the proportional limit, by
associated bones its corresponding unit of elongation (tension) or strain. A ratio of
midopening click: the sound emanating from the temporomandibu- stress to strain. As the modulus of elasticity rises, the material
lar joint that occurs during mid protrusive translation of the becomes more rigid
condyles modulus of resilience: the work or energy required to stress a cubic
MIE theory: the theory that relates the scattering of a single spher- inch of material (in one direction only) from zero up to the pro-
ical particle in a medium to the diameter of the particle, the dif- portional limit of the material, measured by the ability of the
ference in refractive index between the particle and the medium, material to withstand the momentary effect of an impact load
and the wave length of radiant energy in the medium that is inci- while stresses remain within the proportional limit
dent on the particle. This theory relates to the direct observation mold n (13c) 1: a cavity in which a substance is shaped, as a matrix
of the scattering of a single particle as compared with the Kubel- for casting metal or plastics; a negative form in which an object is
ka-Munk Theory and also takes into account the absorption that cast or shaped 2: the size and shape of an artificial tooth or teeth
the particle may also exhibit mold chart: an illustration of the manufacturers shapes and sizes of
1mill n: a machine or device used for working or forming materials denture teeth
into a desired form, to blend materials, or to perform other mold guide: a selection of denture teeth demonstrating the molds
mechanical operations offered by a manufacturer
2mill vt (1570) 1: to subject to an operation or process in a mill; to monochromatic vision: vision in which there is no color discrimina-
grind 2: to shape or dress by means of instruments tion
mill in v 1: the procedure of refining occluding surfaces through the monomer n (1914): a chemical compound that can undergo poly-
use of abrasive materialssee SELECTIVE GRINDING 2: the merization; any molecule that can be bound to a similar molecule
machining of boxes or other forms in cast restorations to be used to form a polymer
as retainers for fixed or removable prostheses monoplane adj: an arbitrary plane for the arrangement of denture
milled in curve obs: see MILLED IN PATH teeth that is flat both medial-aterally and anterior-posteriorly
milled in path: a contour pattern carved into the occlusal surface of monoplane articulation: the arrangement of teeth by which they are
an occlusion rim during various mandibular movements by teeth positioned in a single plane
or studs placed in the opposing arch monoplane occlusion: an occlusal arrangement wherein the posteri-
milling v: the machining of proximal boxes, recesses, or other forms or teeth have masticatory surfaces that lack any cuspal height
on cast restorations to be used as retainers for fixed or removable Monson curve: see CURVE OF MONSON
prostheses MORA device: acronym for Mandibular Orthopedic Repositioning
milling in obs: the procedure of refining or perfecting the occlusion Appliance, a type of mandibular occlusal splint used with the goal

84 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

MORA device mylohyoid groove or canal


of repositioning the mandible to improve neuromuscular balance green from blue or purple. The dimension of color determined by
and jaw relationship wave length
Gelb H. Clinical management of head, neck and TMJ pain and dysfunc- Munsell value [Alfred H. Munsell, Massachusetts, US artist and
tion. Philadelphia: WB Saunders Co.; 1977. p. 314. teacher, 1858-1918]: eponym for the relative brightness of a color.
mother matrix mold obs: a negative form, usually in sections, used The quality of grayness in comparison to white (high value) and
for positive casts (GPT-1) black, (low value); in the Munsell color system, the value of a color
moulage n (1902) 1: the negative impression of a body structure 2: is determined by which gray on the value scale it matches in light-
an impression or cast made for use, especially as evidenced in a ness/darkness (black is assigned a value of zero; white a value of 10)
criminal investigation 3: impression or reverse likeness of a part muscle n (14c): an organ that by contraction produces movements
that produces a model when converted to a positive replica, i.e., of an animal; a tissue composed of contractile cells or fibers that
by means of plaster effect movement of an organ or part of the body
1mounting v: the laboratory procedure of attaching a cast to an muscle contraction: the shortening and development of tension in a
articulator or cast relater muscle in response to stimulation
2mounting n: the relationship of dental casts to each other and the muscle contracture: a condition of high resistance to passive stretch-
instrument to which they are attached; see alsoSPLIT-CAST M. ing of a muscle resulting from fibrosis of the tissues supporting
mounting ring: see MOUNTING PLATE the muscle or the joint; sustained increased resistance to passive
mounting plate: removable metal or resin devices that attach to the stretch with reduced muscle length
superior and inferior members of an articulator, which are used to muscle hyperalgesia: increased sensitivity to pain in a muscle evoked
attach casts to the articulator by stimulation at the site of pain in the muscle
mouth guard: a resilient intraoral device useful in reducing mouth muscle hypertenseness obs: increased muscular tension that is not
injuries and protecting the teeth and surrounding structures from easily released but that does not prevent normal lengthening of
injury the muscles involved (GPT-4)
mouth protector: see MOUTH GUARD muscle hypertonicity: increased contractile activity in some motor
mouth rehabilitation obs: restoration of the form and function of units driven by reflex arcs from receptors in the muscle and/or
the masticatory apparatus to as near normal as possible (GPT-4) alpha motor neurons of the spinal cord
mouth stick: a device held in the mouth by a disabled person that muscle marking: see BORDER MOLDING
muscle relaxant: a drug or therapy that diminishes muscle tension
aids in performing certain functions
muscle spasm: a sudden involuntary contraction of a muscle or
MRI: acronym for Magnetic Resonance Imaging
group of muscles attended by pain and interference with function.
mucobuccal fold: the line of flexure of the mucous membrane as it
It differs from muscle splinting in that the contraction is sustained
passes from the mandible or maxillae to the cheek
even when the muscle is at rest and the pain/dysfunction is pre-
mucogingival: see MUCOGINGIVAL JUNCTION
sent with passive and active movements of the affected part
mucogingival junction: the junction of gingiva and alveolar mucosa
called also myospasm
mucolabial fold: the line of flexure of the oral mucous membrane as
muscle spasticity: increased muscular tension of antagonists pre-
it passes from the maxilla or mandible to the lip
venting normal movement and caused by an inability to relax (a
mucoperiosteum n: a term synonymous with a full-thickness flap
loss of reciprocal inhibition)
implying the inclusion of both mucosa and periosteum during
muscle-splinting slang: involuntary contraction (rigidity) of muscles
flap elevation
occurring as a means of avoiding the pain caused by movement of
mucosa n (1880): a mucous membrane comprised of epithelium,
the part (resistance to passive stretch). The involved muscle(s)
basement membrane, and lamina propriasee ALVEOLAR M.,
relaxes at rest
ORAL M.
muscle-trimming slang: see BORDER MOLDING
mucosal implant: see MUCOSAL INSERT muscular atrophy: a wasting of muscular tissue, especially due to
mucosal insert: a metal insert attached to the tissue surface of a lack of use
removable prosthesis that mechanically engages undercuts in a muscular splinting: contraction of a muscle or group of muscles
surgically prepared mucosal sitecalled also button implant, attended by interference with function and producing involuntary
intramucosal insert, mucosal implant movement and distortion; differs from muscle spasm in that the
mucositis n: inflammation of the mucous membrane contraction is not sustained when the muscle is at rest
mucostatic adj: the state of the oral mucosa when external forces musculoskeletal pain: deep, somatic pain that originates in skeletal
are not displacing it muscles, facial sheaths, and tendons (myogenous pain), bone and
muffle n: the portion of a furnace, usually removable or replaceable, periosteum (osseous pain), joint, joint capsules, and ligaments
in which material may be placed for processing without direct (arthralgic pain), and in soft connective tissues
exposure to heating element mush bite obs: a maxillomandibular relationship record made in a soft-
Munsell chrome [Alfred H. Munsell, Massachusetts, US artist and ened material, frequently beeswax, without the benefit of record
teacher, 1858-1918]: eponym for the Munsell color system basessee INTEROCCLUSAL RECORD
chrome, which is that quality by which a strong color is distin- mutually protected articulation: an occlusal scheme in which the
guished from one that is weak. The departure of a color sensation posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior teeth in
from that of white or gray; the intensity of a distinctive hue color maximum intercuspation, and the anterior teeth disengage the
intensitysee also SATURATION posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements
Munsell color order system [Alfred H. Munsell, Massachusetts, US mutually protected occlusion: see MUTUALLY PROTECTED
artist and teacher, 1858-1918]: eponym for a color order system; ARTICULATION
developed in 1905, it places colors in an orderly arrangement myalgia n (1860): pain in a muscle or muscles
encompassing the three attributes of hue, value, and chrome mycotic n: pertaining to a mucosis; caused by fungi
Munsell AH. A color notation. Baltimore: Munsell Color Co.; 1975.p. mylohyoid concavity: the fossa in the mandible below the mylohy-
14-6. oid line in the molar region
Munsell hue [Alfred H. Munsell, Massachusetts, US artist and mylohyoid groove or canal: the groove in the mandible running down-
teacher, 1858-1918]: eponym for that quality by which one color ward and forward toward the submandibular fossa, which contains
family is distinguished from another, as red from yellow, and the mylohyoid muscle, nerve, and vessels

JANUARY 1999 85
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

mylohyoid region nonadjustable articulator


mylohyoid region obs: the region on the lingual surface of the nasal septal prosthesis: a removable prosthesis to occlude (obturate)
mandible marked by the mylohyoid ridge and the attachment of a hole within the nasal septal wallsyn SEPTAL BUTTON, SEP-
the mylohyoid muscle (GPT-4) TAL PLUG
mylohyoid ridge: an oblique ridge on the lingual surface of the nasal spine: a sharp bony protuberance of the lower margin of the
mandible that extends from the level of the roots of the last molar anterior aperture of the nares formed by the forward prolonga-
teeth and that serves as a bony attachment for the mylohyoid tion of the two maxillae
muscles forming the floor of the mouth nasal stent: a removable intranasal prosthesis to support the form of
myocentric adj: that terminal point in space in which, with the the nose
mandible in rest position, subsequent colonic muscle contraction nasality n (1656): the quality of speech sounds when the nasal cav-
will raise the mandible through the interocclusal space along the ity is used as a resonator
myocentric (muscle balanced) trajectory. Also described as the ini- nasion n: a bony cephalometric landmark at which the nasofrontal
tial occlusal contact along the myocentric trajectory (isotonic clo- suture is bisected by the midsagittal plane
sure of the mandible from rest position) nasopharynx n (1877): the part of the pharynx situated above the
Jankelson B. Dent Clin North Am 1979;23:157-68. soft palate
Jankelson BR, Polley ML. Electromyography in clinical dentistry. Seattle: natural color system: a color order system derived by Anders Hard
Myotronica Research Inc.; 1984. p. 52. that defines six color perceptions using the concept of percentage
myofascial trigger point: a hyperirritable spot, usually within a for localizing nuances within the three-part system. The six per-
skeletal muscle or in the muscle fascia, that is painful on com- ceptions are white, black, red, green, yellow, and blue. The
pression and can give rise to characteristic referred pain, tender- dimensions of hue, blackness or whiteness, and chrome are used
ness (secondary hyperalgesia), and autonomic phenomena to relate colors within this system
myofibrotic capsular contracture: muscle contracture resulting natural dentition: the natural teeth, as considered collectively, in the
from the formation of excessive fibrous tissue within the muscle dental arch, which may be deciduous, permanent, or mixed
or its sheath natural glaze: the production of a glazed surface by the vitrification of
myofunctional: relating to the function of muscles. In dentistry, the material itself and without addition of other fluxes or glasses
the role of muscle function in the cause or correction of muscle neck of the condyle: the constricted inferior portion of the
related problems mandibular condyle that is continuous with the ramus of the
myofunctional therapy: the use of exercises to improve the action mandible; that portion of the mandibular ramus to which the
of a group of muscles used as an adjunct to orthodontic or cran- condyle is attached
iomandibular dysfunction treatment necrosis n, pl necroses (1665): localized death of living tissue
myogenous pain: deep somatic musculoskeletal pain originating in needlepoint tracing: see CENTRAL BEARING TRACING
skeletal muscles, fascial sheaths, or tendons DEVICE
Myo-monitor: a digital electronic pulse generator specifically opti- Nesbit prosthesis [Norman Nesbit, dentist, Boston, Massachusetts,
US] obs: eponym for a unilateral removable partial denture design
mized for bilateral transcutaneous electrical neural stimulation of
that Dr Nesbit introduced in 1918
the stomatognathic system; an electrical device introduced in
neuralgia n (ca. 1822): neurogenous pain felt along the peripheral
1969 by Bernard Jankelson, DDS, as a means of applying muscle
distribution of a nerve trunk
relaxation as a prerequisite to obtain an occlusal position that
neuritis n (1840): inflammation of a nerve
would sustain a relaxed musculature
neurogenous pain: pain that is generated within the nervous system
Jankelson B, Radke JO. The Myo-monitor: its use and abuse. Quintessence
as a result of some abnormality of neural structures
Int 1978;9:47-52.
neuropathy n (1857): a general term used to designate an abnor-
Jankelson B, Sparks S, Crane PF, Radke JC. Neural conduction of the
mality or pathologic change in a peripheral nerve
Myo-monitor stimulus: a quantitative analysis. J Prosthet Dent 1975;34:
neutral zone: the potential space between the lips and cheeks on one
245-53.
side and the tongue on the other; that area or position where the
Jankelson BR. Neuromuscular dental diagnosis and treatment. St Louis:
forces between the tongue and cheeks or lips are equal
Ishiyaki Euro America Intl; 1990.p. 73-7.
neutroocclusion: see ANGLES CLASSIFICATION OF
myostatic contracture: muscle contracture resulting from reduced
OCCLUSION
muscle stimulation
nidus n, pl nidi or niduses (1742): a place or substance in an ani-
myositis n (ca. 1819): inflammation of muscle tissue
mal or plant where bacteria or other organisms lodge and multiply
myospasm n: see MUSCLE SPASM
night guard: see OCCLUSAL DEVICE
myotonia n (1896): increased muscular irritability and contractili- NMR: acronym for Nuclear Magnetic Resonance; a radiologic proce-
ty with decreased power of relaxation; tonic muscle spasms dure that gives images in any plane without radiation or any bio-
logic after effect by picking up signals from resonating hydrogen
N nuclei
NA: acronym for NAsion; a cephalometric landmark located where noble metal: those metal elements that resist oxidation, tarnish, and
the intranasal and nasofrontal sutures meet corrosion during heating, casting, or soldering and when used
nanometer n (1963): unit of length to measure the wave length of intraorally; examples include gold and platinumcomp BASE
light. It is equivalent to 1 109 M or 10 angstroms. 1 nm = METAL
1/1,000,000 mm nociceptive adj (1904): receiving injury; applicable to a neuron
narrative report: a complete description of the clinical findings, receptive to painful sensations
diagnosis, and treatment rendered for a given patient nociceptive pathway: an afferent neural pathway that mediates pain
nasal grimace: movements in the tissue of the nares reflecting the impulses
attempts of the oronasal system to compensate for palatopharyn- nociceptor n: a sensory receptor preferentially sensitive to noxious
geal insufficiency or potentially noxious stimuli
nasal prosthesis: a removable prosthesis that artificially restores part nocturnal electromyography: electromyographic registrations made
or the entire nosesyn ARTIFICIAL NOSE during sleep
nasal turbulence: the excessive noise or air passing over resistance nonadjustable articulator: an articulator that does not allow adjustment
in the nasal passages to replicate mandibular movementssee also CAST RELATOR

86 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

nonanatomic teeth occlusal position


nonanatomic teeth: artificial teeth with occlusal surfaces that are not occluding jaw record: the registration of centric relation made at the
anatomically formed. The term nonanatomic as applied to artifi- occlusal vertical dimension
cial posterior teeth, and especially their occlusal forms, means that occluding relation obs: the jaw relation at which the opposing teeth
such teeth are designed in accordance with mechanical principles occlude (GPT-4)
rather than from the anatomic standpoint. I. R. Hardy, DDS, first occlusal adj (1897): pertaining to the masticatory surfaces of the
introduced nonanatomic teeth with flat occlusal surfaces set to a posterior teeth, prostheses, or occlusion rims
flat occlusal plane occlusal adjustment 1: any change in the occlusion intended to alter
Sears VH. Thirty years of nonanatomic teeth. J Prosthet Dent 1953;3:596- the occluding relation 2: any alteration of the occluding surfaces
617 of the teeth or restorationssee also OCCLUSAL RESHAPING
Hardy IR. Technique for use of nonanatomic acrylic posterior teeth. Dent occlusal analysis: an examination of the occlusion in which the inte-
Digest 1942;48:562-6. rocclusal relations of mounted casts are evaluated
nonfunctioning condyle: see NONWORKING SIDE CONDYLE occlusal balance: a condition in which there are simultaneous con-
nonpivoting condyle: see NONWORKING SIDE CONDYLE tacts of opposing teeth or tooth analogues (i.e., occlusion rims)
nonprecious metal: see BASE METAL on both sides of the opposing dental arches during eccentric
nonresorbable adj: the property exhibited by substances that movements within the functional range
demonstrate relatively limited in-vivo degradation occlusal clearance: see INTEROCCLUSAL CLEARANCE
nonrigid connector: any connector that permits limited movement occlusal contact 1: the touching of opposing teeth on elevation of
between otherwise independent members of a fixed partial denture the mandible 2: any contact relation of opposing teethsee
nonworking side: that side of the mandible that moves toward the DEFLECTIVE O.C, INITIAL O.C
median line in a lateral excursion. The condyle on that side is occlusal correction: see OCCLUSAL ADJUSTMENT,
referred to as the nonworking side condyle OCCLUSAL RESHAPING
nonworking side condyle: the condyle on the nonworking side occlusal curvature: the curve of a dentition in which the occlusal
nonworking side condyle path: the path the condyle traverses on surfaces lie, when viewed in the frontal and sagittal planes
the nonworking side when the mandible moves in a lateral excur- occlusal device: any removable artificial occlusal surface used for
sion, which may be viewed in the three reference planes of the diagnosis or therapy affecting the relationship of the mandible to
body the maxillae. It may be used for occlusal stabilization, for treat-
nonworking side interference: undesirable contacts of the opposing ment of temporomandibular disorders, or to prevent wear of the
occlusal surfaces on the nonworking side dentition
nonworking side occlusal contacts: contacts of the teeth on the occlusal disharmony: a phenomenon in which contacts of opposing
side opposite to the side toward which the mandible moves in occlusal surfaces are not in harmony with other tooth contacts
articulation and/or the anatomic and physiologic components of the cran-
notch n: see PTERYGOMAXILLARY N. iomandibular complex
noxious stimulus: a tissue damaging stimulus occlusal dysthesia: unusual perceptions of occlusal contact
nuance n, nuanced adj (1781) 1: a subtle distinction or variation, occlusal embrasure: the interdental space that is coronal to the con-
such as in tone or color 2: a subtle quality 3: delicate shading tact area
null detector: a detector of the point at which there is no color dif- occlusal equilibration: the modification of the occlusal form of the
ference between two samples. The human eye is an excellent null teeth with the intent of equalizing occlusal stress, producing
detector; it is considerably less trustworthy in estimating how simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal relations
large a given difference is occlusal facet: see WEAR FACET
occlusal force: the result of muscular force applied on opposing
O teeth; the force created by the dynamic action of the muscles dur-
oblique ridge: the elevation in the enamel that runs obliquely across ing the physiologic act of mastication; the result of muscular
the occlusal surface of a maxillary molar activity applied to opposing teeth
obtundent n: an agent or remedy that lessens or relieves pain or occlusal form obs: the form the occlusal surface of a tooth or a row
sensibility of teeth (GPT-4)
obturator n (ca. 1727): a prosthesis used to close a congenital or occlusal harmony obs: a condition in centric and eccentric jaw rela-
acquired tissue opening, primarily of the hard palate and/or con- tion in which there are no interceptive or deflective contacts of
tiguous alveolar structures. Prosthetic restoration of the defect occluding surfaces (GPT-4)
often includes use of a surgical obturator, interim obturator, and occlusal interference: any tooth contact that inhibits the remaining
definitive obturatorsee DEFINITIVE O., INTERIM O., SUR- occluding surfaces from achieving stable and harmonious contacts
GICAL O.comp SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS occlusal path obs 1: a gliding occlusal contact 2: the path of move-
obturator prosthesis modification: revision or alteration of an ment of an occlusal surface (GPT-4)
existing obturator (surgical, interim, or definitive); possible revi- occlusal pattern: the form or design of the masticatory surfaces of a
sions include relief of the denture base due to tissue compression, tooth or teeth based on natural or modified anatomic or
augmentation of the seal or border regions to effect adequate nonanatomic teeth
sealing or separation between the nasal and oral cavities occlusal pivot: an elevation placed on the occlusal surface, usually in
occlude vb occluded; occluding vt (1597) 1: to bring together; the molar region, designed to act as a fulcrum, thus limiting
to shut 2: to bring or close the mandibular teeth into contact with mandibular closure and inducing mandibular rotation
the maxillary teeth occlusal plane 1: the average plane established by the incisal and
occluded gas porosity: a porosity produced in castings due to the occlusal surfaces of the teeth. Generally, it is not a plane but rep-
inability of gasses in the mold to escape resents the planar mean of the curvature of these surfaces 2: the
occluder n: a name given to some articulatorssee CAST RELA- surface of wax occlusion rims contoured to guide in the arrange-
TOR ment of denture teeth 3: a flat metallic plate used in arranging
occluding centric relation record obs: a registration of centric rela- denture teethcomp to CURVE OF OCCLUSION
tion made at the established occlusal vertical dimension (GPT-4) occlusal position obs: the relationship of the mandible and maxillae
occluding frame obs: a name given to a device for relating casts to when the jaw is closed and the teeth are in contact; this position
each other for the purpose of arranging teeth (GPT-1) may or may not coincide with centric occlusion (GPT-4)

JANUARY 1999 87
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

occlusal prematurity ossification


occlusal prematurity: any contact of opposing teeth that occurs odontoplasty: the reshaping of a portion of a tooth
before the planned intercuspation oligodontia: the formation of less than a full complement of
occlusal pressure obs: any force exerted on the occlusal surfaces of teeth; many such teeth are smaller than normal
teeth (GPT-4) onlay: a restoration that restores the entire occlusal surface and is
occlusal reshaping: the intentional alteration of the occlusal surfaces retained by mechanical or adhesive means
of teeth to change their form onlay graft (1998): augmentation of a bony ridge with autologous
occlusal rest: a rigid extension of a removable partial denture that bone or bony substitutes by placement on the crest of the ridge
contacts the occlusal surface of a tooth or restoration, the occlusal beneath the periosteum to enhance bone height and width
surface of which may have been prepared to receive itsee REST opacity n (1611): the quality or state of a body that makes it
SEAT impervious to light
occlusal rest arm obs: a minor connector used to attach an occlusal opaque adj (1641): the property of a material that absorbs and/or
rest to a major part of a removable partial denture (GPT-1) reflects all light and prevents any transmission of light
occlusal rim: see OCCLUSION RIM open bite slang: see OPEN OCCLUSAL RELATIONSHIP
occlusal splint: see OCCLUSAL DEVICE open fracture: one in which there is an external wound leading to a
occlusal stability: the equalization of contacts that prevents tooth break in the bone; called also compound fracture
movement after closure open occlusal relationship: the lack of tooth contact in an occlud-
occlusal stop: see OCCLUSAL REST ing positionsee ANTERIOR O.O.R., POSTERIOR O.O.R.
occlusal strength: see MASTICATORY FORCE opening movement obs: movement of the mandible executed during
occlusal surface obs: a surface of a posterior tooth or occlusion rim jaw separation; movement executed during jaw separation (GPT-
that is intended to make contact with an opposing occlusal sur- 1)see ENVELOPE OF MOTION
face (GPT-1) oral flora: the various bacterial and other microscopic forms of life
occlusal system obs: the form or design and arrangement of the inhabiting the oral cavity
occlusal and incised units of a dentition or the teeth on a denture oral mechanism: the functioning structures of the oral cavity
(GPT-4) oral orifice: the longitudinal opening of the mouth between the lips
occlusal table: the portion of the occlusal surfaces of posterior teeth that provides the entrance to the oral cavity
that lies within the perimeter of the cusp tips and marginal ridges; oral mucosa: the lining of the oral cavity
the functional portion(s) of the occlusal surface(s) of a posterior oral orthopedics 1: a concept in dentistry concerned with postural
tooth (teeth) relationships of the jaws, both normal and abnormal 2: analysis of
occlusal trauma: trauma to the periodontium from functional or the harmful effects of an improper relationship of the mandible
parafunctional forces causing damage to the attachment apparatus and the maxillae on dental and other related structures 3: the
of the periodontium by exceeding its adaptive and reparative diagnosis and correction of such relationships and the treatment
capacities. It may be self-limiting or progressivesee PRIMARY and/or prevention of disturbances resulting therefrom
O.T., SECONDARY O.T. orbital prosthesis: a prosthesis that artificially restores the eye, eye-
occlusal vertical dimension: the distance measured between two lids, and adjacent hard and soft tissue lost as a result of trauma or
points when the occluding members are in contact surgery
occlusal wear: loss of substance on opposing occlusal units or sur- orbiting condyle: see NONWORKING SIDE CONDYLE
faces as the result of attrition or abrasion organ of mastication: the combination of all the structures involved
occlusion n (1645) 1: the act or process of closure or of being closed in the reception, mastication, and deglutition of food
or shut off 2: the static relationship between the incising or mas- organic occlusion: see ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
ticating surfaces of the maxillary or mandibular teeth or tooth orifice n (15c): an opening into a body cavity
analoguessee CENTRIC O., COMPONENTS OF O., oronasal fistula: a pathologic opening between the oral and nasal
ECCENTRIC O., LINE OF O., LINEAR O., MONOPLANE cavities
O., PATHOGENIC O., SPHERICAL FORM OF O.comp oropharynx n (1887): the part of the pharynx lying between the
ARTICULATION soft palate and the upper edge of the epiglottiscalled also oral
occlusion analysis obs: a systematic examination of the masticatory pharynx, pars oralis pharyngis, pharyngooral cavity, and vestibule
system with special consideration to the effect of tooth occlusion of the pharynx
on the teeth and their related structures (GPT-4) orthodontic band: a metal orthodontic device that holds a bracket
occlusion record obs: a registration of opposing occluding surfaces or tube and encircles a tooth
made at any maxillomandibular relationship (GPT-4) orthognathic surgery: surgical repositioning of all or parts of the
occlusion rim: occluding surfaces fabricated on interim or final den- maxillae or mandible
ture bases for the purpose of making maxillomandibular relation orthognathous adj: pertaining to or characterized by minimal
records and arranging teethcalled also record rim protrusion of the mandible or minimal prognathism
occult cleft palate: a separation of muscle in the soft palate with orthopedic craniofacial prosthesis (1998): a dynamic orthopedic
mucous membrane covering the defect. This is often noted as a prosthesis to maintain or position craniofacial osseous segments
notch in the hard palate, bifurcation of the uvula, displaced mus- orthotic device: a device designed to brace, activate, or supplement
culature, and an attenuated raphesyn SUBMUCOUS CLEFT a weakened limb or function
PALATE osseointegration n [P.I. Branemark, ca. 1982]: see OSSEOUS
ocular prosthesis: a prosthesis that artificially replaces an eye missing INTEGRATION
as a result of trauma, surgery, or congenital absence. The pros- osseous adj (1707): bony
thesis does not replace missing eyelids or adjacent skin, mucosa or osseous integration (1993) 1: the apparent direct attachment or
musclesyn ARTIFICIAL EYE, GLASS EYEcomp INTERIM connection of osseous tissue to an inert, alloplastic material with-
OCULAR PROSTHESIS out intervening connective tissue 2: the process and resultant
odontalgia n: toothache; pain in a tooth apparent direct connection of an exogenous materials surface and
odontogenous pain: deep somatic pain originating in dental pulps the host bone tissues, without intervening fibrous connective tis-
and/or periodontal ligaments sue present 3: the interface between alloplastic materials and bone
odontograph n: a device used to demonstrate irregularities occur- ossification n (1697) 1: the natural process of bone formation;
ring in the surface of tooth enamel the hardening into a bony substance 2: a mass of ossified tissue

88 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

osteitis palatopharyngeal sphincter


osteitis n (ca. 1839): inflammation of bone palatal cleft 1: an opening in the roof of the mouth and/or in the
osteoarthritis n (1878): chronic degeneration and destruction of functional soft palate. A deformity of the palate from improper
the articular cartilage and/or fibrous connective tissue linings of union or lack of union during the second month of intrauterine
the joint components and disks, leading to bony spurs, pain, stiff- development of the maxillary process with the median nasal
ness, limitation of movement, and changes in bone morphology. process 2: a cleft in the palate between the two palatal processes.
Advanced conditions may involve erosions and disk degeneration If both the hard and soft palate are involved, it is termed uranos-
with crepitussyn DEGENERATIVE JOINT DISEASE taphyloschisis; if only the soft palate is divided, it is termed ura-
osteogenesis n: development of bone; formation of bone noschisissee CLEFT PALATE, COMPLETE CLEFT PALATE,
osteoinduction n: the capability of chemicals, procedures, etc., OCCULT CLEFT PALATE
to induce bone formation through the differentiation and recruit- palatal drop prosthesis: see PALATAL AUGMENTATION PROS-
ment of osteoblasts THESIS
osteointegration n: see OSSEOUS INTEGRATION palatal expansion: the lateral movement of the maxillae to increase
osteotome n: a chisel for use in cutting bone palatal width
ostectomy n: the excision of bone or a portion of a bone, usually palatal incompetence: the inability of an anatomically intact soft
by means of a saw or chisel, for the removal of a sequestrum, the palate to effect a functional palatopharyngeal closure
correction of a deformity, or any other purpose palatal insufficiency: an anatomical inadequacy of the soft palate in
osteotomy n: the surgical cutting of a bone; frequently used to which the palatopharyngeal sphincter is incomplete
also describe smoothing, leveling, or altering external contours of palatal lift prosthesis: a removable prosthesis that aids in velopha-
the bone ryngeal closure by elevating an incompetent soft palate that is
osteoporosis n, pl -roses (1846): a medical condition character- dysfunctional due to clefting, surgery, trauma, or unknown paral-
ized by a decrease in bone mass with diminished density and con- ysisusage: palatal lift prosthesis can be divided into definitive
current enlargement of bone spaces, which produces porosity and p.l.p. and interim p.l.p. based on expectations of length of utiliza-
fragilityosteoporotic adj tion, materials in fabrication, and intended use
overbite n, slang: see VERTICAL OVERLAP palatal lift prosthesis modification: alterations in the adaptation,
overclosure n: an occluding vertical dimension at a reduced inter- contour, form, or function of an existing palatal lift necessitated
arch distance; an occluding vertical dimension that results in due to tissue impingement, lack of function, poor clasp adapta-
excessive interocclusal distance when the mandible is in the rest tion, or the like
position; it results in a reduced interridge distance when the teeth palatal plate: a major connector of a removable partial denture that
are in contact covers a significant portion of the palatal surface
overdenture n: a removable partial denture or complete denture palatal seal: see POSTPALATAL SEAL
that covers and rests on one or more remaining natural teeth, the palatal stent: see SURGICAL STENT
roots of natural teeth, and/or dental implants; a prosthesis that palatal strap slang: a maxillary major connector having an anteri-
or/posterior dimension of 12 to 34 that directly or obliquely tra-
covers and is partially supported by natural teeth, natural tooth
verses the palate and is generally located in the area of the second
roots, and/or dental implantscalled also overlay denture, over-
premolar and first molar
lay prosthesis, superimposed prosthesis
palatal vault 1: the deepest and most superior part of the palate 2:
overglaze adj (1879): the production of a glazed surface by the addi-
the curvature of the palate
tion of a fluxed glass that usually vitrifies at a lower temperature
palate n (14c): see HARD P., SOFT P.
overhang n (1864): excess restorative material projecting beyond a
palatogram n: a graphic representation of the area of the palate
cavity or preparation margin
contacted by the tongue during a specified activity, usually speech
overjet n: see HORIZONTAL OVERLAP
palatopharyngeal closure: a sphincteric action sealing the oral cavi-
overjut n: see HORIZONTAL OVERLAP
ty from the nasal cavity during swallowing and phonation by the
overlap n (1726): see HORIZONTAL OVERLAP, VERTICAL
synchronous movement of the middle third of the soft palate in a
OVERLAP
superior and posterior direction, the lateral pharyngeal wall medi-
overlay denture: see OVERDENTURE
ally, and the posterior walls of the pharynx anteriorlysyn
overlay prosthesis: see OVERDENTURE
VELOPHARYNGEAL CLOSURE
palatopharyngeal inadequacy: a condition where there is lack of effec-
P tive closure between the soft palate and one or more of the pharyn-
pack vt (14c) 1a: to make into a compact form 1b: to completely fill geal walls during swallowing or speech sounds that require high
2a: to crowd together 2b: to compresspackability n intraoral pressure. Nasal reflux escape of air during speech or hyper-
packable adj nasality may result. This lack of closure may be due to palatopha-
packing vt: the act of filling a moldsee DENTURE P. ryngeal incompetence, insufficiency or from lack of movement of
pain n (13c): a subjective unpleasant sensory and emotional experi- the pharyngeal wallssee PALATOPHARYNGEAL INCOMPE-
ence associated with actual or potential tissue damage or TENCE, PALATOPHARYNGEAL INSUFFICIENCY
described in terms of such damagesee ACUTE P., CHRONIC palatopharyngeal incompetence: the inability or an anatomically
P., HETEROTOPIC P., MASTICATORY P., MUSCU- intact soft palate to contribute to a functional palatopharyngeal
LOSKELETAL P., MYOGENOUS P., NEUROGENOUS P., closure usually due to disease or trauma of a neurogenic or mus-
ODONTOGENOUS P., PRIMARY P., PROJECTED P., SEC- cular naturesee PALATOPHARYNGEAL INADEQUACY,
ONDARY P., VASCULAR P., VISCERAL P. PALATOPHARYNGEAL INSUFFICIENCY
palatal augmentation prosthesis: a palatal prosthesis that allows palatopharyngeal insufficiency: an acquired or congenital anatomic
reshaping of the hard palate to improve tongue/palate contact defect of the soft palate that makes the palatopharyngeal sphincter
during speech and swallowing due to impaired tongue mobility as incompletesee PALATOPHARYNGEAL INADEQUACY,
a result of surgery, trauma, or neurologic/motor deficits PALATOPHARNYGEAL INCOMPETENCE
palatal bar: see PALATAL BAR CONNECTOR palatopharyngeal sphincter: the functional sphincter that separates
palatal bar connector: a major connector of a removable partial den- the nasopharyngeal and oropharynx during swallowing and
ture that crosses the palate and is characterized by being relative- phonation, formed by the posterior and superior movement of
ly narrow anterior and posteriorly the middle third of the soft palate, the anterior movement of the

JANUARY 1999 89
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

palatopharyngeal sphincter percussion


posterior pharyngeal wall, and the medial movement of the later- partial dislocation: dislocation of the articular disk due to a serious-
al pharyngeal wallssee PALATOPHARYNGEAL CLOSURE ly impaired disk-condyle complex function
syn VELOPHARYNGEAL SPHINCTER partial veneer crown: a restoration that restores all but one coronal
palliative adj (1543): affording relief but not a cure surface of a tooth, usually not covering the facial surface
palpate vt palpated; palpating (1849): to examine by touch partitive color mixing: color mixing in which both additive and sub-
palpation n tractive principles are involved. The eye interprets tiny dots of
panoramic radiograph: a radiograph produced by a panoramic subtractive color too small to be individually resolved at the view-
machinecalled also orthopantograph ing distance. The resultant color will be the average of the colors
panoramic radiography: a method of radiography by which contin- used
uous radiographs of the maxillary and/or mandibular dental arch- Passavants pad: see PASSAVANTS RIDGE
es and their associated structures may be obtained. The x-ray Passavants ridge [Philip Gustav Passavant, German surgeon, 1815-
source may be placed intraoral or extraoral 1893]: eponym for a prominence on the posterior wall of the nasal
Panorex adjtrademark (1966): see PANORAMIC RADIOGRAPH pharynx formed by contraction of the superior constrictor muscle
pantogram n: see PANTOGRAPHIC TRACING of the pharynx during swallowing. Contraction occurs at the level
pantograph n (1723) 1: an instrument used for copying a planar of the plane of the hard palatecalled also Passavants bar, Pas-
figure to any desired scale 2: in dentistry, an instrument used to savants cushion, Passavants pad, and Passavants ridge
graphically record in one or more planes paths of mandibular Passavant PG. Uber die Verschliesung des Schlunmdes beim Sprechen,
movement and to provide information for the programming of an (Virchows) Arch Path Anat (Berlin) Virchows 1869;1-31.
articulator passivate vt -ated; -ating (1913) 1: to render inactive or less reac-
pantographic tracing: a graphic record of mandibular movement in tive 2: to protect against contamination by coating or surface
three planes as registered by the styli on the recording tables of a treating
pantograph; tracings of mandibular movement recorded on plates passivation n: a process whereby metals and alloys are made more
in the horizontal and sagittal planes corrosion resistant through surface treatment. This process pro-
papilla n, pl papillae (1713): any small, nipple-shaped elevation duces a thin and stable inert oxide layer on the external surfaces
see INCISIVE P., INTERDENTAL P. called also passive corrosion conditioning
parafunction adj: disordered or perverted function passive adj (14c) 1: not active or in operation; inert; latent 2: resis-
parallax n: a difference in the perceived location of an object when
tant to corrosion 3: existing or occurring without being active,
observed from two different points not on a straight line with the
direct, or open
object
passivity n (14c): the quality or condition of inactivity or rest
parallel attachment: see PRECISION ATTACHMENT
assumed by the teeth, tissues, and denture when a removable par-
parallelometer n 1: an instrument used for determining the exact
tial denture is in place but not under masticatory pressure
parallel relationships of lines, structures, and surfaces in dental
patent adj (14c): open or unobstructed path of dislodgment: the
casts and prostheses 2: an apparatus used for making one object
specific direction in which a removable partial denture may be dis-
parallel with another object, as in paralleling attachments and
lodged
abutments for fixed partial dentures or precision attachments for
path of insertion: see PATH OF PLACEMENT
removable partial dentures
path of placement: the specific direction in which a prosthesis is
paralysis n (1525): loss or impairment of motor function as the
placed on the abutment teeth
result of a trauma or pathosis
pathogenic occlusion: an occlusal relationship capable of producing
paresthesia n: lacking normal sensation, such as tingling or burning;
pathologic changes in the stomatognathic system
morbid or perverted sensation; abnormal sensation
pattern n (14c): a form that is used to make a mold; a model for
partial denture: a dental prosthesis that restores one or more but not
all of the natural teeth and/or associated parts and that is sup- making a moldsee OCCLUSAL P.
ported in part by natural teeth, dental implant supported crowns, patrix n, pl patrices 1: a pattern or die used in type founding to
abutments, or other fixed partial dentures and/or the mucosa; form a matrix 2: the extension of a dental attachment system that
usage: a partial denture should be described as a fixed partial den- fits into the matrix
ture or removable partial denture based on the patients capabili- pawl n (1626): a pivotal tongue or bolt on one part of a machine
ty to remove or not remove the prosthesis. If the prosthesis is a that is adapted to fall into notches or spaces on another part so as
fixed partial denture that can only be removed by a clinician, i.e., to permit motion in only one direction, i.e., a ratchet wheel
a fixed partial denture supported by dental implants that has been pear-shaped area: see PEAR-SHAPED PAD
retained by means of a mechanical system (i.e., screw[s]), this pear-shaped pad: the most distal extension of attached keratinized
prosthesis is a fixed partial denture. An adjective may be added to mucosa overlying the mandibular ridge crest formed by the scar-
the clinical description, if needed, to designate the means of ring pattern after extraction of the most posterior molar. It should
mechanical retention, i.e., a screw retained fixed partial denture. be differentiated from the retromolar area
Any such prosthesis luted to dental implants (in the same manner pediatric speech aid prosthesis: a temporary or interim prosthesis
as luting a fixed partial denture to natural teeth) needs no addi- used to close a defect in the hard and/or soft palate. It may
tional designation as to its means of retentionsee BILATERAL replace tissue lost due to developmental or surgical alterations. It
DISTAL EXTENSION REMOVABLE P.D., FIXED P.D., is necessary for the production of intelligible speechsyn BULB,
REMOVABLE P.D., UNILATERAL REMOVABLE P.D. CLEFT PALATE APPLIANCE, NASOPHARYNGEAL OBTU-
partial denture construction obs: the science and techniques of RATOR, OBTURATOR, PROSTHETIC SPEECH AID,
designing and constructing partial dentures (GPT-4) SPEECH APPLIANCE, SPEECH BULB
partial denture impression: a negative likeness of a part or all of a peg lateral: an undersized, tapered maxillary lateral incisor
partially edentulous arch perceived color: attribute of visual perception that can be described
partial denture rest: a rigid extension of a fixed or removable partial by color names: white, gray, black, yellow, orange, brown, red,
denture that prevents movement toward the mucosa and trans- green, blue, purple, etc., or by a combination of names
mits functional forces to the teeth percussion n (1544) 1: the act of striking a part with sharp blows
partial denture retention: the ability of a partial denture to resist as an aid in diagnosing the condition of the underlying parts by
movement away from its foundation area and/or abutments means of the sound obtained 2: in dentistry, striking a part with

90 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

percussion plaster of paris


short, sharp blows as a diagnostic aid in evaluation of a tooth or in harmony with the temporomandibular joints and the neuro-
dental implant by the sound obtained muscular system (GPT-4)
periapical adj: relating to tissues surrounding the apex of a tooth, physiologic elasticity of muscle obs: the unique biologic quality of
including the alveolar bone and periodontal ligament muscle of being capable of change and of resuming its size under
peri-implantitis substand: in periodontics, a term used to describe neuromuscular control (GPT-4)
inflammation around a dental implant, usually its abutment; edi- physiologic occlusion obs: occlusion in harmony with the functions
torial note: suggested terminology includes gingivitis, acute gin- of the masticatory system (GPT-4)
givitis, chronic gingivitis since the implant does not exhibit physiologic rest position 1: the mandibular position assumed when
inflammation the head is in an upright position and the involved muscles, par-
perimolysis (1998): acidic erosion of the teeth as a result of chron- ticularly the elevator and depressor groups, are in equilibrium in
ic gastric regurgitation tonic contraction, and the condyles are in a neutral, unstrained
House RC, et al. Perimolysis: unveiling the surreptitious vomiter. Oral position (GPT-1) 2: the position assumed by the mandible when
Surg Oral Med Oral Path 1981;51:152-5. the attached muscles are in a state of tonic equilibrium. The posi-
periodontal adj: pertaining to or occurring around a tooth tion is usually noted when the head is held upright (GPT-1) 3:
periodontometry n: the measurement of tooth mobility the postural position of the mandible when an individual is rest-
periosteum n, pl -tea (1597): the membrane of connective tissue ing comfortably in an upright position and the associated muscles
that closely invests all bones except at articular surfaces are in a state of minimal contractual activitycomp OCCLUSAL
peripheral seal: see BORDER SEAL VERTICAL DIMENSION, REST VERTICAL DIMENSION
periphery n, pl -eries (1571): see DENTURE BORDER physiologic or physiological adj (1814) 1: characteristic of or con-
periradicular adj: around or surrounding a tooth root forming to the innate function of a tissue or organ 2: pertaining
permanent dentition: the teeth that erupt after the primary denti- to organic processes or to functions in an organism or in any of
tion that do not shed under normal conditions its parts 3: the opposite of pathologic
pharyngeal flap: tissue elevated from the posterior pharyngeal wall 1pickle n (15c): a solution or bath for preserving or cleaning; any of
and inserted into the soft palate to correct palatopharyngeal inad- various baths used in cleaning or processing
equacy 2pickle vt pickled; pickling (1552): to treat, preserve, or clean in
pharyngeal speech aid prosthesis: see DEFINITIVE OBTURA- or with an agent
TOR, INTERIM OBTURATOR, SURGICAL OBTURATOR
pier n: an intermediate abutment for a fixed partial denture
pharyngeal walls: posterior and lateral walls of the naso- and
pier abutment: see INTERMEDIATE ABUTMENT
oropharynx
pigment n (14c): finely ground, natural or synthetic, inorganic or
pharynx n, pl pharynges (ca. 1693): a funnel-shaped tube of mus-
organic, insoluble dispersed particles (powder), which, when dis-
cle tissue between the mouth, nares, and the esophagus, which is
persed in a liquid vehicle, may provide, in addition to color, many
the common pathway for food and air. The nasopharynx is above
other essential properties such as opacity, hardness, durability, and
the level of the soft palate. The oropharynx lies between the
corrosion resistance. The term is used to include an extender,
upper edge of the epiglottis and the soft palate, whereas the laryn-
white or color pigments. The distinction between powders that
gopharynx lies below the upper edge of the epiglottis and the
are pigments and those that are dyes is generally considered on
openings into the esophagus and larynx
the basis of solubilitypigments being insoluble and dispersed in
phosphorescence n (1796): a form of photoluminescence based
the material, dyes being soluble or in solution as used
on the properties of certain molecules to absorb energy (either
pin n (bef. 12c): a small cylindrical piece of metalsee ANTERIOR
near ultra violet or visible), and emit it in the form of visible radi-
GUIDE P., CEMENTED P., FRICTION RETAINED P., SELF-
ation at a higher wave length. Distinguished from fluorescence in
THREADING P., STEINMANNS P.
that light continues to be emitted for some time after the exciting
energy has ceasedsee FLUORESCENCE, LUMINANCE pinledge (1998): a partial veneer retainer preparation incorporating
photoactive adj: reacting chemically to visible light or ultraviolet pins holes to provide retention
radiationphotoactivation pivoting condole: see WORKING SIDE CONDYLE
photometer n (1884): an instrument for the measurement of placement v: the process of directing a prosthesis to a desired loca-
emitted, reflected, or transmitted light. For the measurement of tion; the introduction of prosthesis into a patients mouthsub-
luminous intensity, a visual receptor element (the eye) may be stand DELIVERY, INSERTIONcalled also denture placement,
used in the measuring device or a physical receptor element may prosthesis placement
be used that can be related to the calculated response of a stan- plane n (1570): a flat surface defined by three pointssee AXIS
dard observersee PHYSICAL P., VISUAL P. ORBITAL P., CAMPERS P., CORONAL P., CUSP P., FRANK-
photon n (ca. 1922): a massless particle, the quantum of the elec- FORT HORIZONTAL P., FRONTAL P., HORIZONTAL P.,
tromagnetic field, carrying energy, momentum, and angular INCLINED P., MANDIBULAR P., MEDIAN P., OCCLUSAL
momentumcalled also light quantum P., SAGITTAL P.
photopic vision: vision as it occurs under illumination sufficient to plane motion 1: motion that is a combination of rotation and trans-
permit the full discrimination of colors. It is the function of the lation in a given plane. The motion is described by instantaneous
retinal cones and is not dependent on the retinal rodscalled also centers of rotation. When the center of rotation is fixed, the body
daylight vision as contrasted with twilight or scotopic vision is rotating 2: the combined motions of translation and rotation of
photoreceptor process: that specific process that is set in motion in a rigid body within a given plane
a visual sensory end organ or other photic receptor by the inci- plane of occlusion: see OCCLUSAL PLANE
dence of its adequate stimulus, i.e., light plane of reference: any plane with defined landmarks from which
physical elasticity of muscle obs: the physical quality of muscle of measurements can be madesee HORIZONTAL PLANE OF
being elastic; that is, yielding to active or passive physical stretch REFERENCE
(GPT-4) plaster n: a paste-like composition (usually of water, lime, and sand)
physical photometer: a photometer in which the measurement is that hardens on drying and is used for coating walls, ceilings, and
made by some physical or chemical effect instead of by visual partitionsslang: in dentistry, a colloquial term applied to dental
methods plaster of paris
physiologically balanced occlusion obs: a balanced occlusion that is plaster of paris (15c): a white, powdery, slightly hydrated calcium

JANUARY 1999 91
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

plaster of paris postural contraction


sulfate made by calcination of gypsum, used for making casts and missing natural tooth, restores its function, and usually fills the
molds when combined with water to form a quick-setting paste space previously occupied by the clinical crown
plaster wash obs: a thin mix of plaster used to improve the accuracy porcelain n (known in Europe, ca. 1540): a ceramic material
of a preliminary impression (GPT-4) formed of infusible elements joined by lower fusing materials.
1plastic adj (1632) 1: capable of being shaped or formed 2: per- Most dental porcelains are glasses and are used in the fabrication
taining to the alteration or reformation of living tissues of teeth for dentures, pontics and facings, metal ceramic restora-
2plastic n (ca. 1909): any of numerous organic synthetic or tions, crowns, inlays, onlays, and other restorations
processed materials that generally are thermoplastic or ther- porcelain fused to metal restoration: see METAL CERAMIC
mosetting polymers, usually of high molecular weight. They can RESTORATION
be cast, extruded, molded, drawn, or laminated into films, fila- porcelain labial margin: the extension of ceramic material to the fin-
ments, and objects ish line of the preparation without visible metal substructure in
plastic base obs: a denture or record base made of a plastic material the marginal areasyn PORCELAIN BUTT MARGIN
(GPT-4) porosity n, pl -ties (14c) 1: the presence of voids or pores within
plate n, slang: see PROSTHESIS a structure 2: the state or quality of having minute pores, open-
platinum foil: a precious-metal foil with a high fusing point that ings or intersticessee BACK PRESSURE P., OCCLUDED
makes it suitable as a matrix for various soldering procedures as GAS P., SHRINK-SPOT P., SOLIDIFICATION P.
well as to provide an internal form for porcelain restorations dur- positional record: an intraoral or extraoral registration of a specified
ing their fabrication mandibular position
Pleasure curve [Max Pleasure, 1903-1965]: eponym for a curve of post-core: see DOWEL
occlusion which, when viewed in the frontal plane, conforms to a post-core crown: a restoration in which the crown and cast post is
line that is convex in the cephalic direction, except when viewed one unit
through the molar region post dam: see POSTPALATAL SEAL
plunger cusp: a cusp that tends to force food interproximal post dam area: see POSTPALATAL SEAL AREA
pogonion n: the most anterior point on the mandible posterior adj (1534) 1: situated behind or in back of; caudal 2: in
point A: a bony landmark representing the deepest point of the pre- human anatomy, dorsal
maxillary concavity between the anterior nasal spine and posterior bite collapse: see POSTERIOR OVERCLOSURE
prosthion as viewed on a lateral cephalometric radiograph
posterior border jaw relation obs: the most posterior relation of the
point angle: in the development of a cavity preparation, that place of
mandible to the maxillae at any specific vertical relation (GPT-4)
convergence of three planes or surfacescomp LINE ANGLE
posterior border movement: movements of the mandible along the
point B: see SUPRAMENTALE
1polish vb (14c): to make smooth and glossy, usually by friction; giv-
posterior limit of the envelope of motion
posterior border position: the most posterior position of the
ing luster; the act or process of making a denture or casting
mandible at any specific vertical relation
smooth and glossy
2polish n (1704): a smooth, glossy surface; having luster
posterior determinants of mandibular movement: the temporo-
mandibular articulations and associated structuressee DETER-
polished denture surface obs: that portion of the surface of a den-
MINANTS OF MANDIBULAR MOVEMENT
ture that extends in an occlusal direction from the border of the
posterior determinants of occlusion: see DETERMINANTS OF
denture and includes the palatal surfaces. It is that part of the
MANDIBULAR MOVEMENT
denture base that is usually polished, and it includes the buccal
posterior open bite slang: see POSTERIOR OPEN OCCLUSAL
and lingual surfaces of the teeth (GPT-4)
RELATIONSHIP
polished layer: see BEILBY LAYER
posterior open occlusal relationship: lack of posterior tooth con-
polishing v, obs 1: to make smooth and glossy, usually by friction;
to give luster to (GPT-1) 2: obs: the act or process of making a tact in any occluding position of the anterior teeth
denture or casting smooth and glossy (GPT-1) posterior opening movement obs: the opening movement of the
polishing agents: any material used to impart luster to a surface mandible about the terminal hinge axis (GPT-4)
polyether adj: an elastomeric impression material of ethylene oxide posterior overclosure: the loss of occluding vertical dimension as a
and tetra-hydrofuro copolymers that polymerizes under the influ- result of the loss or drifting of posterior teeth
ence of an aromatic ester posterior palatal seal: see POSTPALATAL SEAL
polymer n (1866): a chemical compound consisting of large organ- posterior palatal seal area: see POSTPALATAL SEAL AREA
ic molecules built by repetition of smaller monomeric units posterior reference points: two points, located one on each side of
polymerization n (1872): the forming of a compound by the join- the face in the area of the transverse horizontal axis, which,
ing together of molecules of small molecular weights into a com- together with an anterior reference point, establish the horizontal
pound of large molecular weight reference plane
polymerize vb: to effect a chemical reaction by joining together posterior tooth form: the distinguishing contours of the occlusal
individual molecules to form large molecules made up of many surfaces of posterior teeth
repeated units postmenopausal atrophy: atrophy of various tissues, such as oral
polysomnography n: the all-night recording of a variety of phys- mucosa, occurring after menopause
iologic parameters (e.g., brain waves, eye movements, muscle postpalatal seal: the seal area at the posterior border of a maxillary
tonus, respiration, heart rate) as an aid in the diagnosis of sleep prosthesis
related disorders postpalatal seal area: the soft tissue area at or beyond the junction
polysulfide n (1849): an elastomeric impression material of poly- of the hard and soft palates on which pressure, within physiolog-
sulfide polymer (mercaptan) that cross-links under the influence ic limits, can be applied by a denture to aid in its retention
of oxidizing agents such as lead peroxide postsurgical prosthesis: see DEFINITIVE OBTURATOR,
polyvinylsiloxane n: an addition reaction silicone elastomeric INTERIM OBTURATOR
impression material of silicone polymers having terminal vinyl postural contraction: that minimal tonic muscle activity necessary to
groups that cross-link with silanes on activation by a platinum or resist the forces of gravity and thus maintain posture; mainte-
palladium salt catalyst nance of muscle tension (usually isometric) sufficient to maintain
pontic n: an artificial tooth on a fixed partial denture that replaces a posture, dependent on muscle tone

92 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

postular position prosthetic speech aid


postural position: any mandibular relationship occurring during in black or a very dark neutral color. Subtractive primaries are gen-
minimal muscle contraction erally cyan, magenta, and yellow
pour hole obs: an aperture in investment or any other mold material primary dentition: the teeth that erupt first and are normally shed
leading to the prosthesis space into which prosthetic material is to be replaced by permanent (succedaneous) teethsyn DECID-
poured (GPT-4) UOUS DENTITION
precious metal: a metal containing primarily elements of the plat- primary hyperalgesia: stimulation evoked primary pain due to low-
inum group, gold, and silver ered pain threshold
precious metal alloy: an alloy predominantly composed of elements primary impression: see PRELIMINARY IMPRESSION
considered precious, i.e., gold, the six metals of the platinum primary occlusal trauma: the effects induced by abnormal or excessive
group (platinum, osmium, iridium, palladium, ruthenium, and occlusal forces acting on teeth with normal periodontal support
rhodium), and silver primary pain: pain that identifies the true source of nociceptive
precision attachment: 1: a retainer consisting of a metal receptacle input result from the dispersion of light rays by means of a prism
(matrix) and a closely fitting part (patrix); the matrix is usually or diffraction grating
contained within the normal or expanded contours of the crown process n, pl processes (14c) 1: in anatomy, a prominence or pro-
on the abutment tooth and the patrix is attached to a pontic or jection of bone 2: in dentistry, any technical procedure that incor-
the removable partial denture framework 2: an interlocking porates a number of steps; the procedure of bringing about poly-
device, one component of which is fixed to an abutment or abut- merization of dental resins for prostheses or basessee DEN-
ments, and the other is integrated into a removable prosthesis to TURE PROCESSING
stabilize and/or retain it processed denture base: that portion of a polymerized prosthesis
precision rest: a prefabricated, rigid metallic extension (patrix) in a covering the oral mucosa of the maxillary and/or mandible to
fixed or removable partial denture that fits intimately into the which artificial teeth will be attached by means of a second
box-type rest seat or keyway (matrix) portion of a precision processing
attachment in a cast restoration process jig: see ANALOG
preextraction cast: see DIAGNOSTIC CAST profile n (ca. 1656): an outline or contour, especially one repre-
preliminary cast: a cast formed from a preliminary impression for senting a side view of a human head
use in diagnosis or the fabrication of an impression tray profile record: a registration or record of the facial profile of a
patientsee also EMERGENCE PROFILE
preliminary impression: a negative likeness made for the purpose of
prognathic n: a protruded position of the mandible in relation to
diagnosis, treatment planning, or the fabrication of a tray
the maxillaecalled also caput progeneum, exognathia, progenia,
premature contact: see DEFLECTIVE OCCLUSAL CONTACT
and prognathia
prematurity n: see DEFLECTIVE OCCLUSAL CONTACT
prognathism n (ca. 1864): an overgrowth of the mandible in an
preoperative cast: a positive likeness of a part or parts of the oral cav-
anteroposterior direction; a protrusion of the mandible in relation
ity for the purpose of diagnosis and treatment planningsee
to the maxillae
DIAGNOSTIC CAST
prognosis n (1655): a forecast as to the probable result of a disease
preoperative record obs: any record made for the purpose of study
or a course of therapy
or treatment planning (GPT-4)
progressive loading (1998): the gradual increase in the application
preoperative wax-up: a dental diagnostic procedure in which
of force on a dental implant whether intentionally done with a
planned restorations are developed in wax on a diagnostic cast to
prosthesis or unintentionally via forces placed by adjacent
determine optimal clinical and laboratory procedures necessary
anatomic structures or parafunctional loading
to achieve the desired esthetics and functioncalled also diag-
progressive mandibular lateral translation 1: the translatory por-
nostic wax-up, preoperative waxing
tion of mandibular movement when viewed in a specified body
preprosthetic surgery: surgical procedures designed to facilitate fab- plane 2: the translatory portion of mandibular movement as
rication or to improve the prognosis of prosthodontic care viewed in a specific body plane that occurs at a rate or amount
pressure area: a region of mucosa that is being subjected to exces- that is directly proportional to the forward movement of the non-
sive pressure from a denture working condylesee MANDIBULAR TRANSLATION
pressure indicating paste: any substance applied to a prosthesis, progressive side shift: see MANDIBULAR TRANSLATION
which, when seated on a structure, demonstrates the adaptation of projected pain: heterotopic pain felt in the anatomical peripheral dis-
the prosthesis to the structure it opposes tribution of the same nerve that mediates the primary pain
pressure relief obs: alteration of the denture-bearing surface of a den- proportional limit: that unit of stresses beyond which deformation
ture to reduce force on the underlying tissues (GPT-4) is no longer proportional to the applied load
pressure welding: bonding of two metals together by sufficiently proprioception n (1906): the reception of stimulation of sensory
large force applied perpendicular to the surface. Such force must nerve terminals within the tissues of the body that give informa-
be of magnitude to produce permanent distortions that expose a tion concerning movements and the position of the body; per-
film-free metal contact ception mediated by proprioceptors
pretreatment records: any records made for the purpose of diagno- prosthesis n, pl -theses (1900) 1: an artificial replacement of an
sis, recording of the patient history, or treatment planning in absent part of the human body 2: a therapeutic device to improve
advance of therapy or alter function 3: a device used to aid in accomplishing a desired
primary colors: three basic colors used to make most other colors by surgical resultsee DEFINITIVE P., DENTAL P., INTERIM P.,
mixture, either additive mixture of lights or subtractive mixture of PROVISIONAL P., SURGICAL P.
colorants prosthesis placement: see PLACEMENT
primary colors additive: three colored lights from which all other prosthetic adj, prosthetically adv (ca. 1890): relating to a pros-
colors can be matched by additive mixture. The three must be thesis or prosthetics
selected so that no one of them can be matched by mixture of the prosthetic dentistry: see PROSTHODONTICS
other two. Generally, red, green, and blue are used. Additive pri- prosthetic restoration obs: an artificial replacement for an absent
maries are the complements of the subtractive primaries part of the human body (GPT-4)
primary colors subtractive: colors of three colorants or colored mate- prosthetic speech aid: see ADULT SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS,
rials which, when mixed together subtract from one another, result PEDIATRIC SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS

JANUARY 1999 93
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

prosthetics radiation carrier


prosthetics n, pl but sing or pl in constr (ca. 1894): the art and sci- tion or specification of stimuli and the sensory perception arising
ence of supplying artificial replacements for missing parts of the from them
human bodysee also MAXILLOFACIAL P. psychophysical color: a specification of color stimulus in terms of
prosthetist n: a person involved in the construction of an artificial operationally defined values, such as three tri-stimulus values
replacement for any part of the human body psychosomatic dentistry 1: dentistry that concerns itself with the
prosthodontia n: see PROSTHODONTICS mind-body relationship 2: dentistry that acknowledges a relation-
prosthodontics n, pl but sing or pl in constr (1947): the branch of ship between the psychic and normal physiological functions
dentistry pertaining to the restoration and maintenance of oral pterygoid notch: see PTERYGOMAXILLARY NOTCH
function, comfort, appearance, and health of the patient by the pterygoid plates: broad, thin, wing-shaped processes of the spheroid
restoration of natural teeth and/or the replacement of missing bone separated by the pterygoid fossa. The inferior end of the
teeth and craniofacial tissues with artificial substitutessee medial plate terminates in a long curved process or hook for the
FIXED PROSTHODONTICS, IMPLANT PROSTHODON- tendon of the tensor veli palatini muscle. The lateral plate gives
TICS, MAXILLOFACIAL PROSTHETICS, REMOVABLE attachment to the medial and lateral pterygoid muscles
PROSTHODONTICS pterygomaxillary notch: the palpable notch formed by the junction
prosthodontist n (1917) 1: a specialist in prosthodontics 2: a den- of the maxilla and the pterygoid hamulus of the sphenoid bone
tist who has successfully completed an advanced education pro- pulp n: the richly vascularized connective tissue, with much innerva-
gram in prosthodontics that is accredited by the appropriate tion, of mesodermal origin contained in the central cavity of the
accrediting body. In the United States, that body is the Commis- tooth
sion on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Associa- pulp capping: application of a material to protect the pulp from
tionsee BOARD-CERTIFIED P., BOARD-ELIGIBLE P., external influences and promote healing, done either directly or
EDUCATIONALLY QUALIFIED P. indirectly
protanopia: a form of dichromatism in which red and blue-green pulpectomy n: the complete removal of the dental pulp
stimuli are confused pulpitis n: inflammation of the dental pulp
protonomalous vision: a form of color deficient vision in which the pulpotomy n: surgical amputation of the coronal portion of the den-
ability to perceive blue and yellow is retained. Hue discrimination tal pulp
is poor in the red to green region of the spectrum 1pumice n (15th cent.) 1: a type of volcanic glass used as an abra-
protrusion n (1646): a position of the mandible anterior to centric sive. It is prepared in various grits and used for finishing and pol-
relationsee LATEROPROTRUSION ishing 2: a polishing agent, in powdered form, used for natural
protrusive adj, protrusively adv, protrusiveness n (1676): teeth and fixed and removable restorations
thrusting forward; adjective denoting protrusion 2pumice vt pumiced; pumicing (15th cent.): to finish or dress
protrusive checkbite: see PROTRUSIVE INTEROCCLUSAL with pumice
RECORD pyramidal fracture: a fracture of the midfacial bones, with the prin-
protrusive condyle path: the path the condyle travels when the cipal fracture lines meeting at an apex in the area of the nasion
mandible is moved forward from its initial position called also Le Fort II fracture
protrusive deflection: a continuing eccentric displacement of the
midline incisal path on protrusion, symptomatic of a restriction of
Q
movement
Q.D.: acronym for L. Qadque Die, every day
protrusive deviation: discursive movement on protrusion that ends
Q.H.: acronym for L. Quaque Hora, every hour
in the centered position and is indicative of interference during
Q.I.D.: acronym for L. Quater In Die, four times a day
movement
Q.L.: acronym for L. Quantum Libet, as much as desired
protrusive jaw relation obs: a jaw relation resulting from a protru-
Q.Q.H.: acronym for L. Quaque Quarta Hora, every 4 hours
sion of the mandible (GPT-4)
quadrant n (15c) 1: any of the four quarters into which something
protrusive interocclusal record: a registration of the mandible in
is divided by two real or imaginary lines that intersect each other
relation to the maxillae when both condyles are advanced in the
at right angles 2: in dentistry, one of the four sections of the den-
temporal fossa
protrusive occlusion obs: an occlusion of the teeth when the tal arches, divided at the midline
mandible is protruded (GPT-4) quartz n (ca. 1631): an allotropic form of silica; the mineral SiO2
protrusive record: see PROTRUSIVE INTEROCCLUSAL consisting of hexagonal crystals of colorless, transparent silicon
RECORD dioxide
protrusive relation obs: the relation of the mandible to the maxillae quick-cure resin: see AUTOPOLYMERIZING RESIN
when the mandible is thrust forward (GPT-4)
provisional denture: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS R
provisional prosthesis: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS RAD: acronym for Radiation Absorbed Dose, a unit of measurement
provisional restoration: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS of the absorbed dose of ionizing radiation. The biologic effect of
provisional splint: an interim device to stabilize teeth during diag- one rad varies with the type of radiation tissue is exposed tosee
nosis or therapysyn INTERIM SPLINT also GRAY
proximal adj (1727) 1: situated close to 2: next to or nearest the radiation n (1570): the emission of electromagnetic waves, such as
point of attachment or origin, a central point especially, located light, short wave, radio, ultraviolet, or x-rays, or particulate rays
toward the center of a bodycomp DISTALproximally adj such as alpha, beta, and gamma rays
proximal contact: see INTERPROXIMAL CONTACT radiation carrier: a device used to administer radiation to confined
pseudoisochromatic color tests: tests for detecting color vision defi- areas by means of capsules, beads, or needles of radiation emitting
ciency. The charts are made up of colored spots that yield a legi- materials such as radium or cesium. Its function is to hold the
ble pattern (number, letter, figure, etc.,) for a normal observer radiation source securely in the same location during the entire
but yield no legible pattern for observers with anomalous types of period of treatmentsyn CARRIER PROSTHESIS, INTRA-
color vision CAVITY APPLICATOR, INTRACAVITY CARRIER, RADIA-
psychophysical adj (1847): used to describe the sector of color TION APPLICATOR, RADIUM CARRIER, RADIOTHERA-
science that deals with the relationship between physical descrip- PY PROSTHESIS

94 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

radiation cone locator remodel


radiation cone locator: a prosthesis used to direct and reduplicate TION R., ECCENTRIC INTEROCCLUSAL R., INTEROC-
the path of radiation to an oral tumor during a split course of irra- CLUSAL R., OCCLUDING JAW R., TERMINAL JAW RELA-
diationsyn CONE LOCATOR, DOCKING DEVICE TION R.
radiation shield: an intraoral prosthesis designed to shield adjacent 2record n (14c) 1: an official document 2: a body of known or
tissues from radiation during orthovoltage treatment of malig- recorded facts about someone or something
nant lesions of the head and neck regionssyn LEAD SHIELD, record base: an interim denture base used to support the record rim
RADIATION STENT, TONGUE PROTECTOR material for recording maxillomandibular records
radiation shield/positioner: custom-made prosthesis to align and record rim: the occlusal surfaces fabricated on a record base for the
protect adjacent tissues during irradiation purpose of making maxillomandibular relationship records
radiation source device: custom-made prosthesis to align a radiation and/or arranging teethcalled also occlusion rim
source to a specific anatomic site reduced interarch distance: an occluding vertical dimension that
radiation stent: see RADIATION SHIELD results in an excessive interocclusal distance when the mandible is
radicle n (1671): the lower part of the axis of an object in rest position and in a reduced interridge distance when the
radicular adj (1830): pertaining to the root of a tooth teeth are in contactcalled also overclosure
radiogram n: see RADIOGRAPH reduction n (1546): the correction of a fracture or dislocation; the
1radiograph n (1880): an image produced on any sensitive surface
restoration by surgical or manipulative procedures of a part to its
by means of electromagnetic radiation other than light; a x-ray normal anatomic location
photograph reference plane locator: a device used to facilitate location of the
2radiograph vt (1896): to make a radiograph of
horizontal reference plane on the face of a patient
radiolucent: permitting the passage of radiant energy with rela- reflectance n (1926): the ratio of the intensity of reflected radiant
tively little attenuation by absorption flux to that of the incident flux. In popular usage, it is considered
radiopaque (1917): a structure that strongly inhibits the passage of as the ratio of the intensity of reflected radiant flux to that reflect-
radiant energy ed from a defined reference standard. Specular reflection is the
ramus endosteal implant: an endosteal dental implant that is angle of reflection equal to the angle of incidence. Surface reflec-
attached, in part, to the ramus of the mandible tion is associated with objects having optically smooth surfaces.
ramus frame endosteal implant: a dental implant design that con- These objects are usually termed glossy
sists of a horizontal intraoral supragingival abutment in the form
reflection (14c) n 1: the elevation and folding back of all or part of
of a bar and endosteal implant body segments that are placed into
the mucosa to expose underlying structures 2: the return of light
the rami and symphysis areas as one section (implants fabricated
or sound waves from a surface
from one piece of metal), or two sections (implants of anterior
refraction n (1603): the deflection of light or energy waves from a
and horizontal segments that are connected at the time of place-
straight path that occurs when passing obliquely from one medi-
ment), or five sections (an implant consisting of five sections in
um into another in which its velocity is different
which the endosteal implant body segments are independently
refractory adj (1606): difficult to fuse or corrode; capable of
placed and connected with fitted parts)
enduring high temperatures
range of motion: the range, measured in degrees of a circle, through
refractory cast: a cast made of a material that will withstand high
which a joint can be extended or flexed. The range of the open-
temperatures without disintegratingcalled also investment cast
ing, lateral, and protrusive excursions of the temporomandibular
refractory flask: see CASTING FLASK
joint
refractory investment: an investment material that can withstand
raphe n (1753) 1: line of union of symmetrical parts 2: a fibrous
the high temperatures used in soldering or casting
band or bands where paired muscles meet
refractory mold: a refractory cavity into which a substance is shaped
reattachment n: in periodontics, the reunion of epithelial and con-
nective tissues with root surfaces and bone such as occurs after or cast
incision or injury regeneration n (14c): renewal or restoration of a body or bodily
rebase n: the laboratory process of replacing the entire denture base part after injury or as a normal processsee GUIDED TISSUE
material on an existing prosthesis REGENERATION
receptor sites: specific sites at which molecular binding occurs that registration n (1566) 1: the making of a record of the jaw rela-
results in specific biologic responses tionships present, or those desired, thus allowing their transfer to
recipient site: the site into which a graft or transplant material is an articulator to assist in proper fabrication of a dental prosthesis
placed 2: a record made of the desired maxillomandibular relationship
reciprocal adj, obs: the manner in which one part of a prosthesis is and used to relate casts to an articulatorsee MAXILLO-
made to counter the effect created by another part (GPT-1) MANDIBULAR RELATIONSHIP RECORD
reciprocal arm: see RECIPROCAL CLASP reimplantation n: the act of replacing a tooth in the same alveo-
reciprocal clasp: a component of the clasp assembly specifically lar socket from which it had been removed, either surgically or as
designed to provide reciprocation by engaging a reciprocal guid- a result of trauma
ing plane; it contacts the action of the clasp during removal and relief adj: the reduction or elimination of undesirable pressure or
insertion of a removable partial denture force from a specific region under a denture base. The creation of
reciprocal click: a pair of clicks emanating from the temporo- space in an impression tray for impression material
mandibular joint, one of which occurs during opening move- relief area: that portion of the denture that is reduced to eliminate
ments and the other during closing movements excessive pressure
reciprocation n (1561) 1: the mechanism by which lateral forces relief chamber: see RELIEF AREA
generated by a retentive clasp passing over a height of contour are reline vt (1851): the procedures used to resurface the tissue side of
counterbalanced by a reciprocal clasp passing along a reciprocal a denture with new base material, thus producing an accurate
guiding plane 2: a mutual exchange 3: an alternating motion adaptation to the denture foundation areacomp REBASE
reciprocative adj remodel vt: the morphologic change in bone as an adaptive
1record vb (14c) 1: to register data relating to specific conditions response to altered environmental demands. The bone will pro-
that exist currently or previously 2: to register permanently by gressively remodel where there is a proliferation of tissue and
mechanical means, i.e., jaw relationshipssee CENTRIC RELA- regressive remodeling when osteoclastic resorption is evident

JANUARY 1999 95
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

remount cast retinal fovea


remount cast: a cast formed of a prosthesis for the purpose of Livaditis GJ, Thompson VP. Etched castings: an improved retentive mech-
mounting the prosthesis on an articulator anism for resin-bonded retainers J Prosthet Dent 1982;47:52-9.
remount procedure: any method used to relate restorations to an resin-bonded splint: a splint of heavy wire or cast metal that is
articulator for analysis and/or to assist in development of a plan bonded to the labial or lingual surface of natural teeth with an
for occlusal equilibration or reshaping acid etch technique. It is used to stabilize traumatically displaced
remount record index: a record of maxillary structures affixed to the or periodontally compromised teeth
mandibular member of an articulator useful in facilitating subse- resin crown: a resin restoration that restores a clinical crown without
quent transfers a metal substructure
removable appliance: see REMOVABLE PARTIAL DENTURE resin-retained prosthesis: see RESIN-BONDED PROSTHESIS
removable bridge: see REMOVABLE PARTIAL DENTURE resistance form: the features of a tooth preparation that enhance the
removable partial denture: any prosthesis that replaces some teeth stability of a restoration and resist dislodgment along an axis other
in a partially dentate arch. It can be removed from the mouth and than the path of placement
replaced at will resorption n (1818): the loss of tissue substance by physiologic or
removable prosthodontics: the branch of prosthodontics concerned pathologic processessee ALVEOLAR RESORPTION
with the replacement of teeth and contiguous structures for eden- rest n (15c): a projection or attachment, usually on the side of an
tulous or partially edentulous patients by artificial substitutes that objectsee CINGULUM R., INCISAL R., LINGUAL R.,
are removable from the mouth OCCLUSAL R., PARTIAL DENTURE R., PRECISION R.,
replica n (1852) 1: a reproduction or facsimile, especially by the SEMIPRECISION R.
makers, of an original 2: a copy or duplicate, i.e., a duplicate of rest area: see REST SEAT
the surface of a component of a dental implant used to process a rest bite: see PHYSIOLOGIC REST POSITION
restoration rest jaw relation obs: the habitual postural jaw relation when the
repositioning adj: the changing of any relative position of the patient is resting comfortably in an upright position and the
mandible to the maxillae, usually altering the occlusion of the nat- condyles are in a neutral, unstrained position in the glenoid fos-
ural or artificial teeth sae (GPT-4)
repositioning splint: an intraoral splinting device constructed to rest occlusion: see PHYSIOLOGIC REST POSITION
temporarily or permanently alter the relative position of the rest position: see PHYSIOLOGIC REST POSITION
mandible to the maxillae rest relation: see PHYSIOLOGIC REST POSITION
residual bone: that component of maxillary or mandibular bone, rest seat: the prepared recess in a tooth or restoration created to
once used to support the roots of the teeth, that remains after the receive the occlusal, incisal, cingulum, or lingual rest
teeth are lost
rest vertical dimension: the distance between two selected points
residual ridge: the portion of the residual bone and its soft tissue
measured when the mandible is in the physiologic rest position
covering that remains after the removal of teeth
restoration n (1660): a broad term applied to any material or
residual ridge crest: the most coronal portion of the residual ridge
prosthesis that restores or replaces lost tooth structure, teeth, or
residual ridge resorption: a term used for the diminishing quantity
oral tissues
and quality of the residual ridge after teeth are removed
retainer n (1540): any type of device used for the stabilization or
Ortman HR. Factors of bone resorption of the residual ridge. J Prosthet
retention of a prosthesissee DIRECT R., FIXED PARTIAL
Dent 1962;12:429-40.
DENTURE R., INDIRECT R.
Atwood DA. Some clinical factors related to rate of resorption of residual
retention n (15c): that quality inherent in the prosthesis acting to
Ridges. J Prosthet Dent 1962;12:441-50.
resist the forces of dislodgment along the path of placementsee
resilient adj (1674): characterized or noted by resilience, as a)
DIRECT R., INDIRECT R.
capable of withstanding shock without permanent deformation or
retention arm: an extension that is part of a removable partial den-
rupture or b) tending to recover from or easily adjust to change
syn ELASTICresiliently adv ture and is used to aid in the fixation of the prosthesis; a part of a
resilient attachment (1998): an attachment designed to give a clasp
tooth-/soft tissue-borne prosthesis sufficient mechanical flexion retention form: the feature of a tooth preparation that resists dis-
to withstand the variations in seating of the prosthesis due to lodgment of a crown in a vertical direction or along the path of
deformations of the mucosa and underlying tissues without plac- placement
ing excessive stress on the abutments retention of denture obs: the resistance of a denture to dislodgment
resin n (14c) 1: any of various solid or semisolid amorphous natur- (GPT-4)
al organic substances that usually are transparent or translucent retentive arm: see RETENTIVE CLASP
and brown to yellow; usually formed in plant secretions; are sol- retentive circumferential clasp: a circumferential clasp arm that is
uble in organic solvents but not water; are used chiefly in var- flexible and engages the infrabulge area of the abutment tooth at
nishes, inks, plastics, and medicine; and are found in many dental the terminal end of the arm
impression materials 2: a broad term used to describe natural or retentive clasp 1: a clasp specifically designed to provide retention by
synthetic substances that form plastic materials after polymeriza- engaging an undercut 2: a flexible segment of a removable partial
tion. They are named according to their chemical composition, denture that engages an undercut on an abutment and that is
physical structure, and means for activation of polymerization designed to retain the prosthesis
see AUTOPOLYMERIZING R., COPOLYMER R. retentive fulcrum line 1: an imaginary line connecting the retentive
resin-bonded prosthesis: a prosthesis that is luted to tooth struc- points of clasp arms on retaining teeth adjacent to mucosa-borne
tures, primarily enamel, which has been etched to provide denture bases 2: an imaginary line, connecting the retentive
mechanical retention for the resin cement. Early design incorpo- points of clasp arms, around which the denture tends to rotate
rated perforations on the lingual plate (Rochette Bridge) through when subjected to dislodging forces
which the resin bonded material passed to achieve a mechanical retinal fovea: a small ellipse-shaped depression in the central region
lock; subsequently, use of acid etching of the metal plate (Mary- of the retina somewhat less than a degree of visual angle in max-
land Bridge) eliminated the need for perforations. imum diameter and characterized by the sharpest cone vision.
Rochette, Alain L. Attachment of a splint to enamel of lower anterior teeth The fovea centralis is the normal center for visual fixation and
J Prosthet Dent 1973;30:418-23. attention

96 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

retrodiscal tissue ruga


retrodiscal tissue: a mass of loose connective tissue attached to the ridge relationship: the positional relationship of the mandibular
posterior edge of the articular disk and extending to and filling residual ridge to the maxillary residual ridge
the loose folds of the posterior capsule of the temporomandibu- ridge resorption: see RESIDUAL RIDGE RESORPTION
lar jointcalled also bilaminar zone ridge slope obs: the slope of the crest of the mandibular residual ridge
retrognathic n: a retruded position of the mandible in relation to from the third molar region to its most anterior aspect in relation
the maxillae to the inferior border of the mandible as viewed in profile (GPT-4)
retromolar pad: a mass of tissue comprised of nonkeratinized rigid connector: a cast, soldered, or fused union between the retain-
mucosa located posterior to the retromolar papilla and overlying er(s) and pontic(s)
loose glandular connective tissue. This freely movable area should Roach clasp [Finnis Ewing (Frank) Roach, US prosthodontist, edu-
be differentiated from the pear-shaped pad cator, and inventor, (1865-1960)]: eponymsee INFRABULGE
retromylohyoid area obs: that area in the alveolingual sulcus just lin- CLASP
gual to the retromolar pad that extends lingually down to the Roach FE. Principles and essentials of bar clasp partial dentures. J Am Dent
floor of the mouth and back to the retromylohyoid curtain. It is Assoc 1930;17:124-38.
bounded anteriorly by the lingual tuberosity (GPT-4) Rochette Bridge [Alain L. Rochette, French physician and dentist]:
retromylohyoid space: an anatomic area in the alveololingual sulcus a resin-bonded prosthesis incorporating holes within the metal
just lingual to the retromolar pad bounded anteriorly by the framework and lutes to the lingual aspect of teeth adjacent to an
mylohyoid ridge, posteriorly by the retromylohyoid curtain, infe- edentulous space that replaces one or more teeth see RESIN-
riorly by the floor of the alveololingual sulcus, and lingually by the BONDED PROSTHESIS
anterior tonsillary pillar when the tongue is in a relaxed position Rochette, Alain L. Attachment of a splint to enamel of lower anterior teeth.
retruded contact: contact of a tooth or teeth along the retruded J Prosthet Dent 1973;30:418-23.
path of closure. Initial contact of a tooth or teeth during closure rod n (bef. 12c.): the photoreceptor in the retina that contains a
around a transverse horizontal axis light-sensitive pigment capable of initiating the process of sco-
retruded contact position: that guided occlusal relationship occur- topic vision, i.e., low intensity for achromatic sensations only
1roentgen adj [W. C. Roentgen, German physicist (1845-1923)]:
ring at the most retruded position of the condyles in the joint cav-
ities. A position that may be more retruded than the centric rela- relating to x-rays
2roentgen n (ca. 1929): the international unit of measurement of x-
tion position
or gamma radiation in airabb r or R
retrusion vb: movement toward the posterior
roentgen ray n, often cap 1st R (1898) 1: the electromagnetic radi-
retrusive adj: denotes a posterior location
ation [greater than 100eV] emitted from a highly evacuated tube,
reverse articulation: an occlusal relationship in which the mandibu-
excited by the bombardment of the target anode with a stream of
lar teeth are located facial to the opposing maxillary teeth; the
electrons from a heated cathode 2: electromagnetic radiation pro-
maxillary buccal cusps are positioned in the central fossae of the
duced by the excitation of the inner orbital electron of an atom
mandibular teeth
roentgenogram n (1904): a photograph made with x-rays
reverse articulation teeth: posterior teeth designed to accommodate
roentgenograph n (ca. 1905): a shadow image record made on a
the buccal cusps of the maxillary teeth positioned in the fossae of
sensitized film or plate by roentgen rays
the mandibular teeth
roentgenographic interpretation obs: an opinion formed from the
reverse curve: a curve of occlusion defined by the cusp tips and
study of a roentgenograph (GPT-1)
incisal edges, which, when viewed in the sagittal plane, is curved
root n (bef. 12c): the portion of the tooth apical to the cementoe-
upward or in a cephalic mannercomp CURVE OF SPEE
namel junction that is normally covered by cementum and is
reverse occlusal curve: see REVERSE CURVE
attached to the periodontal ligament and hence to the supporting
reverse swallow: see TONGUE THRUSTING
bone
reversible hydrocolloid: colloidal gels in which the elation is root form endosteal dental implant: an endosteal dental implant
brought about by cooling and can be returned to the sol condi- shaped in the approximate form of a tooth root
tion when the temperature is sufficiently increased root fracture: a microscopic or macroscopic cleavage of the root in
reversible splint: any means of stabilizing teeth that does not irre- any direction
versibly alter the structure of the teeth rotating condyle: see WORKING SIDE CONDYLE
Richmond crown [C.M. Richmond, US dentist (1835-1902)] obs 1: rotation n (1555) 1: the action or process of rotating on or as if on
a dowel-retained crown made for an endodontically treated tooth an axis or center 2: the movement of a rigid body in which the
using a porcelain facing 2: an artificial crown consisting of a metal parts move in circular paths with their centers on a fixed line
base that fits the prepared abutment of the natural tooth and car- called the axis of rotation. The plane of the circle in which the
ries a post or pivot for insertion into the endodontically treated body moves is perpendicular to the axis of rotation
root canal: a porcelain facing reinforces the metal backingcalled rotation center: a point around which all other points in a body
also porcelain-faced dowel crown move
Richmond CM. New method of attaching gold crowns to natural roots of rotation line obs: see FULCRUM LINE
teeth. Am J Dent Sci 1878-79;12:425. rotational path removable partial denture: a removable partial
ridge n (bef. 12c): an elevated body part; a long, narrow, raised denture that incorporates a curved, arcuate, or variable path of
crestsee ALVEOLAR R., CENTER OF THE R., CREST OF placement allowing one or more of the rigid components of the
THE R., RESIDUAL R. framework to gain access to and engage an undercut area
ridge augmentation: any procedure designed to enlarge or increase rouge n (1753): a compound composed of ferric oxide and binders
the size, extent, or quality of deformed residual ridge used for imparting a high luster to a polished surface, glass, metal,
ridge crest: the highest continuous surface of the residual ridge not or gems
necessarily coincident with the center of the ridge RPD: acronym for Removable Partial Denture
ridge lap: the surface of an artificial tooth that has been shaped to RPI: acronym for Rest, Proximal Plate, and I-BAR; the clasp com-
accommodate the residual ridge. The tissue surface of a ridge lap ponents of one type of removable partial denture clasp assembly
design is concave and envelops both the buccal and lingual sur- ruga n, pl rugea (ca. 1775): an anatomic fold or wrinkleusually
faces of the residual ridge used in the plural sense; the irregular fibrous connective tissue
ridge relation: see RIDGE RELATIONSHIP ridges located in the anterior third of the hard palate

JANUARY 1999 97
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

rugae simulation film


rugae area: see RUGA procedure used to record the soft tissue contours of a portion of
rugae zone: see RUGA the face. Occasionally, several separate sectional impressions are
made and then reassembled to provide a full facial contour cast
S sectional impression: a negative likeness that is made in sections
saddle n, obs: see DENTURE BASE segment n (1570): any of the parts into which a body naturally sep-
sagittal adj (1541): situated in the plane of the cranial sagittal arates or is divided either actually or by an imaginary line or plane
suture or parallel to that planeusage: see SAGITTAL PLANE selective grinding: see OCCLUSAL RESHAPING
sagittal axis: an imaginary anteroposterior line around which the self-curing resin: see AUTOPOLYMERIZING RESIN
mandible may rotate when viewed in the frontal plane self-separating plaster obs: an impression plaster that disintegrates in
sagittal axis of the mandible: see SAGITTAL AXIS hot water (GPT-4)
sagittal plane: any vertical plane or section parallel to the median self-threading pin: a pin screwed into a hole prepared in dentin to
plane of the body that divides a body into right and left portions enhance retention
sanitary bridge obs: see HYGIENIC PONTIC sella turcica: a cephalometric landmark in the geometric center of
saturation n (1554): the attribute of color perception that express- the pituitary fossa of the spheroid bone; a bony anatomic land-
es the degree of departure from gray of the same lightness. All mark
grays have zero saturation semiadjustable articulator: an articulator that allows adjustment to
scaffold n (14c): a supporting surface, either natural or prosthetic, replicate average mandibular movementscalled also Class III
that maintains the contour of tissue; a supporting framework articulator
lscallop n (15c): one of a continuous series of circles semiprecious metal alloy: an alloy composed of precious and base
2scallop vt (1737): to shape, cut, or finish in scallops; segments or metals. There is no distinct ratio of components separating semi-
precious alloys from another group
angular projections forming a border
semiprecision rest: a rigid metallic extension of a fixed or removable
scattered radiation: radiation that, during passage through a sub-
partial denture that fits into an intracoronal preparation in a cast
stance, has been deviated in direction. It may also have been mod-
restoration
ified by an increase in wave lengths. It is one form of secondary
senile atrophy: see AGE ATROPHY
radiation
separating medium 1: a coating applied to a surface and serving to
scattering n (14c): diffusion or redirection of radiant energy
prevent a second surface from adhering to the first 2: a material,
encountering particles of different refractive index; scattering
usually applied on an impression, to facilitate removal of the cast
occurs at any such interface, at the surface, or inside a medium
septum n, pl septa (1726): a dividing wall or membrane, especially
containing particles
between bodily spaces or masses
scattering coefficient: single scattering coefficient of a particle in a
setting expansion: the dimensional increase that occurs concurrent
medium of different refractive index, expressed as a ratio between
with the hardening of various materials, such as plaster of paris,
scattering cross section and geometric cross section of the particle.
dental stone, die stone, and dental casting investment
It should properly be called scattering efficiency, but in popular use,
set up v, obs: see TOOTH ARRANGEMENT
called scattering coefficient
shade n 1: a term used to describe a particular hue, or variation of a
scotopic vision: vision that occurs in faint light or dark adaptation primary hue, such as a greenish shade of yellow 2: a term used to
and is attributable to the retinal rods. The maximum of the rela- describe a mixture with black (or gray) as opposed to a tint that
tive spectral visual sensitivity is shifted to 510 nm and the spec- is a mixture with whitesee TOOTH COLOR SELECTION
trum is seen uncolored shade selection: see TOOTH COLOR SELECTION
screw endosteal dental implant 1: any dental implant whose shearing stress: the internal induced force that opposes the sliding
implant body configuration resembles a screw 2: any screw- of one plane on an adjacent plane or the force that resists a twist-
shaped dental implant; it may be hollow or solid, and usually con- ing action
sists of the dental implant abutment and the dental implant body shellac base obs: a record base constructed using a shellac-based
scribe vt; scribed; scribing (1678): to write, trace, or mark by mak- wafer that has been adapted to the cast with heat (GPT-4)
ing a line or lines with a pointed instrument shell crown obs 1: an artificial full-veneer crown swaged from metal
second stage dental implant surgery 1: for eposteal dental implant plate 2: an artificial crown that is adapted like a shell or cap over
surgery, the term refers to the procedure involving placement of the remaining clinical crown of a tooth; the space between the
the eposteal framework fabricated after the first stage implant crown and the shell is filled with cementcalled also cap crown
surgery 2: for endosteal dental implant surgery, after surgical shoulder finish line n: a finish line design for tooth preparation in
reflection, the occlusal aspect of the dental implant body is which the gingival floor meets the external axial surfaces at
exposed, the cover screw is removed, and either the interim or approximately a right angle
definitive abutment is placed. After this, the investing tissues are shrink-spot porosity: an area of porosity in cast metal that is caused
(when needed) anastomosed by shrinkage of a portion of the metal as it solidifies from the
secondary bonds: weak interatomic bonds arising from dipoles with- molten state without flow of additional molten metal from sur-
in atoms or molecules rounding areas
secondary crown: see TELESCOPIC CROWN side shift: see MANDIBULAR TRANSLATION
secondary dentition: see PERMANENT DENTITION silica n (ca 1301): silicon dioxide occurring in crystalline, amor-
secondary fracture: a fracture occurring as a consequence of necro- phous, and usually impure forms (as quartz, opal, and sand,
sis or some other disease of the bone respectively)
secondary occlusal trauma: the effects induced by occlusal force silent period: a momentary electromyographic observable decrease
(normal or abnormal) acting on teeth with decreased periodontal in elevator muscle activity on initial tooth contact presumably due
support to the inhibitory effect of stimulated periodontal membrane
secondary pain: heterotopic pain and/or secondary hyperalgesia receptors
induced by deep somatic pain as a central excitatory effect simple fracture: a linear bony fracture that is not in communication
section n: the portion of a maxillofacial prosthesis that serves to fill with the exterior
a defect as a part of the prosthesis simple joint: a joint in which only two bones articulate
sectional facial moulage: a sectional facial moulage impression is a simulation film: radiographs made with the same field size, source-

98 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1
THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

simulation film split cast method


to-skin distance, and orientation as a therapy beam to mimic the 2spatulate vt -ed/-ing/-s: to work or treat with a spatula
beam and for visualization of the treated volume on a radiograph spatulation: the manipulation of material with a spatula to pro-
single crystal sapphire: a material composed of a single crystalline duce a homogenous mass
alpha aluminum oxide that is identical in crystalline structure to a speaking space: the space that occurs between the incisal or/and
gem sapphire occlusal surfaces of the maxillary and mandibular teeth during
single denture construction obs: the making of a maxillary or speech
mandibular denture as distinguished from a set of complete den- spectral curve: see SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC CURVE
tures (GPT-1) spectral reflection: reflection in which the angle of reflection is equal
1sinter n (1780): a deposit formed by evaporation of lake or spring to the angle of incidence. Associated with objects having optical-
water ly smooth (glossy) surfacescalled also mirrored reflection
2sinter vt (1871): to cause to become a coherent mass by heating spectrophotometer n: photometry device for the measurement
without melting of spectral transmissions, reflectance, or relative emissions. Spec-
skiagraph n (1801) obs 1: a figure formed by shading in the outline trophotometers are normally equipped with dispersion optics
of a shadow 2: a radiographcalled also skiagram (GPT-1) (prism or grating) to give a continuous spectral curve
sleeper: slang for any dental implant body not used for support and spectrophotometric curve: a curve measured on a spectrophotome-
stabilization of a dental prosthesis ter hence, a graph of relative reflectance or transmittance (or
sliding movement: see TRANSLATION absorption) as the ordinate, plotted versus wave lengths or fre-
slotted attachment: see PRECISION ATTACHMENT quency as the abscissa. The most common curves in the visible
1sluice n (14c): an artificial passage for water fitted with a valve or region use wave length units of a nanometer, with the short wave
gate for stopping or regulating the flow length to the left of the scale. The word spectral is frequently used
2sluice vb sluiced; sluicing vt (1593) 1: to draw off by or via a sluice in place of the longer spectrophotometric, but they are not neces-
2: to wash with or in water through or from a sluice 3: to drench sarily synonymous
with a sudden flow spectrum n 1: band of colors produced when sunlight is passed
SNA angle: acronym for Sella-Nasion-A pointin cephalometrics, through a prism 2: spatial arrangements of components of radiant
an angle measuring the anteroposterior relationship of the maxil- energy in order of their wave lengths, wave numbers, or frequen-
lary basal arch on the anterior cranial base; it shows the degree of cy ___ spectral adj
maxillary prognathism speech aid: any therapy or any instrument, apparatus, or device used
snap impression obs: see PRELIMINARY IMPRESSION to improve speech quality
SNB angle: acronym for Sella-Nasion-B pointin cephalometrics, an speech aid prosthesis: a removable maxillary prosthesis to restore an
angle showing the anterior limit of the mandibular basal arch in acquired or congenital defect of the soft palate with a portion
relation to the anterior cranial base extending into the pharynx to separate the oropharynx and
socket n (15c): any opening or hollow that forms a holder for some- nasopharynx during phonation and deglutition, thereby complet-
thing, e.g., a tooth ing the palatopharyngeal sphinctersyn ADULT S.A.P., PEDI-
soft palate: the movable part of the palatal anatomy posterior to the ATRIC S.A.P.called also pharyageal s.a.p, cleft palate prosthesis
hard palate speech aid prosthesis modification: any revision of a pediatric or
soft palate obturator: see SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS adult speech aid not necessitating its replacement
soft splint: a resilient device covering either the maxillary or speech articulation 1: the production of individual sounds in con-
mandibular teeth for the purpose of preventing trauma to the nected discourse 2: the movement and placement during speech
dentition or acting as a deprogrammer of the organs that serve to interrupt or modify the voiced or
1solder n (15c): a fusible metal alloy used to unite the edges or sur- unvoiced air stream into meaningful sounds 3: the speech func-
faces of two pieces of metal; something that unites or cements tion performed largely through the movements of the lower jaw,
2solder v, soldered; soldering, solderability nsolderer n: to lips, tongue, and soft palate
unite, bring into, or restore to a firm union; the act of uniting two speech bulb: see SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS
pieces of metal by the proper alloy of metals speech prosthesis: see SPEECH AID PROSTHESIS
solidification porosity: a porosity that may be produced by improp- spherical form of occlusion obs: an arrangement of teeth that places
er spruing or improper heating of either the metal or the invest- their occlusal surfaces on the surface of an imaginary sphere (usu-
ment ally 8 inches in diameter) with its center above the level of the
somatoprosthetics n (ca. 1950): the art and science of prosthet- teeth (GPT-4)
ic replacement of external parts of the body that are missing or sphincter n (1578): a ringlike band of muscle fibers that constrict to
deformed close an orifice or passage
sonicate vt cated;-cating (1961): to disrupt (ie. bacteria) by spider partial substand: a unilateral removable partial denture
means of application of high frequency sound waves 1splint n (14c) 1: a rigid or flexible device that maintains in position
sonication n a displaced or movable part; also used to keep in place and pro-
space n (14c): a delimited, three-dimensional region; physical space tect an injured part 2: a rigid or flexible material used to protect,
independent of what occupies itsee DENTURE S., INTER- immobilize, or restrict motion in a partsee ANDERSON S.,
PROXIMAL S., INTERRADICULAR S., RETROMYLOHY- CAP S., ESSIG S., FUNCTIONAL OCCLUSAL S., GUN-
OID S. NINGS S., INTERDENTAL S., KINGSLEY S., LABIAL S.,
space of Donders [F.C. Donders]: eponym for the space that lies LINGUAL S., PROVISIONAL S., RESIN-BONDED S., SOFT
above the dorsum of the tongue and below the hard and soft S., SURGICAL S., WIRE S.
palates when the mandible and tongue are in the rest position 2splint v (1543): to immobilize, support, or brace
Donders FC. Ueber den Mechanismus des Saugens. Pflugers Archiv fur splinting v 1: in dentistry, the joining of two or more teeth into a
die Gesamte Physiologie Des Menschen Und Der Tiere. 1875;l0:91- rigid unit by means of fixed or removable restorations or devices
4. 2: in physiology, prolonged muscle spasms that inhibit or prevent
span length: the length of a beam between two supports movement
spatula n (1525): a flat-bladed instrument used for mixing or split-cast method obs 1: a procedure for placing indexed casts on an
spreading materials articulator to facilitate their removal and replacement on the
1spatulate adj (1760): shaped like a spatula instrument 2: the procedure of checking the ability of an articu-

JANUARY 1999 99
THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

split cast method stomatognathic


lator to receive or be adjusted to a maxillomandibular relation other substances. This may be intrinsic, extrinsic, acquired, or
record (GPT-4) developmental
split-cast mounting: a method of mounting casts wherein the den- 2stain vb (14c) 1: to suffuse with color 2: to color by processes

tal casts base is sharply grooved and keyed to the mounting rings affecting chemically or otherwise the material itself 3: in dentistry,
base. The procedure allows verifying the accuracy of the mount- to intentionally alter ceramic or resin restorations through the
ing, ease of removal and replacement of the casts application of intrinsic or extrinsic colorants to achieve a desired
split-dowel crown obs: an artificial crown supported and retained by effect
a dowel that was split longitudinally in an attempt to use spring standard illuminant: the illuminants A, B. C, D (and others)
retention in an undersized dowel space defined by the CIE in terms of their relative power distribution
split-thickness graft: a transplant of epithelium consisting of skin or curves. A is an illuminant with a Planckion temperature of
mucous membrane of a thickness allowing sectioning between the approximately 2854oK. It is intended to represent a common
corium and the basement membrane tungsten filament source. B approximates solar radiation
spontaneous anterior dislocation: see MANDIBULAR DISLO- 4870Kand is obsolete. C is average daylight, 6740K. D
CATION is daylight with the near ultraviolet source included
spontaneous fracture: a fracture occurring without any external standard light source: a reference light source whose spectral power
injury distribution is known
spoon denture obs: a maxillary provisional removable partial denture, standard observer: a hypothetical observer with a visual response
without clasps, whose palatal resin base resembles the shape of a mechanism possessing the calorimetric properties defined by the
spoon. The resin base does not contact the lingual surfaces of the CIE in 1931 as representative of the human population having
teeth and is confined to the central portion of the palate. It was normal color vision
often used during periodontal treatment because the resin base static adj: related to bodies at rest or forces in equilibrium
extension did not promote plaque accumulation around the teeth static fatigue: the delayed failure of glass and ceramic materials
and permitted surgical procedures to be performed resulting from stress-enhanced chemical reactions aided by water
sports dentistry: all aspects of dentistry, either preventive or thera- vapor acting on surface cracks. Analogous to stress corrosion
peutic, directly or indirectly involved with sports and recreation occurring in metals
spot grinding: see OCCLUSAL RESHAPING static relation: the relationship between two parts that are not in
spring plate obs: according to James Harrison Prothero, DDS, motion
Emeritus Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry and Metallurgy at stayplate n obj: see INTERIM PARTIAL DENTURE
Northwestern University Dental School, Chicago, IL, a spring Steinmanns pin [Fritz Steinmann, Swiss surgeon, 1872-1932]:
plate was a denture molded over the cast of a mouth with teeth eponym for a firm metal pin that is sharpened on one end; used for
bearing the relation to each other as stated (providing lingual the internal fixation of fractures
undercuts, ed.), which would spring as it passes over the points of stenosis n, pl -noses (ca. 1860): a narrowing or constriction in the
nearest approach of the teeth involved and resume its normal diameter of a passage or orificestenotic adj
width without undue lateral pressure when firmly seated on the stent n [Charles R. Stent, English dentist, 18??-1901]: eponym for a
oral tissuescalled also spring lock bridge device used in conjunction with a surgical procedure to keep a
sprue n (1880) 1: the channel or hole through which plastic or metal skin graft in place; often modified with acrylic resin or dental
is poured or cast into a gate or reservoir and then into a mold 2: modeling impression compound that was previously termed
the cast metal or plastic that connects a casting to the residual Stents mass; also refers to any device or mold used to hold a skin
sprue button graft in place or provide support for anastomosed structures see
sprue button: the material remaining in the reservoir of the mold NASAL S., SURGICAL S.
after a dental casting stereograph n (1859): an instrument that records mandibular
sprue former: a wax, plastic, or metal pattern used to form the chan- movement in three planes. Engraving, milling, or burnishing the
nel or channels allowing molten metal to flow into a mold to recording medium by means of styli, teeth, abrasive rims, or
make a casting rotary instruments obtains the registrations
sprue pin: see SPRUE FORMER stereographic record: an intra or extraoral recording of mandibular
stability (15c) 1: that quality of maintaining a constant character movement as viewed in three planes in which the registrations are
or position in the presence of forces that threaten to disturb it; the obtained by engraving, milling, or burnishing the recording
quality of being stable; to stand or endure 2: the quality of a pros- medium by means of studs, rotary instruments, styli, teeth, or
thesis to be firm, steady, or constant, to resist displacement by abrasive rims
functional horizontal or rotational stresses see DENTURE S., sterile adj (1558): free from living microorganisms; aseptic
DIMENSIONAL S., OCCLUSAL S. sterile technique: a standard surgical technique in which an aseptic
stabilization n, obs: the seating of a fixed or removable denture so area is established and maintained, including proper sterilization
that it will not tilt or be displaced under pressure (GPT-1) of instruments, drapes, gowns, gloves, and the surgical area. With
stabilize vb -lized; -lizing vt, stabilization n (1861) respect to dental implant placement, the systematic maintenance
1: to make firm, steadfast, stable 2: to hold steady, as of asepsis with special emphasis on non-contamination of instru-
to maintain the stability of any object by means of a ments and implant elements throughout an implant placement
stabilizer procedure
stabilized base plate: see STABILIZED RECORD BASE sterilization n: the process of completely eliminating microbial
stabilized record base: a record base lined with a material to viability
improve its fit and adaptation to the underlying supporting tissues stipple vt stippled; stippling (1760) 1: to engrave by means of
stabilizing circumferential clasp arm: a circumferential clasp arm dots and/or flicks 2: to make small short touches that together
that is relatively rigid and contacts the height of contour of the produce an even or softly graded shadow 3: to speckle or fleck
tooth stippler n
1stain n (1583) 1: a soiled or discolored spot; a spot of color in con- stoma n, pl stomata, also stomas (ca 1684) 1: any or various
trast to the surrounding area 2: a preparation used in staining 3: small simple bodily openings 2: an artificial permanent opening,
in dentistry, the discoloration of a tooth surface or surfaces as a usually made surgically
result of ingested materials, bacterial action, tobacco, and/or stomatognathic adj: denoting the jaws and mouth collectively

100 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1


THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

stomatognathic system suprabulge


stomatognathic system: the combination of structures involved in subocclusal connector: an interproximal nonrigid connector posi-
speech, receiving, mastication, and deglutition of food as well as tioned apical to and not in communication with the occlusal plane
parafunctional actions subocclusal surface obs: a portion of the occlusal surface of a tooth that
stomatology n: the study of the structures, functions, and diseases is below the level of the occluding portion of the tooth (GPT-1)
of the mouth subperiosteal dental implant: an eposteal dental implant that is
stone n : see DENTAL STONE placed beneath the periosteum and overlying the bony cortex
stone die: see MODEL, REPLICA first attributed to Swedish Dentist, G.S. Dahl
stop clasp: as described by James Harrison Prothero, DDS, the stop Dahl GS. Om mojlighenten for implantation, kaken av metall skelett som
clasp was an early forerunner to the conventional clasp assembly bas eller retention for fasta eller avatagbara protesor. Odontol Foren Tid-
by the addition of a lug (occlusal rest) to the retentive and recip- skr 1943;51:440.
rocal clasp assembly Goldberg NI, Gershkoff A. The implant lower denture. Dent Digest
Prothero JH. Prosthetic dentistry. 2nd ed. Chicago: Medico-Dental Pub- 1949;55:490.
lishing Co.; 1916. p. 332. Linkow LI. Evolutionary design trends in the mandibular subperiosteal
strain: change in length per unit length when stress is applied; the implant. J Oral Implant 1984;11:402-38.
change in length/original length subperiosteal dental implant abutment obs: that portion of the
stress n (14c): force per unit area; a force exerted on one body that implant that protrudes through the mucosa into the oral cavity
presses on, pulls on, pushes against, or tends to invest or compress for the retention or support of a crown or a fixed removable den-
another body; the deformation caused in a body by such a force; ture (GPT-4)see ABUTMENT
an internal force that resists an externally applied load or force. It subperiosteal dental implant substructure: a cast metal framework
is normally defined in terms of mechanical stress, which is the that fits on the residual ridge beneath the periosteum and pro-
force divided by the perpendicular cross sectional area over which vides support for a dental prosthesis by means of posts or other
the force is appliedsee COMPRESSIVE S., SHEARING S., mechanisms protruding through the mucosa; the implant body
TENSILE S. subperiosteal dental implant superstructure: the metal framework,
stress-bearing area: see STRESS-BEARING REGION usually within a removable prosthesis, that fits on the implant abut-
stress-bearing region 1. the surfaces of oral structures that resist ment(s) and provides retention for artificial teeth and the denture
forces, strains, or pressures brought on them during function 2: base material of the prosthesis
the portion of the mouth capable of providing support for a den- subperiosteal fracture: a bony fracture occurring beneath the
turesee also DENTURE FOUNDATION AREA periosteum, without displacement
stress breaker: see STRESS DIRECTOR subtractive color system: the system whereby light is removed by
stress director: a device or system that relieves specific dental struc- filtration or absorption from a white source. The primary colors
tures of part or all of the occlusal forces and redirects those forces of the subtractive system are magenta, cyan, and yellowcalled
to other bearing structures or regions also pigment mixture color system
study cast obs: see DIAGNOSTIC CAST subtractive primary colors: the primary colorant substances for pig-
stylus tracing: a planar tracing that resembles an arrowhead or goth- ment and filtering mixtures typically evoking responses of cyan
ic arch made by means of a device attached to the opposing arch- (blue-green), magenta (red-blue), and yellow (red-green). The
es. The shape of the tracing depends on the location of the mark- complementary colors of the subtractive primary colors are red,
ing point relative to the tracing table, i.e., in the incisal region as green, and blue. Magenta is a mixture of red and blue and is the
opposed to posteriorly. The apex of a properly made anterior trac- complement of green. Cyan is a mixture of blue and green and is
ing is considered to indicate the centric relation position, called the complement of red. Yellow is a mixture of red and green and
also arrow-point tracing, gothic arch tracing, needlepoint is the complement of blue
tracingsee CENTRAL BEARING TRACING DEVICE suction chamber obs: relief provided in the midline palatal area of a
subantral augmentation: augmentation with autologous bone or maxillary denture in an attempt to obtain additional retention by
bone substitutes to the antral floor to provide a host site for den- means of the theoretical vacuum created (GPT-4)
tal implants called also, SINUS LIFT, ANTHROPLASTY suction cup obs: a thin rubber disk, usually with a hole in its center,
subcondylar fracture: a fracture beneath the condylar head and which fits over a button that is larger in diameter than the hole.
within the condylar neck This causes the disk to assume a cup shape. When applied to the
subdermal implant: see MUCOSAL INSERT tissue surface of a denture, the cup attaches itself to the mucous
sublingual adj (1661): pertaining to the region or structures locat- membrane by suction (GPT-1)
ed beneath the tongue sulcular epithelium: see CREVICULAR EPITHELIUM
sublingual crescent: the crescent shaped area on the anterior floor sulcus n: see GINGIVAL CREVICE
of the mouth formed by the lingual wall of the mandible and the superstructure n: the superior part of a multiple layer prosthesis
adjacent sublingual fold. It is the area of the anterior alveolingual that includes the replacement teeth and associated structures
sulcus superimposed prosthesis: see OVERDENTURE
sublingual fold: the crescent-shaped area on the floor of the mouth 1support n (14c): the foundation area on which a dental prosthesis

following the inner wall of the mandible and tapering toward the rests
molar regions. The sublingual gland and submaxillary duct form it 2support vt (14c): to hold up or serve as a foundation or prop for

sublingual fossa: a smooth depression on the lingual surface of the supporting area obs 1: the surface of the mouth available for support
body of the mandible near the midline, above the mylohyoid line of a denture (GPT-1) 2: those areas of the maxillary and
and below the alveolus. This fossa accommodates part of the sub- mandibular edentulous ridges that are considered best suited to
lingual gland carry the forces of mastication when the dentures are in function
subluxation n (ca. 1688): an incomplete or partial dislocation (GPT-1)
see CONDYLAR SUBLUXATION supporting cusps: those cusps or incisal edges of teeth that contact
submersible endosteal implant obj: see ENDOSTEAL DENTAL in and support centric occlusion. Usually facial cusps of the
IMPLANT mandibular posterior teeth, the maxillary palatal cusps, and the
submersible implant obj: see ENDOSTEAL DENTAL IMPLANT incisal edges of the mandibular anterior teeth
submucosal inserts: see MUCOSAL INSERT suprabulge n: that portion of a tooth crown that converges toward
submucous cleft palate: see OCCULT CLEFT PALATE the occlusal surface, i.e., above the height of contour

JANUARY 1999 101


THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

suprabulge clasp temporomandibular joint


suprabulge clasp: a removable partial denture retentive clasp that either a traumatic or surgical wound in a specific manner using an
approaches the retentive undercut from an occlusal or suprabulge appropriate material
direction 1swage n (ca 1812): any tool used for shaping metal by striking with

supraeruption n: movement of a tooth or teeth above the normal a hammer or sledgehammer


occlusal plane 2swage vt swaged; swaging (1881): to shape a material by ham-

supragingival adj 1: located above the gingiva 2: that portion of mering or adapting it onto a die with a swage instrument
a natural or artificial tooth that is coronal to the gingival crest swallowing threshold: the critical moment of reflex action initiated
supramentale n: a landmark representing the deepest point of the by sufficient stimulation before the act of deglutition
symphyseal cavity between infradentale and pogonion sympathetic nervous system: the part of the autonomic nervous
supraocclusion n: malocclusion in which the occluding surfaces system that responds to dangerous or threatening situations by
of teeth extend beyond the normal occlusal planecalled also preparing a person physiologically for fight or flightsee
overeruption PARASYMPATHETIC NERVOUS SYSTEM
surgical baseplate: see SURGICAL OBTURATOR symphysis n, pl -physes (ca. 1578) 1: a type of cartilaginous joint
surgical guide: see SURGICAL PROSTHESIS, SURGICAL TEM- in which the opposed bony surfaces are firmly united by a plate of
PLATE fibrocartilage 2: the immovable dense midline articulation of the
surgical maxillomandibular relation: the establishing and record- right and left halves of the adult mandible
ing of the correct vertical dimension and centric relation between symptom n (14c): subjective evidence of disease or physical distur-
a surgically exposed bone surface and opposite arch at the time of bance; something that indicates the presence of a bodily disorder
making a surgical bone impression synchrony n (1848): the simultaneous appearance of two separate
surgical obturator: a temporary prosthesis used to restore the con- events
tinuity of the hard palate immediately after surgery or traumatic syndrome n (1541): a group of symptoms that occur together
loss of a portion or all of the hard palate and/or contiguous alve- synovial fluid: a viscid fluid contained in joint cavities and secreted
olar structures (i.e., gingival tissue, teeth)see INTERIM by the synovial membrane
OBTURATOR systemic etiologic factors: generalized biologic factors that are
surgical occlusion rim: an occlusion rim used in recording surgical implicated in the causation, modification, and/or perpetuation of
maxillomandibular relations a disease entity
surgical prosthesis: any prosthesis prepared for insertion during a
surgical procedure and intended for short-term use T
surgical splint: a prosthesis designed to use existing teeth and/or table n (bef. 12c): a flat surface; a raised horizontal surfacesee
alveolar processes as points of anchorage to assist in stabilization GUIDE T., OCCLUSAL T.
and immobilization of broken bones during healing. They are technic n (1855): a detailed procedure in the fabrication of a pros-
used to reestablish, as much as possible, normal occlusal relation- thesisspelled also technique
ships during the process of immobilizationsyn CAST METAL technique n (1817): a body of technical methods; a method of
SPLINT, FENESTRATED SPLINT, GUNNING SPLINT, accomplishing a desired end; the method or procedure and its
KINGSLEY SPLINT, LABIOLINGUAL SPLINT, MODIFIED details
GUNNING SPLINT telescopic coping: see COPING
surgical stayplate: see SURGICAL OBTURATOR telescopic crown: an artificial crown constructed to fit over a coping
surgical stent: named for the dentist who first described their use, telescopic denture: see OVERDENTURE
Charles R. Stent, stents are used to apply pressure to soft tissues template n (1877) 1: a pattern, mold, or gauge used as a guide to
to facilitate healing and prevent cicatrization or collapsesyn form a piece being made 2: a curved or flat surface pattern that is
COLUMELLAR STENT, PERIODONTAL STENT, SKIN used as an aid in arranging teethsee also SURGICAL TEM-
GRAFT STENT PLATE
surgical template 1: a thin, transparent form duplicating the tissue temporary base: see RECORD BASE
surface of an immediate denture and used as a guide for surgical- temporary denture: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS
ly shaping the alveolar process 2: a guide used to assist in proper temporary prosthesis: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS
surgical placement and angulation of dental implants temporary restoration: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS
surface tension: a property of liquids in which the exposed surface temporomandibular articulation: see TEMPOROMANDIBULAR
tends to contract to the smallest possible area, as in the spherical JOINT
formation of drops; this is a phenomenon attributed to the attrac- temporomandibular disorders 1: abnormal, incomplete, or
tive forces, or cohesion, between the molecules of the liquid impaired function of the temporomandibular joint(s) 2: a collec-
survey v 1: to examine as to condition, value, or situation; to tion of symptoms frequently observed in various combinations
appraise 2: to determine the form and position of a given entity first described by Costen (1934, 1937), which he claimed to be
by means of taking linear and angular measurements 3: to inspect reflexes due to irritation of the auriculotemporal and/or chorda
or scrutinize 4. the procedure of locating and delineating the con- tympanic nerves as they emerged from the tympanic plate caused
tour and position of the abutment teeth and associated structures by altered anatomic relations and derangements of the temporo-
before designing a removable partial denture (GPT-1) mandibular joint associated with loss of occlusal vertical dimen-
surveyed, surveying sion, loss of posterior tooth support, and/or other malocclusions.
survey line: a line produced on a cast by a surveyor marking the The symptoms can include headache about the vertex and
greatest prominence of contour in relation to the planned path of occiput, tinnitus, pain about the ear, impaired hearing and pain
placement of a restoration about the tongueacronym TMD
surveying n: an analysis and comparison of the prominence of temporomandibular dysfunction syndrome: see TEMPORO-
intraoral contours associated with the fabrication of a prosthesis MANDIBULAR DISORDERS
surveyor n (15c): a paralleling instrument used in construction of temporomandibular joint 1. the articulation between the temporal
a prosthesis to locate and delineate the contours and relative posi- bone and the mandible. It is a diarthrodial, bilateral ginglymus
tions of abutment teeth and associated structures arthrodial joint 2: the articulation of the condylar process of the
suturing vt (1777): the process of uniting the tissues separated by mandible and the interarticular disk with the mandibular fossa of

102 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1


THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

temporomandibular joint tracing device


the squamous portion of the temporal bone; a diarthrodial, slid- source of radiation moving in one direction and the film moving
ing hinge (ginglymus) joint. Movement in the upper joint com- in the opposite direction
partment is mostly translational, whereas that in the lower joint tomography n: a general term for a technique that provides a dis-
compartment is mostly rotational. The joint connects the tinct image of any selected plane through the body, while the
mandibular condyle to the articular fossa of the temporal bone images of structures that lie above and below that plane are
with the temporomandibular disk interposed blurred. Also, the term body-section radiography has been applied
temporomandibular joint derangement: see INTERNAL to the procedure, although the several ways of accomplishing it
DERANGEMENT have been given distinguishing names
temporomandibular joint hypermobility: excessive mobility of the tongue habit: conscious or unconscious movements of the tongue
temporomandibular joint that are not related to purposeful functions. Such habits may pro-
temporomandibular joint remodeling: see REMODEL duce malocclusion or injuries to tissues of the tongue or the
temporomandibular joint syndrome: see TEMPOROMANDIBU- attachment apparatus of the teeth
LAR DISORDERS tongue thrusting: the infantile pattern of suckle-swallow in which
TENS: acronym for Transcutaneous Electrical Neural Stimulation the tongue is placed between the incisor teeth or alveolar ridges
see TRANSCUTANEOUS ELECTRICAL NEURAL STIMU- during the initial stages of deglutition, resulting sometimes in an
LATION anterior open occlusion, deformation of the jaws, and/or abnor-
tensile stress: the internal induced force that resists the elongation of mal function
a material in a direction parallel to the direction of the stresses tooth n, pl teeth (bef. 12c): any hard calcified structure in the alve-
tension n (1533): the state of being stretched, strained, or extended olar processes of the maxilla or mandible used for mastication of
terminal hinge axis: see TRANSVERSE HORIZONTAL AXIS food, or a similar structuresee ANATOMIC T., CUSPLESS T.,
terminal hinge position: see RETRUDED CONTACT POSITION METAL INSERT T., NONANATOMIC T., REVERSE ARTIC-
terminal jaw relation record: a record of the relationship of the ULATION T., TUBE T., ZERO-DEGREE T.
mandible to the maxillae made in the terminal hinge position tooth arrangement 1: the placement of teeth on a denture with def-
therapeutic prosthesis: see RADIATION CARRIER inite objectives in mind 2: the placement of teeth on trial bases
thermal expansion: expansion of a material caused by heat see ANTERIOR TOOTH ARRANGEMENT
thermoplastic adj (1883): a characteristic or property of a mater- tooth borne: see TOOTH SUPPORTED
ial that allows it to be softened by the application of heat and tooth color selection: the determination of the color and other
return to the hardened state on coolingthermoplasticity n attributes of appearance of an artificial tooth or set of teeth for a
three-quarter crown obs: see PARTIAL VENEER CROWN given individual
tic n (ca. 1822): an intermittent, involuntary, spasmodic movement tooth form: the characteristics of the curves, lines, angles, and con-
of a group of muscles, often without a demonstrable external tours of various teeth that permit their identification and differ-
stimulus entiationsee ANTERIOR T.F., POSTERIOR T.F.
T.I.D.: acronym for L. Ter In Die, three times a day tooth placement: see TOOTH ARRANGEMENT
tinfoil n (15c) 1: paper thin metal sheeting usually of a tin-lead alloy tooth selection: the selection of a tooth or teeth of a shape, size, and
or aluminum 2: a base-metal foil used as a separating material color to harmonize with the individual characteristics of a patient
between the cast and denture base material during flasking and tooth size discrepancy: abnormally sized teeth or groups of teeth
polymerizing tooth supported: a term used to describe a prosthesis or part of a
tinnitus n (1843): a noise in the ears, often described as ringing or prosthesis that depends entirely on the natural teeth for support
roaring tooth-supported base: a denture base that restores an edentulous
tinted denture base: a denture base with coloring that simulates the region that has abutment teeth at each end for support. The tis-
color and shading of natural oral tissues sue that it covers is not used for support
tissue n (1771) 1: the various cellular combinations that make up tooth-supported denture: see OVERDENTURE
the body 2: an aggregation of similarly specialized cells united in torque n (ca. 1884): a twisting or rotary force. The movement of a
the performance of a particular functionsee HYPERPLASTIC system of forces producing rotation
TISSUE torus n, pl tori (1563): a smooth rounded anatomical protuberance
tissue-bearing area: see DENTURE FOUNDATION AREA total elasticity of muscle obs: the combined effect of physical and
tissue displaceability 1: the quality of oral tissues that permits them physiologic elasticity of muscle (GPT-4)
to be placed in other than a relaxed position 2: the degree to toughness n: the ability of a material to withstand stresses and
which tissues permit displacement strains without breaking
tissue displacement: the change in the form or position of tissues as toxic dose: the amount of a drug that causes untoward symptoms in
a result of pressure most persons
tissue integration: as clinically observed, the apparent direct and toxicity n: the adverse reactions (dose-response-time relationships)
healthy attachment of living tissue to an alloplastic material, i.e., of tissues to selected foreign substances resulting in unacceptable
a dental implantsee OSSEOUS INTEGRATION in-vivo interactions. The toxicity can be at the local or systemic
tissue molding: see BORDER MOLDING level depending on the amount, rate of release, and specific type
tissue reaction: the response of tissues to an altered condition of substance available to the tissues
tissue registration obs 1: the accurate registration of the shape of tis- tracer n (ca. 1552): see ARROW-POINT T.
sues under any condition by means of a suitable material (GPT-1) tracing n (15c) 1: a line or lines scribed by a pointed instrument 2: a
2: an impression (GPT-1) traced copy of a drawing, photograph, radiograph, or similar enti-
tissue trimming: see BORDER MOLDING tysee ARROW POINT T., CEPHALOMETRIC T. EXTRAO-
TMD: acronym for TemporoMandibular Disorderssee TEMPORO- RAL T., INTRAORAL T., MANDIBULAR T., PANTOGRAPH-
MANDIBULAR DISORDERS IC T., STYLUS T.
tomogram n (1940): a radiograph made by using a tomograph tracing device: a device that provides a central point of bearing, or
1tomograph n: a device for moving a x-ray source in one direction support, between maxillary and mandibular occlusion rims or
as the film moves in the opposite direction dentures. It consists of a contacting point that is attached to one
2tomograph n: a radiograph produced from a machine that has the occlusion rim or denture and a plate attached to the opposing

JANUARY 1999 103


THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

tracing device typodent


occlusion rim or denture that provides the surface on which the treating or conditioning the tissues that are called on to support
bearing point rests or moves and retain it 2: a dental prosthesis that is placed in preparation for
transcranial oblique radiograph: a flat x-ray projection in which the future therapysee INTERIM PROSTHESIS
central beam travels across the cranium and through the tem- treatment plan: the sequence of procedures planned for the treat-
poromandibular joint on the opposite side showing an oblique ment of a patient after diagnosis
lateral view of the condyle trial base: a material or device representing the base of a denture. It
transcutaneous electrical neural stimulation: application of low- is used for making maxillomandibular relationship records and for
voltage electrical stimulation through the skin to nerves in order the arrangement of teeth
to interfere with the sensation of pain in the brain and increase trial denture: a preliminary arrangement of denture teeth that has
blood flow to the regioncolloquial TENS been prepared for placement into the patients mouth to evaluate
transepithelial adj: penetrating or passing through the epitheli- esthetics and maxillomandibular relationships
um, as in a dental implant trial fitting: see TRIAL PLACEMENT
transfer coping: a metallic, acrylic resin, or other covering or cap trial flask closure: any preliminary closure made for the purpose of
used to position a die in an impression (GPT-4) eliminating excess material and insuring that the mold is com-
transit dose: a measure of the primary radiation transmitted through pletely filled
the patient and measured at a point on the central ray at some trial placement: the process of placing a trial denture in the patients
point beyond the patient mouth for evaluationsee TRIAL DENTURE
transitional contour: with respect to any restoration supported by a trial plate obs: see TRIAL DENTURE
dental implant, the relationship between the abutment and the tricalcium phosphate: an inorganic particulate or solid form of rel-
implant body atively biodegradable ceramic that is used as a scaffold for bone
transitional denture: a removable partial denture serving as an inter- regeneration. It may be used as a matrix for new bone growth
im prosthesis to which artificial teeth will be added as natural trichromatic system: a system for specifying color stimuli in terms of
teeth are lost and that will be replaced after postextraction tissue the tri-stimulus value based on matching colors by additive mix-
changes have occurred. A transitional denture may become an tures of three primary colored lights
interim complete denture when all of the natural teeth have been trichromatism n: a type of vision in which the colors seen require,
removed from the dental archcalled also transitional partial in general, three independently adjustable primaries (such as red,
denture green, and blue) for their duplication by mixture; trichromatism
transitional prosthesis: see INTERIM PROSTHESIS, TRANSI- may be either anomalous trichromatism or normal vision
TIONAL DENTURE trigger area: see TRIGGER POINT
translating condyle: see NONWORKING SIDE CONDYLE trigger point: a focus of hyperirritability in tissue, which when pal-
translation n (14c): that motion of a rigid body in which a straight pated, is locally tender and gives rise to heterotopic pain
line passing through any two points always remains parallel to its trigger spot: see TRIGGER POINT
initial position. The motion may be described as a sliding or glid- trigger zone: see TRIGGER POINT
ing motion tripod marking: those marks or lines drawn on a cast in a single
translatory movement obs: the motion of a body at any instant when plane perpendicular to the survey rod to assist with repositioning
all points within the body are moving at the same velocity and in the cast on a dental surveyor in a previously defined orientation
the same direction (GPT-1) tripodization n: an occlusal scheme characterized by a cusp to
translucency n (1611): having the appearance between complete fossa relationship in which there are three points of contact about
opacity and complete transparency; partially opaque the cusp and opposing fossa with no contact on the cusp tip
transmucosal adj: passing through the gingiva or oral mucosa trismus n (ca. 1693): see MANDIBULAR T.
transosteal adj: the penetration of both the internal and external trismus appliance: a prosthesis that assists the patient in increasing
cortical plates of a bone their oral aperture width to eat and maintain oral hygienesyn
transosteal dental implant 1: a dental implant that penetrates both DYNAMIC BITE OPENER, INTERARCH EXPANSION
cortical plates and passes through the full thickness of the alveo- DEVICE, OCCLUSAL DEVICE FOR MANDIBULAR
lar bone 2: a dental implant composed of a metal plate with reten- TRISMUS
tive pins to hold it against the inferior border of the mandible that tri-stimulus value: (R, G, B: X, Y, Z, etc.) Amounts of the three ref-
supports transosteal pins that penetrate through the full thickness erence color stimuli, in a given trichromatic system, required to
of the mandible and pass into the, mouth in the parasymphyseal match the color of the stimulus considered
regioncalled also staple bone implant, mandibular staple tritanopia n: form of dichromatism in which reddish blue and
implant, transmandibular implant greenish yellow stimuli are confused. Tritanopia is a common
transverse axis: see TRANSVERSE HORIZONTAL AXIS result of retinal disease but may be inheritedcalled also blue
transverse facial fracture: see LE FORTE III FRACTURE, MID- blindness, hence tritanope
FACIAL FRACTURE try in: see TRIAL PLACEMENT
transverse horizontal axis: an imaginary line around which the tube impression 1: a cylinder used as a tray to confine and direct
mandible may rotate within the sagittal plane impression material to make an impression of a single tooth 2: the
transversion n: displacement of a tooth from its usual position or impression resulting from this procedure
proper numerical position in the jaw tube teeth: artificial teeth with an internal, vertical, cylindrical aper-
trauma n, pl traumata or traumas, traumatic adj ture extending from the center of the base upward into the body
traumatically adv (1693): an injury or wound, whether phys- of the tooth, into which a pin may be placed or cast for the attach-
ical or psychic ment of the tooth to a fixed or removable denture base
trauma from occlusion: see OCCLUSAL TRAUMA tubercule n (1578): a small knobby prominence or excrescence; a
traumatic occlusion: see OCCLUSAL TRAUMA nodule
traumatogenic adj: capable of producing a wound or injury tuberosity n, pl -ties (ca. 1611): see MAXILLARY T.
traumatogenic occlusion obs: an occluding of the teeth that is capa- tunnel dissection: a dissection of the periosteum from bone through
ble of producing injury to oral structures (GPT-4) a small incision, in a tunnel-like fashion
traveling condyle: see NONWORKING SIDE CONDYLE turgid adj (1620): being on a state of distention; swollen
treatment denture 1: a dental prosthesis used for the purpose of typodent: a replica of the natural dentition and alveolar mucosa, set

104 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1


THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

typodent vulcanize
to average condylar motions, used in training students in dental vertical axis: see VERTICAL AXIS OF THE MANDIBLE
care syn TYPODONT vertical axis of the mandible: an imaginary line around which the
mandible may rotate through the horizontal plane
U vertical dimension: the distance between two selected points, one
UCLA abutment substand: a colloquial term used to describe a den- on a fixed and one on a movable membersee OCCLUSAL
tal crown that is attached directly to the implant body by means V.D., REST V.D., V.D. OF SPEECH
of a screw without an intervening abutment vertical dimension decrease obs: decreasing the vertical distance
ultimate strength: the greatest stress that may be induced in a mate- between the mandible and the maxillae by modifications of teeth,
rial at the point of rupturecalled also ultimate tensile strength the positions of teeth or occlusion rims, or through alveolar or
ultraviolet: radiant energy of wave lengths shorter than extreme residual ridge resorption (GPT-1)
violet and lying beyond the ordinarily visible spectrum. Usually vertical dimension increase obs: increasing the vertical distance
assigned to wave lengths shorter than 380 nm between the mandible and the maxillae by modifications of teeth,
1undercut n (1859) 1: the portion of the surface of an object that the positions of teeth, or occlusion rims (GPT-1)___see
is below the height of contour in relationship to the path of place- OCCLUSAL VERTICAL DIMENSION
ment 2: the contour of a cross-sectional portion of a residual vertical dimension of occlusion: see OCCLUSAL VERTICAL
ridge or dental arch that prevents the insertion of a prosthesis 3: DIMENSION
any irregularity in the wall of a prepared tooth that prevents the vertical dimension of rest position: see PHYSIOLOGIC REST
withdrawal or seating of a wax pattern or casting POSITION
2undercut v (ca. 1598): to create areas that provide mechanical
vertical dimension of speech: that distance measured between two
retention for materials placement selected points when the occluding members are in their closest
uniform color space: color space in which equal distances are proximity during speech
intended to represent threshold or above threshold perceived vertical opening: see VERTICAL DIMENSION
color differences of equal size vertical overlap 1: the distance teeth lap over their antagonists as
unilateral adj (1802): relating to one side; one-sided measured vertically; especially the distance the maxillary incisal
unilateral partial denture: see UNILATERAL REMOVABLE edges extend below those of the mandibular teeth. It may also be
PARTIAL DENTURE used to describe the vertical relations of opposing cusps 2: the
unilateral removable partial denture: a removable denture restor- vertical relationship of the incisal edges of the maxillary incisors
ing lost or missing teeth on one side of the arch only to the mandibular incisors when the teeth are in maximum inter-
unilateral subperiosteal implant: an eposteal dental implant that
cuspation
provides abutments for support of a removable or fixed dental
vestibule n (ca. 1728) 1: any of various bony cavities, especially
prosthesis in a partially edentulous arch
when serving as or resembling an entrance to another 2: the por-
unstrained jaw relation obs: 1: the relation of the mandible to the
tion of the oral cavity that is bounded on the medial side by the
skull when a state of balanced tonus exists among all the muscles
teeth, gingiva, and alveolar ridge or the residual ridge, and on the
involved 2: any jaw relation that is attained without undue or
lateral side by the lips and cheekssee BUCCAL V., LABIAL V.
unnatural force and that causes no undue distortion of the tissues
vestibuloplasty n: a surgical procedure designed to restore alve-
of the temporomandibular joints (GPT-4)
olar ridge height by lowering muscles attaching to the buccal,
upper impression slang: see MAXILLARY IMPRESSION
labial, and lingual aspects of the jaws
upright adj: the movement of a tooth into an erect or normal position
vibrating line: an imaginary line across the posterior part of the
palate marking the division between the movable and immovable
V
tissues of the soft palate. This can be identified when the movable
vacuum casting: the casting of a metal or plastic in the presence of a
tissues are functioning
partial vacuum
videofluoroscopy n: dynamic x-rays recorded on videotape
vacuum investing: the process of investing a pattern within a partial
viewing conditions: various conditions under which visual observa-
vacuum
tion is made including the size of the stimulus, characteristics of
vacuum mixing: a method of mixing a material such as plaster of
the surrounding area, nature of the illuminant, angle of viewing,
paris or casting investment below atmospheric pressure
area of the retina, etc.
value n (14c): the quality by which a light color is distinguished
from a dark color, the dimension of a color that denotes relative Virginia bridge: see RESIN-BONDED PROSTHESIS
blackness or whiteness (grayness, brightness). Value is the only visceral pain: deep somatic pain originating in visceral structures
dimension of color that may exist alonesee MUNSELL such as mucosal linings, walls of hollow viscera, parenchyma of
VALUE organs, glands, dental pulps, and vascular structures
Munsell AH. A color notation. Baltimore: Munsell Color Co.; 1975. p. visible spectrum: the section of the electromagnetic spectrum that is
14-7. visible to the human eye. It ranges from 380 nm to 760 nm
van der Walls bond [Johannes D. van der Walls, Dutch physicist] visual adaptation: adjustive change in visual sensitivity due to con-
(ca 1926): eponym for a bond that involves weak interatomic tinued visual stimulation or lack of stimulation. Three recognized
attractions such as variation in physical mass or location of elec- types are: 1) scotopic or dark adaptation 2) photopic or light adap-
trical charge; e.g., molecular polarization, electrical dipoles and tation 3) chromatic or color adaptation
dispersion effectshydrogen bridgescalled also secondary bond visual photometry: the measurement of luminous radiation on the
vascular pain: a type of deep somatic pain of visceral origin that basis of its effect on the visual receptors
emanates from the afferent nerves that innervate blood vessels vulcanite n: an obsolete denture base material that is a combination
velum n (1771): a covering; a general term for a veil or veil like of caoutchouc and sulfur. These harden in the presence of suitable
structuresee SOFT PALATE heat and application of pressure
verti-centric [Earl Pound, US prosthodontist, 1901-1986]: a record vulcanize vb -nized; -nizing vt (1846): to produce flexible or hard
used in complete denture fabrication. It involves the simultaneous rubber, as desired, by subjecting caoutchouc, in the presence of
recording of the vertical dimension of occlusion with the jaws in sulfur, to heat and high steam pressure in a processing unit, termed
centric relation a vulcanizer, made for that purpose

JANUARY 1999 105


THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

warp standard references


W articulation toward which the mandible is moved during working
warp vt (13c): torsional change of shape or outline; to turn or twist movements
out of shape working side condyle: the condyle on the working side
wash impression slang: see FINAL IMPRESSION working side condyle path: the path the condyle travels on the work-
wave length: the distance at any instant between two adjacent crests ing side when the mandible moves in a lateral excursion
(or identical phases) of two series of waves that are advancing wrought adj (13c) 1: worked into shape; formed 2: worked into
through a uniform medium. The wave length varies inversely with shape by tools; hammered
the vibration rate or number of waves passing any given point per
unit period of time X
wax n (bef. 12c): one of several esters of fatty acids with higher alco- 1x-ray vt (1896): the process of exposing objects to roentgen rays
hols, usually monohydric alcohols. Dental waxes are combina- and projecting their shadow on sensitized surfaces
tions of various types of waxes compounded to provide desired 2X ray n (1900): see ROENTGEN RAY
physical propertiessee BASEPLATE W., BOXING W., CAST- x-ray picture: see ROENTGENOGRAM
ING W., DENTAL IMPRESSION W., MODELING W. xenogenic graft: a graft from one species to another species called
wax elimination: the removal of wax from a mold, usually by heat also heterologous graft
wax expansion: a method of expanding a wax pattern to compensate xerostomia n: dryness of the mouth from lack of normal secretions
for the shrinkage of gold during the casting process
was model denture: see TRIAL DENTURE Y
wax pattern: a wax form that is the positive likeness of an object to yield strength: the strength at which a small amount of permanent
be fabricated (plastic) strain occurs, usually 0.1% or 0.2%, and most frequently
wax try in: see TRIAL PLACEMENT measured in MPa or psi
waxing v obs: the contouring of a wax pattern or the wax base of a
trial denture into the desired form (GPT-1)
waxing up obs 1: the contouring of a pattern in wax generally applied
Z
zero-degree teeth: posterior denture teeth having 0-degree cuspal
to the shaping in wax of the contours of a trial denture (GPT-1)
angles in relation to the horizontal occlusal surface called also
2: the process of waxing and carving of the wax to the shape and
zero-degree nonanatomic teethsee NONANATOMIC TEETH
contour desired (GPT-1)
zygoma n (ca. 1684): the area formed by the union of the zygo-
wear facet: any wear line or plane on a tooth surface caused by
matic bone with the zygomatic processes of the temporal and
attrition
maxillary bones
Weber-Fergusson incision [Sir E.S. Fergusson, Scottish surgeon,
dates vary: 1808-1877 or 1871-1944]: eponym for a facial inci-
sion used in exposing the maxillary bone in a maxillectomy
Zange J. Operationen im Bereich der nase und ibver nebenholen. In: Theil STANDARD REFERENCES
R. Opthalmologische, Operationslehre. Leipzig: Vebthieme; 1950.
1weld n (1831): a welded joint; the state or condition of being welded
COLOR
2weld Agoston GA. Color theory and its applications in art and design.
vb: to unite or fuse two pieces by hammering, compression, or
2nd ed. Springer series in optical sciences, vol. 19. Heidelberg:
by rendering soft by heat with the addition of a fusible material
Springer-Verlag; 1987.
whiting n: pure white chalk (calcium carbonate) that has been ground
Kelly KL, Judd DB. Color: universal language and dictionary of
and washed and that is used for polishing dental materials
names. Washington, DC: US Department of Commerce, National
wire splint: a device used to stabilize teeth loosened by an accident
Bureau of Standards, December 1976; Spec. Publication no. 440.
or by a compromised periodontium in the maxillae or mandible;
Nassan K. The physics and chemistry of color: the fifteen causes
a device to reduce and stabilize maxillary or mandibular fractures
of color. New York: John Wiley; 1983.
by application to both arches and connection with intermaxillary
MacAdam DL. Color measurement: theme and variations. 2nd
wires or elastic bands
ed. Springer series in optical sciences, vol. 27. Heidelberg:
Wolffs Law [Julius Wolff, German anatomist, 1836-1902]: eponym
SpringerVerlag; 1985.
for a uniform or constant fact or principle, more specifically, that
Billmeyer FW Jr, Saltzman M. Principles of color technology.
a bone, either normal or abnormal, will develop the structure
New York: John Wiley; 1981.
most suited to resist those forces acting on it
Wyazecki G, Stiles WA. Color science: concepts and methods,
work n (bef. 12c): the product of a force acting on a body and the
quantitative data and formulea. 2nd ed. New York: John Wiley;
distance through which the point of application of the force
1982.
moves
Hunt RWG. Measuring colour. Chichester: John Wiley; 1987.
working articulation: the occlusal contacts of teeth on the side
Hunter RS, Harold RW. The measurement of appearance. 2nd
toward which the mandible is moved
ed. New York: John Wiley; 1987.
working bite: see WORKING ARTICULATION
working bite relation: see WORKING ARTICULATION
working condyle: see WORKING SIDE CONDYLE COMPLETE DENTURE
working contacts obs: contacts of teeth made on the side of the PROSTHODONTICS
occlusion toward which the mandible has been moved (GPT-1) Goddard PB. The anatomy, physiology and pathology of the
working model: see CAST human teeth: with the most approved methods of treatment; includ-
working occlusal surface obs: the surface or surfaces of teeth on ing operations, and the method of making and setting artificial teeth.
which mastication can occur (GPT-1) With thirty plates. Philadelphia: Carey & Hart; 1844.
working occlusion obs: the occlusal contacts of teeth on the side to Harbert SC. A practical treatise on the operations of surgical and
which the mandible is moved (GPT-1) mechanical dentistry. Philadelphia: Barrett & Jones; 1847.
working side: the side toward which the mandible moves in a later- Tomes J. Instruction in the use and management of artificial
al excursion teeth. Middlesex: Private printing; 1851.
working side contacts: contacts of teeth made on the side of the Delabarre AFA. De la gutta percha et de son application aux den-

106 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1


THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

standard references
tures artificiales en remplacement des plaques metalliques et des sub- for producing plate dentures. London: H Froude; Hodder &
stances osseuses corruptibles. Paris: V Masson; 1852. Stoughton; 1921.
Richardson J. A practical treatise on mechanical dentistry. Rupp FW. The mathematics of dental prosthetics, showing the
Philadelphia: Lindsay and Blakiston; 1860. necessity for the use of various other instruments of precision in order
Wildman E. Instructions in the manipulation of hard rubber, or to obtain satisfactory dentures from the use of anatomical articulators
vulcanite. Philadelphia: SS White Dental Manufacturing Co.; 1865. of any brand. London: J Bale Sons & Danielsson; 1921.
Evans TW. On the discovery of vulcanized caoutchouc: and the Berthold AHR. Engineering applied to dentistry. Modern reten-
property of its application to dental purposes. Private printing; 1867. tion of artificial dentures from an engineering standpoint. Chicago:
Celluloid Manufacturing Co. Celluloid as a base for artificial International Dental Manufacturing Co.; 1922.
teeth: instructions for manipulating the celluloid base, with testimo- Ash C. Ashs all porcelain teeth: dowel crowns and non platinum
nials from parties using it, and other information. Celluloid Manu- tube teeth for vulcanite dentures and for all classes of crown and
facturing Co.; 1878. bridge work. London: Ash, Julius; 1923.
Maloney JA, Brightwell OH. The Goodyear Dental Vulcanite Campbell DD. Full denture prosthesis. St Louis: CV Mosby;
Co., OH Brightwell. Washington: Gibson Publishing Co.; 1878. 1924.
Balkwill FH. Mechanical dentistry in gold and vulcanite. London: Goodhugh T. The art of prosthetic dentistry, London: Bailliere;
Churchill and Co.; 1880. 1924.
White JW. The teeth: natural and artificial. Philadelphia: SS White Hanau RH. Full denture prosthesis. Intraoral technique for
Dental Manufacturing Co.; 1880. Hanau Articulator model H. Buffalo: (Dental engineering); 1926.
Sheffield LT. A new system of prosthetic dentistry. New York: Pri- Hanua RH. Hanau intraoral method vs Gysi extraoral method.
vate printing; 1884. Buffalo: Private press; 1927.
Land CH. The scientific adaptation of artificial dentures. Gysi A. Practical conclusions from scientific research in denture
Philadelphia: Private printing; 1885. construction. New York: Dentists Supply Co.; 1929.
Andrieu E. Traite de prosthese buccale et de mecanique dentaire. Sears VH. Full denture procedure. New York: Macmillan Co.;
Paris: D Doin; 1887. 1929.
White JW. Taking impressions of the mouth. Philadelphia: SS Bunce EW. The Bunce Kanouse full denture technic. Chicago:
White Dental Manufacturing Co.; 1891. Coe Laboratories, Inc.; 1929.
Gartrell JH. Continuous gum work: a description of new appara-
Sears VH. Full denture procedure. New York: Macmillan Co.;
tus and methods for manipulating continuous gum and porcelain
1929.
crowns. London: Dental Engineering Co.; 1896.
Nichols IG. Prosthetic dentistry, an encyclopedia of full and par-
Samsioe CA. A treatise on plateless dentures. Private printing;
tial denture prosthesis. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1930.
1898.
Swenson MG. Outline of full denture prosthesis. New York: Uni-
Clapp GW. Mechanical side of anatomical articulation. New York:
versity Press; 1932.
The Dental Digest; 1910.
Fish EW. Principles of full denture prosthesis. London: John Bale
Greene JW. Greene brothers clinical course in dental prosthesis
Sons and Danielsson Ltd.; 1933.
in three printed lectures. New and advanced test methods in impres-
Lott FM. The problem of facsimile reproduction of anterior
sions, articulation, occlusion, roofless dentures, refits and renewals.
esthetics in full denture prosthesis. Bulletin no. 17. Toronto: Cana-
Chillicothe, MO: Private press; 1910.
dian Dental Research Foundation; 1933.
Haskell LP. Harkells manual of plate work or handbook for the
Frahm FW. The principles and technics of full denture construc-
dental laboratory. Chicago: Private press; 1910.
tion. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Interest Publishing Co.; 1934.
Clapp GW. Prosthetic articulation. New York: The Dentists Sup-
Williams JL. Trubyte teeth for denture restorations. New York:
ply Co.; 1914.
Girdwood J. Tube teeth and porcelain rods. Private printing; Dentists Supply Co.; 1935.
1914. Lott FM. Glass as a denture base. Bulletin no. 23. Toronto: Cana-
Wilson GH. Dental prosthetics. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Lea & dian Dental Research Foundation; 1936.
Fabiger; 1914. Sears VH. Prosthetic papers. Minneapolis: Private press; 1936.
The Dentists Supply Co. Trubyte teeth for vulcanite plates: as Doxtater LW. Full and partial denture prosthesis. Brooklyn: Den-
designed by J Leon Williams and Alfred Gysi together with a formua- tal Items of Interest Publishing Co.; 1936.
tion of the law of harmony between faces and teeth and a description Sears VH. Prosthetic papers. Minneapolis: Dental Library, Bureau
of the Trubyte system of classifying face forms. New York: The Den- of Engraving, Inc.; 1936.
tists Supply Co.; 1917. Essig NS. Prosthetic dentistry. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Interest
Liberthal RH. Advanced impression taking. Scientific and correct Publishing Co.; 1937.
method based upon principles founded by Drs. Greene. New York: House MM. Full denture technique. Whittier, CA: Private print-
Professional Publishing Co.; 1918. ing; 1937.
Clapp GW, Tench RW. Professional Denture Service. New York: House MM, Loop JL. Form and color harmony in the dental art.
The Dentists Supply Co.; 1918. Whittier, CA: Private printing; 1939.
Leger Derez H. Traite de prosthese dentaire. Paris: C Ash and Schlosser RO. Complete denture prosthesis. Philadelphia: WB
Sons Co.; 1920. Saunders; 1939.
Wilson GH. A manual of dental prosthetics. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Swenson MG. Complete dentures. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1940.
Lea & Febiger; 1920. Neil E. The upper and the lower. A simplified full denture impres-
Clapp GW, Tench RW. Professional denture service. Vol. II. New sion procedure. Chicago: The CAL Technical Library; 1941.
York: The Dentists Supply Co.; 1921. Miller RG. Synopsis of full and partial dentures. St Louis: CV
The Dentists Supply Co. Principles of selection and articulation. Mosby; 1942.
New York: The Dentists Supply Co.; 1921. Adams CW. Selection and articulation of artificial teeth. New
Cummer WE. The Rupert Hall method for entire upper and York: Dentists Supply Co.; 1943.
lower dentures. Bulletin no. 2. Hamilton, Ontario: Canadian Dental Hirsekorn H. Denture base readjustment. Baltimore: Williams
Research Foundation; 1921. and Wilkins Co.; 1943.
Gabell DP. Prosthetic dentistry. A textbook on the chairside work Hunter C, Samson E. Mechanical dentistry; a practical treatise on

JANUARY 1999 107


THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

standard references
the construction of the various kinds of artificial dentures. London: Wells AS, Reynolds GW. Laboratory manual for crown and bridge
The Technical Press Ltd.; 1945. technique. Ann Arbor: Edwards Brothers, Inc. Lithoprinters; 1944.
Schwartz MM. You can be happy with dental plates. Private print- Boucher CO. Dental prosthetic laboratory manual. St Louis: CV
ing; 1945. Mosby; 1947.
Tuckfield W. Full denture technique. 2nd ed. Melbourne: Aus-
tralian College of Dentistry; 1945. DENTAL MATERIALS SCIENCE
Landa JS. Practical full denture prosthesis. Brooklyn: Dental Flagg JF. Plastics and plastic fillings: as pertaining to the filling of
Items of Interest Publishing Co.; 1947. all cavities of decay in teeth below medium in structure. Philadelphia:
Hordes S. Full denture construction. Albany: University of the P Blakiston; 1881.
State of New York Press; 1949. Essig CJ. Manual of dental metallurgy. Philadelphia: Lea Brothers
Sears VH. New teeth for old. Salt Lake City: University of Utah and Co.; 1882.
Press; 1949. Gilbert SE. Vulcanite and celluloid: instruction in their practical
Sears VH. Priciples and techniques for complete denture con- working for dental purposes. Philadelphia: SS White Dental Manu-
struction. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1949. facturing Co.; 1884.
Fenn HRB, Liddelow KP, Gimson AP. Clinical dental prosthetics. Warren GW. A manual of mechanical dentistry and metallurgy.
London: Staples Press; 1953. Philadelphia: Private printing; 1905.
Landy C. Full dentures. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1958. Hughes CN. Questions and answers on prosthetic dentistry and
metallurgy. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1914.
CROWNS Hepburn WB. Notes on dental metallurgy for the use of dental
Goslee HJ. Principles and practice of crown and bridgework. A students and practitioners. 2nd ed. New York: W Wood and Co.;
practical, systematic modern treatise upon the requirements and 1915.
technique of artificial crown work including some incidental refer- Capon WA. Porcelain dental restorations. Philadelphia: Lea &
ence to bridgework. 4th ed. New York: Consolidated Dental Manu- Febiger; 1920.
facturing Co.; 1903. Hovestad JF. Practical dental porcelains. St Louis: CV Mosby;
Land CH. Porcelain dental art. Private printing; 1904. 1924.
Chayes HES. The application of the Davis crown in prosthetic LeGro AL. Ceramics in dentistry. Brooklyn: Dental Items of
dentistry. New York: Private printing; 1912. Interest Publishing Co.; 1925.
Lochhead Laboratories. The porcelain jacket crown. A treatise Ray KW. Metallurgy for dental students. Philadelphia: P Blak-
containing interesting and authentic information regarding the tech- istons Son & Co.; 1931.
Felcher FR. The art of porcelain in dentistry. St Louis: CV
nique, preparation and field of application of porcelain jacket crowns
Mosby; 1932.
in an everyday practice. New York: Private printing; 1918.
Skinner EW. The science of dental materials. Philadelphia: WB
Thompson GA. Porcelain tecnic. Private printing; 1918.
Saunders; 1936.
Collett HA. Gold shell crowns and how to make them. The solu-
Felcher FR. Porcelain in dentristry. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1932.
tion of problems in dental mechanics. New York: Private printing;
Salzmann JA. Manual for dental technicians: vulcanite. New York:
1922.
Private printing; 1938.
Ash C. Ashs all porcelain teeth: dowel crowns and non platinum
Salzman JA. Manual for dental technicians: with a supplement on
tube teeth for vulcanite dentures and for all classes of crown and
acrylics. New York: Private printing; 1938.
bridgework. London: Ash, Julius; 1923.
Cohen M. Ceramics in dentistry. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger;
LeGro AL. Ceramics in dentistry. Brooklyn: Dental Items of
1940.
Interest Publishing Co.: 1925.
Stern MN. Enameloid acrylics in dentistry. Forest Hills, NY:
Stern MN. Enaemloid acrylics in dentistry. Forest Hills, NY:
Credo Publishing Co.; 1942.
Credo Publishing Co.; 1942. Orlowski HJ. Dental porcelain. Columbus: College of Engineer-
Engle F. Three quarter crowns; how to construct and apply them. ing, Ohio State University Press; 1944.
Brooklyn: Dental Items of Interest Publishing Co.; 1946. Osborne J. Acrylic resins in dentistry. Oxford: Blackwell; 1944.
Levy IR. Acrylic inlays, crowns and bridges. Philadelphia: Lea & Tylman SD, Peyton FA. Acrylics and other synthetic resins used
Febiger; 1950. in dentistry. Philadelphia: JB Lippincott Co.; 1946.
Brecker SC. The porcelain jacket crown. St Louis: CV Mosby; Osborne J. Acrylic resins in dentistry. Springfield: CC Thomas
1951. Co.; 1948.

DENTAL LABORATORY SCIENCE FIXED PARTIAL DENTURE


Haskell LP. The students manual and handbook for the dental PROSTHODONTICS
laboratory. Philadelphia: Welch Dental Co.; 1887. Clifford IE, Clifford RE. Crown, bar and bridgework: new meth-
Chupein TF. The dental laboratory; a manual of gold and silver ods of permanently adjusting artificial teeth without plates. London:
plate work for dental substitutes, crowns, etc. Philadelphia: Johnson Simpkin, Marshall & Co.; 1885.
& Lund; 1889. Evans G. Practical treatise on artificial crown and bridge work.
Abonyi J. Compendium der Zahutechnik fur studirende und Philadelphia: SS White Dental Manufacturing Co.; 1888.
Krste. Stuttgart: F Enke; 1892. Brown P. A treatise on crown and bridge work, or the adjustment
Chasman C. Manual of mechanical dentistry. Philadelphia: Private of teeth without plates. Philadelphia: Private printing; 1892.
printing; 1932. Reigner H. Kronen und bracken arbeitem, sin lehrbuch. Leipzig:
Schwartz JR. Practical prosthetic procedure. Philadelphia: Uni- A Felix; 1895.
versal Dental Co.; 1934. Sheffield LT. An easy account of crown work and bridgework in
Salzman JA. Manual for dental technicians. New York: Pitman dentistry. New York: Private printing; 1895.
Publishing Corp.; 1938. Mason Detachable Tooth Co. Mason detachable porcelains for
Chappelle WF. Partial denture technics. Buffalo: Williams Gold crown and bridge work: with instructions in the method of mount-
Refining Co.; 1941. ing. Mason Detachable Tooth Co.; 1900.

108 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1


THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

standard references
Goslee HJ. Principles and practice of crown and bridgework. A the advantages of teeth made of mineral paste, over every denomina-
practical, systematic modern treatise upon the requirements and tion of animal substance: to which is added, advise to mothers and
technique of artificial crown work including some incidental refer- nurses on the prevention and cure of those dieseases which attend the
ence to bridgework. 4th ed. New York: Consolidated Dental Manu- first dentition. 1797~ (Section on artificial tooth replacements.)
facturing Co.; 1903. Fox J. The history and treatment of the diseases of the teeth, the
Roussel GA. Traite theorique et practique des couronnes artifi- gums, and the alveolar processes, with the operations which they
cielles et du bridge work. Paris: D Doin; 1906. respectively require. To which are added, observations on other dis-
Chance PR. Ashs tube teeth in aesthetic crown and bridgework. eases of the mouth, and on the mode of fixing artificial teeth. Lon-
London: Private printing; 1907. don: Thomas Cox; 1806. (Section on artificial tooth replacements.)
Havestadt JF. Principles and techniques of crowns and bridges. James B. A treatise on the management of the teeth. Philadelphia:
Boston: Kitter and Flebee; 1915. Private printing; 1814. (First illustrated United States dental work
Peeso FA. Crown and bridgework for students and practitioners. with a section on artificial teeth.)
Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger; 1916. Delabarre CF. Traite de la partie mecanique de lart du chiru den-
Krummnow F. Lehrbuch der kronen brucken und porzellantech- tiste (in two volumes). Paris: Private printing; 1820. (Section on arti-
nick. Berlin: Halensee Zahntechmischer Verlag; 1920. ficial tooth replacements.)
Chayes HES. Movable removable bridgework. With a detailed, Jobson DW. Outlines of the anatomy and physiology of the teeth
illuerated technique for the construction of a unilateral compound etc. Their diseases and treatment. With practical observations on arti-
movable removable partial bridge, and a description of the instru- ficial teeth. Edinburgh: William Tait; 1834. (Section on artificial
ments and attachments employed. New York: Chayes System Labo- tooth replacements.)
ratories; 1922. Koecker L. An essay on artificial teeth, obturators, & plates, with
Columbus Dental Manufacturing Co. Steeles interchangeable the principles for their construction and application, illustrated by 26
tooth: illustrated: showing technical detail of construction and cases and 21 plates. London: for S Highley; 1835. (Section on artifi-
manipulation, embracing all features of their application. Columbus: cial tooth replacements.)
Columbus Dental Manufacturing Co.; 1924. Saunders E. Mineral teeth: their merits & manufacture: with
Haupl K, Reichborn Kjemerud I. Moderne zahnartzliche krown observations on those cases in which they are or are not applicable:
und brucken arbeiten. Berlin: H Mausser; 1929. and on the best means of preserving artificial teeth. Philadelphia: Pri-
Doxtater LW. Procedures in modern crown and bridgework. The vate printing; 1841. (Section on artificial tooth replacements.)
principles and technique of stationary and removable bridges. Brook- Arthur R. A popular treatise on the diseases of the teeth: includ-
lyn: Dental Items of Interest Publishing Co.; 1931. ing a description of their structure and modes of treatment; together
Knapp KW. Manual of fixed bridgework. New York: NY Univer- with the usual mode of inserting artificial teeth. Philadelphia: Lind-
sity Press Book Store; 1935. say & Blakiston; 1845. (Section on artificial tooth replacements.)
Schwartz JR. Cavity prepamtion and abutment construction in Harbert SC. A practical treatise on the operations of surgical and
bridgework. Brooklyn: Dental Items of Interest Publishing Co.; mechanical dentistry. Philadelphia: Barrett & Jones; 1847.
1936. Howard T. On the IOBB of teeth; and on the best means of
Hildebrand GY. Studies in dental prosthodontics. Vol. 1. Stock- restoringthem. London: Simpkin and Marshall; 1857. (Section on
holm: Fahlerantz; 1937. artificial tooth replacements.)
Knapp KW. Inlays and fixed bridgework. Buffalo: Williams Gold Lukyn E. Dental surgery and mechanism. A popular treatise on
Refining Co.; 1939. the preservation, management, and surgical treatment of the teeth
Tylman SD. Theory and practice of crown and bridge prosthesis. and gums: with the most modern and improved modes of supplying
St Louis: CV Mosby; 1940. the lobs of teeth. London: Savill and Edwards; 1859. (Section on
Coelho DH. A complete fixed bridge procedure. St Louis: CV artificial tooth replacements.)
Mosby; 1949. Allen J. Teeth: an improved method of constructing artificial den-
tures: combining five important points not heretofore attained:
Ewing JE. Fixed partial prosthesis. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger;
together with directions for the development and subsequent preser-
1954.
vation of the natural teeth. Philadelphia Private printing; 1860.
Mosely E. Teeth, their natural history: with the physiology of the
GENERAL PATHOLOGY human mouth, in regard to artificial teeth. London: Robert Hard-
Kissane JM, editor. Andersons pathology. 9th ed. St Louis: CV wicke; 1862. (Section on artificial tooth replacements.)
Mosby; 1990. Eskell FA. A new system for treating and fixing artificial teeth: the
Myers EN, Suen JY. Cancer of the head and neck. 2nd ed. New art to prevent the loss of the teeth: the instructions calculated to
York: Churchill Livingstone, Inc.; 1989. enable heads of families to adopt the authors practice of treating and
Guepp DR, editor. Contemporary issues in surgical pathology, preserving the teeth. Private printing; 1862.
vol. 10, Pathology of the head and neck. New York: Churchill Liv- Coles JO. On deformities of the mouth, congenital and acquires,
ingstone, Inc. with their mechanical treatment. Philadelphia: Lindsay and Blakiston;
1870. (Section on artificial tooth replacements.)
GENERAL PROSTHODONTICS Coles JO. A manual of dental mechanics. 2nd ed. London: J & A
Fauchard P. Le Chirurgien Dentiste ou Traute des Dents (in two Churchill; 1876. (Section on artificial tooth replacement.)
volumes). Paris: 1728 (section on artificial tooth replacements in vol. Dejardin A Jr. Restaurations prosthetiques faites dans les hopitaux
II). de Paris, precede de lhygiene de la bouche. Paris: E Bicheron; 1877.
Mouton C. Essai dOdontotechnique, ou Dissertation sur les Burnot G. Contribution a letude de la graffe dentaire. Paris: JB
Dents Artificielles. Paris: Private printing; 1746. (First complete book Balilliere; 1886.
on artificial tooth replacements). Cigrand BJ. The rise, fall and revival of dental prosthesis. Chica-
Hunter J. The natural history of the human teeth. London: J go: Periodical Publishing Co.; 1892.
Johnson; 1755. (Section on artificial tooth replacements). Parreidt J. Handbuch der Zahnersatakunde. Leipzig: A Felix;
Wooffendale R. Practical observations on the human teeth. Lon- 1893.
don: J Johnson; 1783. (Section on artificial tooth replacements). Cingrand BJ. A compendium of dental prosthesis arranged in
Dubois de Lhemant N. A dissertation on artificial teeth: evincing questions and answers. Chicago: Periodical Publishing Co.; 1894.

JANUARY 1999 109


THE JOURNAL OF PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY THE ACADEMY OF PROSTHODONTICS

standard references
Essig CJ, editor. The American textbook of prosthetic dentistry. MEDICAL ACRONYMS
In contributions by eminent authorities. Philadelphia: Lea Brothers Hamilton B, Guides B. Medical acronyms, symbols and abbrevi-
and Co.; 1896. ations. 2nd ed. New York: Neal Schuman Publishers, Inc.; 1988. 277
Richarson J. A practical treatise on mechanical dentistry. Philadel- pages.
phia: P Blakistons Sons and Co.; 1903. Mossman J, editor. Acronyms, initialisms and abbreviations dic-
Cigrand BJ. The lower third of the face or the dental domain: a tionary. 15th ed. Detroit: Gale Research Inc.; 1990.
study of art in dentistry. Chicago: Blakely Printing Co.; 1904.
Wilson GH. A manual of dental prosthetics. Philadelphia: Lea &
Febiger; 1911.
MEDICAL DICTIONARIES
Steadmans Medical Dictionary. 25th ed. Baltimore: Williams and
Prothero JH. Prosthetic dentistry. 2nd ed. Chicago: Medico Den-
Wilkins; 1990.
tal Publishing Co.; 1916.
Jablonsit S. Illustrated dictionary of dentistry. Philadelphia: WB
Bodee CA, Rabell UL. Text book on prosthetic dentistry. New
Saunders; 1982.
York: Private printing; 1921.
Martinier P. Villian G. Prothese. Paris: JB Bailliere and fils; 1922.
Clapp GW. The life and work of James Leon Williams. New York: MEDICAL EPONYMS
The Dental Digest; 1925. Firkin BG, Whitworth JA. Dictionary of medical eponyms. Park
Logan JD. Dental prosthetics. Edinburgh: E & S Livingstone; Ridge, NJ: The Parthenon Publishing Group; 1987.
1926.
Shaw DM. Dental prosthetic mechanics. London: Edward Arnold REMOVABLE PARTIAL DENTURE
and Co.; 1927. PROSTHODONTICS
Nichols IG. Prosthetic dentistry. An encyclopedia of full and par- Kennedy E. Partial denture construction. Brooklyn: Dental Items
tial denture prosthesis. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1930. of Interest Publishing Co.; 1928.
Logan JD. Dental prosthetics. Outlines of dental science, vol IV. Nichols IG. Prosthetic dentistry. An encyclopedia of full and par-
New York: Private printing; 1934. tial denture prosthesis. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1930.
Boyle HH. Principles and practice of applied dental aesthetics. Doxtater LW. Full and partial denture prosthesis. Brooklyn: Den-
London: H Kimpton; 1936. tal Items of Interest Publishing Co.; 1936.
Hildebrand GT. Studies in dental prosthetics. Stockholm: AB Elbrecht A. Systematik der abnehembaren partiellen prostheses.
Fahlerants; 1937. Leipzig: H Meusser; 1937.
Osborne J. Dental mechanics for students. London: Trinity Press Neurohr FG. Partial dentures; a system of functional restoration.
Ltd.; 1939. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger; 1939.
Schwartz JR. Modern methods of tooth replacement. Brooklyn: MiHer RG. Synopsis of full and partial dentures. St Louis: CV
Dental Items of Interest Publishing Co.; 1942. Mosby; 1942.
Sears VH. Basic principles of dentistry. New York: Pitman Pub- Applegate SG, Perry CK. Outline for removable partial denture
lishing Corp.; 1942. service. Detroit: Prosthetic Department, University of Detroit
Craddock FW. Prosthetic dentistry: a clinical outline. St Louis: School of Dentistry; 1943.
CV Mosby; 1945. Godfrey RJ. A manual of removable partial denture design.
Schweitzer JM. Restorative dentistry; a clinical photographic pre- Toronto: University of Toronto Press; 1948.
sentation. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1947. JM Ney Co. The Ney surveyor book. Hartford: JM Ney Co.;
Weinmann JP, Sicher H. Bone and bones. St Louis: CV Mosby; 1948.
1947. Fenn HRB, Liddelow KP, Gimson AP. Clinical dental prosthetics.
London: Staples Press; 1953.
MAXILLOFACIAL PROSTHODONTICS Applegate OC. Essentials of removable partial denture prosthesis.
Koecker L. An essay on artificial teeth, obturators, & plates, with Philadelphia: WB Saunders Co.; 1954.
the principles for the construction and application, illustrated by 26 Swenson MG, Terkla LG. Partial dentures. St Louis: CV Mosby;
cases and 21 plates. London: for S Highley; 1935. 1955.
Ramsay R, Coles JO. The mechanical treatment of deformities of
the mouth, congenital and accidental. London: J Churchill and Sons;
SYNDROMES
1868.
Magalini SI, Magalini SC, de Francisci G. Dictionary of medical
Case CS. A practical treatise on the techniques and principles of
syndromes. 3rd ed. Philadelphia: JB Lippincott; 1990.
dental orthopedia and prosthetic correction of cleft palate. Chicago:
Jablonski S. Jablonskis dictionary of syndromes and eponymic
CS Case Private press; 1921.
diseases. 2nd ed. Malabar, FL: Krieger Publishing Co.; 1990.
Fritsch C. Zahnartzliche sowie zahnarztlich chirurgische
prothetik. Leipzig: G Thieme; 1925.
Walker DG. The construction of vulcanite applicators for apply-
ing radium to lesions of the buccal cavity, lips, orbit and antrum.
London: Private printing; 1938.
Beder OK. Surgical and maxillofacial prosthetics. Seattle: Kings
Crown Press; 1949.

110 VOLUME 81 NUMBER 1

Potrebbero piacerti anche